Bunya Street Eagle Farm SPS SP010 Pump Instrumentation

- -

-

Bunya Street Eagle Farm SPS SP010 Pump Instrumentation OM Manual Volume 6B

Q-Pulse Id TMS640 Active 29/01/2014 Page 1 of 376

BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL

DEPARTMENT OF WATER SUPPLY AND SEWAGE

PUMPWELL NO. .1

EAGLE FARM. PUMP STATION

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUAL

WEIR ENGINEERING JOB NO. 15140 BCC CONTRACT NO. S.20/95/963

WEIR ENGINEERING PTY LTD A.C.N. 000 373 339

Envirotech

weir

MANUAL PREPARED BY

WEIR ENGINEERING PTY LTD

15 GINDURRA ROAD SOMERSBY NSW 2250

TELEPHONE: (02) 4349 2999 FACSIMILE: (02) 4349 2801



BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL Dept. Water Supply and Sewage Pumpwell No 1, Eagle Farm Pump Station

BCC Contract No S20/95/96 System Instrumentation

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Section 4 Installation and Pre-Commissioning

4.1 Installation

The installation procedures for specific transducers and Bent ly Nevada modules are generally covered in the relevant part of Section 2 of this manual.

4.2 3300 System Installation

The following publication entitled 3300 System Installation Instructions (Part No 80172-01 Rev L) has been prepared by Bent ly Nevada for plant personnel who operate and maintain the system. It provides detailed information on the installation of the Bent ly Nevada 3300 rack mounted monitoring system.

The following sections are included:

4.2.1 Receiving Inspection

4.2.2 Handling and Storage Considerations

4.2.3 Rack Assembly Options

4.2.4 Rack Installation (Panel Mount)

4.2.5 Rack Installation (19-inch EM)

4.2.6 Panel Cutout Dimensions

4.2.7 Weatherproof Housing Installation

4.2.8 Power Supply Installation

4.2.9 System Monitor Installation

4.2.10 Monitor Installation (Typical)

4.2.11 Power Input Module

4.2.12 Signal Input Relay Module

4.2.13 Alert Relay Actuation Circuits

15140/Inst Man/BRH Issue 1 29-Apr-98 Page 4-1






4.2.14 Danger Relay Actuation Circuits

4.2.15 Field Grounding Technique

4.2.16 Index

4.2. 17 Appendix




3300 SYSTEM INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

BENTLY NEVADA

MADE IN U.S A.

PART NO. 80172-01 REVISION L.,

FEBURARY 1994

0 a

adage a a



80172-01 Installation Instructions

NOTICE

READ THE FOLLOWING BEFORE INSTALLING OR OPERATING EQUIPMENT Bent ly Nevada Corporation has attempted to identify areas of risk created by improper installation and/or operation of this product. These areas of information are noted as WARNING or CAUTION for your protection and for the safe and effective operation of this equipment. Read all instructions before installing or operating this product. Pay particular attention to those areas designated by the following symbols.

*WARNING High voltage present could cause shock burns or death.

Do not touch exposed wires or terminals.

Keyphasoe is a registered trademark of Bent ly Nevada Corporation

Proximitoe is a registered trademark of Bent ly Nevada Corporation

CAUTION

Machine protection will be lost during calibration.

First Printing: January 1987 Copyright © Bent ly Nevada Corporation 1987,1988,1989,1990,1991,1992,1993,1994

All Rights Reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system nor translated into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic,optical, chemical, manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner,

Bent ly Nevada Corporation P.O.Box 157

Minden, Nevada 89423 USA Telephone 800-227-5514 702-782-3611

Telex 354437 Telemail 7400983 BNC UC

Fax 702-782-9253

Copyright infrigement is a serious matter under United States of America and foreign copyright laws.



Installation Instructions 80172-01

FOREWORD

This document is intended for personnel who maintain the 3300 Monitoring System. The

procedures are presented in step-by-step, graphic format.

RELATED DOCUMENTS

3300 System Overview, 80171-01

3300 System Troubleshooting, 80173-01

3300/12 AC Power Supply, 89602-01

3300/14 DC Power Supply, 101256-01

3300/03 System Monitor, 89604-01

3300 Internal Barrier Manual, 88837-01

SYMBOLS Special symbols are used in the manual to illustrate specifics in the step-by-step processes. For

example:

4=- PRESS FLASHING CONNECT DISCONNECT OBSERVE SCREWDRIVER

iii




iv




CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1 Receiving Inspection 1

2 Handling & Storing Considerations 2

3 Rack Assembly Options 3

4 Rack Installation (Panel Mount) 4

5 Rack Installation (19-inch EIA) 5

6 Panel Cutout Dimensions 6

7 Weatherproof Housing Installation 7

8 Power Supply Installation 13

9 System Monitor Installation 15

10 Monitor Installation (Typical) 16

11 Power Input Module 17

12 Signal Input Relay Modules 18

13 Alert Relay Actuation Circuits 21

14 Danger Relay Actuation Circuits 23

15 Field Grounding Technique 25

16 Index 26

17 Appendix 27




vi



=1111


I RECEIVING INSPECTION

1. Visually inspect the exterior of rack assembly and components for obvious shipping damage.

2. Inspect interior of monitors and power supply. Loosen screws to pull each monitor and power supply out from rack.

O O O 0 0

1.1

1121 8 9 3

V] 0 9 3

O

DAMAGE CLAIMS If shipping damage is apparent, file a claim with the carrier and submit a copy to Bent ly Nevada

Corporation.

1




2 1 HANDLING .& STORING CONSIDERATIONS

Handling and storing of printed circuit boards is extremely critical. Circuit boards contain devices that are susceptible to damage when exposed to electrostatic charges. Damage caused by obvious mishandling of the board will void the warranty. To avoid damage, observe the following precautions in the order given.

*CAUTION Machinery protection will be lost when power is removed from the instrument.

Prior to servicing, remove all power to the instrument.

Do not discharge static electricity onto the circuit board. Avoid tools or procedures that would subject the circuit board to static damage. Some of the possible causes include ungrounded soldering irons, nonconductive plastics, and similar materials.

Personnel must be grounded with a suitable grounding strap (such as 3M Velostat No.2060) prior to handling or performing maintenance on a printed circuit board.

Transport and store circuit boards in electrically conductive bags or foil.

Use extra caution during dry weather. Relative humidity less than 30% tends to multiply the accumulation of static charges on any surface.

2




I 3 I RACK ASSEMBLY OPTIONS

B

A

10.47 IN

(265.9 mm

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS

16.75 IN. (425.5 mm)

9.00 IN

(225.6 mm)

A B

01,11,21,31 = 4 POSITIONS 11.00 IN. (279.4 mm) . 8.00 IN. (203.2 mm)

02,12,22,32 = 6 POSITIONS 15.00 IN. (381.0 mm) 12.00 IN. (304.8 mm)


04,14,24,34 = 10 POSITIONS 23.00 IN. (584.2 mm) 20.00 IN (508.0 mm)

05,15,25,35 = 12 POSITIONS 27.00 IN (685.8 mm) 24.00 IN. (609.0 mm)


07,17,27,37 = 8 POSITIONS 19.00 IN. (482.6 mm) 16.00 IN (406.4 mm)

3



80172-01 Installation I nstruct ions

I RACK INSTALLATION [Panel Mount]

1. Slide rack through panel cutout.

0

as

0

g

S 00ifitilidd 0

0 --,

8

&Da 6

m

g 2,

EP& 5

(PeeL:10

0 - S 3 tilt

o

t

SgSgg CaittlOtt

e

0 - 0°0

e

0

1:14 i).

0

PANEL (SEE SECTION 6 FOR CUTOUT .

DIMENSIONS)

REAR OF RACK

2 ASSEMBLE CLAMP.

3. ALIGN RACK IN CUTOUT.

4, TIGHTEN MOUNTING SCREWS.

4




I RACK INSTALLATION [19-INCH

0 0 0

d

do

a a e

sig. is

d

o) CP 2 b

[1) ' 0 aaeaa 6

c''i '' 0 6

e

88 0

.1 Jill a

5

11111 a 0 Ei

5

ji (6 Ce

0

0 0 0

19-INCH EIA RACK

PART NO. 3300/05- AA

0 7

o

0

NO. 10 FLAT WASHER

(4 PLACES)

10-32 SCREW (4 PLACES)

3300/05-07 RACK ASSEMBLY

RACK SIZE

07 = 8 Position

19 -Inch EIA Rack

ALSO APPLICABLE 70 AA OPTION 17.27N ANO 37

5




I PANEL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS.

PANEL

9.12 IN

(231.6 mm)

OPTIONS RACK SIZE A

01,11,21,31 4 POSITIONS 8.56 IN. (217.5 mm)

01.12.22.32 6 POSITIONS 12.57 IN (319.3mm)

03,13,23,33 8 POSITIONS 16.57 IN. (420.8mm)

04,14,24,34 10 POSITIONS 20.58 IN (522.7 mm)

05,15,25,35 12 POSITIONS 24.58 IN (624.3 mm)

06,16,26,36 14 POSITIONS 28.59 IN (726.2 mm)

07,17,27,37 8 POSITIONS SEE SECTION 5

NOTE

The dimensions specified for "A" in the table above refer to the case where a panel is being cut out

for the rack only and not fo the weatherproof housing. The panel cutout dimensions for the

weatherproof housing are specified in the "Tabulated Data" table in section 7 under the "E" column.

6




(7 I WEATHERPROOF HOUSING INSTALLATION

The next 5 pages contain the weatherproof housing installation drawing, 330006.

7



8 7

6 5

A P

UR

GE

F

LOW

R

AT

E

(TIM

E

RE

OU

IRE

D

10

PU

RG

E

5 O

R

10

VO

LUM

ES

OF

A

IR

TH

RO

UG

H

HO

US

ING

) IS

D

ET

ER

MIN

ED

B

Y:

(A)

TU

RN

V

ALV

E

TO

V

EN

T

PO

SIT

ION

A

ND

R

EA

D

CA

UC

E

TO

D

ET

ER

MIN

E

HO

US

ING

P

UR

GE

P

RE

SS

UR

E.

(8)

FIN

D

TH

AT

P

RE

SS

UR

E

ON

(F

IGU

RE

I)

FO

R N

EP

A

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

NS

O

R ((

WA

RE

2)

F

OR

C

AN

AD

IAN

E

LEC

TR

ICA

L C

OD

E

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

NS

. (C

) D

ET

ER

MIN

E

SIZ

E

OF

H

OU

SIN

G

TH

AT

IS

B

EIN

G'

PU

RG

ED

A

ND

R

EA

D

FR

OM

T

HA

T

CO

LUM

N

TH

E

LEN

GT

H

OF

T

IME

RE

QU

IRE

D

TO

P

UR

GE

T

HE

S

YS

TE

M

WIT

H

YO

UR

H

OU

SIN

G

PR

ES

SU

RE

T

HIS

N

UM

BE

R.

TIM

E

IN

MIN

UT

ES

. S

HO

ULD

B

E

PE

RM

AN

EN

TLY

M

AR

KE

D

(ET

CH

ED

. S

TA

MP

ED

. E

TC

.. )

IN

SP

AC

E

PR

OV

IDE

D O

N

WA

RN

ING

LA

BE

L

II A

LL

TE

ST

S

AN

D

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

M

AD

E

BY

B

N.C

. A

RE

IN

AC

CO

RD

AN

CE

W

ITH

S

PE

CIF

ICA

TIO

NS

A

ND

R

EO

uIR

EM

EN

TS

MA

DE

B

Y

N,F

.P.A

. IN

P

AM

PH

LET

49

6-19

82

FO

R

TY

PE

Y

P

UR

GE

. O

R

CA

NA

DIA

N

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

CO

DE

C

22I-

1986

. P

AR

T

1.

FO

R

AD

DIT

ION

AL

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N

ON

P

UR

GE

R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

. R

EF

ER

10

A

BO

VE

ST

AN

DA

RD

S.

CO

ND

UIT

FIL

L:

PE

RC

EN

TA

GE

O

F

CO

ND

UIT

F

ILL

SH

OU

LD N

OT

EX

CE

ED

40

Z

AS

S

PE

CIF

IED

IN

N

AT

ION

AL

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

CO

DE

.

1975

. C

HA

PT

ER

9.

T

AB

LES

1

AN

D

2

9.

TA

RE

R

OU

TIN

G:

BO

TH

U

PP

ER

C

ON

DU

ITS

A

RE

F

OR

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

PO

WE

R.

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

AN

D

RE

CO

RD

ER

O

UT

PU

T

WR

ING

, B

OT

H

LOW

ER

CO

ND

UIT

S

AR

E

FO

R

PO

WE

R

INP

UT

A

ND

R

ELA

Y

WIR

ING

. P

OW

ER

IN

PU

T

AN

D

RE

LAY

T

AR

ING

S

HO

ULD

N

OT

BE

M

IXE

D

IN

TH

E

SA

ME

C

ON

DU

IT

WIT

H

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

. S

IGN

AL

AN

D

RE

CO

RD

ER

W

IRIN

G.

A CO

ND

UIT

F

ITT

ING

O

PT

ION

(-

01)

INC

LUD

ES

F

OU

R 1

1/

4 N

PT

WE

AT

HE

RP

RO

OF

HU

BS

. A

IR

PU

RG

E

FIT

TIN

G

OP

TIO

N (-

01)

INC

LUD

ES

F

OU

R

1 1/

4 N

PT

P

OU

R

SE

AL

TY

PE

F

ITT

ING

S

AN

D

ON

E

3/4

NP

I W

EA

TH

ER

PR

OO

F

HU

B.

WIT

H

FIT

TIN

GS

10

R

ED

UC

E

DO

WN

T

O

1/4

NP

T

(FE

MA

LE)

FO

R

AIR

IN

PU

T.

AIR

P

UR

GE

(MIN

G

OP

TIO

N (

-02)

IN

CLU

DE

S:

(-01

) A

IR

PU

RG

E F

ITT

ING

S.

WA

GE

A

SS

Y.

BU

LKH

EA

D C

ON

NE

CT

OR

A

ND

C

ON

NE

CT

ING

T

UB

E.

WH

EN

A

IR

PU

RG

E

AC

CE

SS

OR

IES

(-

01

OR

-0

2)

AR

E

RE

QU

IRE

D.

CO

ND

UIT

F

ITT

ING

O

PT

ION

(-

01)

IS

ALS

O

RE

QU

IRE

D

7.

SH

T.

5 O

F

5 S

HO

WS

-0

1 &

-0

2 A

IR

PU

RG

E

OP

TIO

NS

S

W.

5

OF

5

IS

NO

T

FU

RN

ISH

ED

W

ITH

C

US

TO

ME

R.D

RA

WIN

C

PA

CK

AG

E

WH

EN

T

HE

SE

O

PT

ION

S

AR

E

NO

T

RE

QU

IRE

D

6 T

HIS

H

OU

SIN

G

IS

DE

SIG

NE

D

10

ME

ET

N

EM

A

4 R

EQ

UIR

EM

EN

TS

.

A SE

E

FO

LLO

WIN

G

SH

EE

TS

F

OR

. C

ON

DU

IT

FIT

TIN

G

OP

TIO

N

AN

D

AIR

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

A LO

CA

TIN

G

DIM

EN

SIO

NS

F

OR

A

IR

PU

RG

E

FIT

TIN

G

HO

LES

LOC

AT

ING

D

IME

NS

ION

S

FO

R

CO

ND

UIT

F

ITT

ING

H

OLE

S.

2.

DE

LET

ED

.

A TH

RE

AD

S

EA

L W

AS

HE

RS

A

RE

S

UP

PLI

ED

M

TH

A

LL

HO

US

ING

S

TH

ES

E

WA

SH

ER

S

SH

ALL

O

E

INS

TA

LLE

D U

ND

ER

6m

. IN

TE

RN

AL

HE

AD

S

OF

M

OU

NT

ING

W

ITS

O

R

NU

TS

T

O

OB

TA

IN

A

WA

TE

R-

TIG

HT

S

EA

L.

tOal

ft 01

40.1

1

j 4

2

ON

C C

AT

. N

O.

3300

/06

-

6.11

AD

DE

D

SH

EE

TS

: 2.

3.4

J.

5 S

S ft

,

INC

E

CO

25

279

A.F

41;

BA

SIC

C

AT

N

O

BA

SIC

C

CM

C

CN

Dul

l O

PT

-0

1 A

S

PuR

CF

-0

2 A

R

PU

RG

E

3300

06

-01

45 L

BS

Li

ll 4

LBS

7

LOS

33

00

06-0

2 52

LB

S

I 4

LBS

7

LEIS

3300

06

-03

59

LBS

1

LB

4 LB

S

7 LE

TS

3300

06

-04

66

LBS

I

LB

4 L§

7 te

r 33

00/0

6 -0

5 73

IB

S

I LE

T

4 16

5 7

LBS

3300

/06

-06

BO

IB

S

1 LB

4

LBS

7

LBS

OP

TIO

N

CO

DE

H

OU

SIN

G

SIZ

E

01

1 P

OS

ITIO

N

RA

CK

02

6

PO

SIT

ION

R

AC

K

. 4

I It,

R

04

10

PO

SIT

ION

R

AC

K

14

Pt

IT II

R

A

K

L _J

OP

IO

N

CO

DE

C

ON

DU

IT

FIT

TIN

G

OP

TIO

N

00

NO

F

ITT

ING

S

RE

WIR

ED

01

CO

ND

UIT

F

ITT

ING

S

RE

QU

IRE

D

OP

IO

N

CO

DE

A

IR

PU

RG

E

OP

TIO

N

00

NO

A

IR

PU

RG

E

AC

CE

SS

OR

IES

R

EQ

UIR

ED

01

02

AIR

P

UR

GE

F

ITT

ING

S

ON

LY

Qfi

AIR

P

UR

GE

F

ITT

ING

S

AN

D

GA

UG

E

HO

US

ING

S

IZE

OP

TIO

N

CO

DE

TA

BU

LAT

ED

D

A T

A

' A

'

DIM

"E

r D

IM

"C"

DIM

"D

D

IM

'E"

DIM

"T

" P

LCS

"G

" D

IM

"J"

DIM

"K

" D

IM

-01

-02

18.4

4 7

Id

9.22

0 4

17.4

5 70

24

4()

_ 20

.42.

_ 32

50

12 9

0

-03

22

49

16 B

1)7

IT

215 IN

I 27

.50

20

24

75

12

16

16 9

5 21

.00

-64

-05

4

30.5

9 1 72

.915

I

7.

,mis

n 29

60

. I 16

50

5 36

55

29.1

0 40

.60

-06

1.6

Mg=

33

15

44

AF

TE

R

INS

ER

TIN

G

RA

CK

IN

TO

W

EA

TH

ER

PR

OO

F H

OU

SIN

G.

SE

CU

RE

IN

P

LAC

E

US

ING

(4

) 10

-32

SC

RE

WS

A

S

SH

Ow

N.

BE

FO

RE

IN

SE

RT

ING

R

AC

K

INT

O

WE

AT

HE

RP

RO

OF

HO

US

ING

. IN

ST

ALL

S

UP

PO

RT

B

RA

CK

ET

S

ON

E

AT

A

T

IME

. R

EM

OV

E

SC

RE

W

ON

LO

NE

R

RE

AR

S

IDE

P

AN

EL.

IN

ST

ALL

B

RA

CK

ET

A

ND

R

EP

LAC

E SCREW,

14.

TH

IS

HO

US

ING

IS

N

M E

QU

IPP

ED

W

ITH

O

VE

R

PR

ES

SU

RE

P

RO

TE

CT

ION

. M

AX

IMU

M

WO

RK

ING

P

RE

SS

UR

E

SH

OU

LD

NO

T

EX

CE

ED

2.

49

KIL

OP

AS

CA

LS

(10

INC

HE

S

OF

W

AT

ER

).

13

ST

AT

IC

PU

RG

E

PR

ES

SU

RE

(P

RE

SS

UR

E

RE

WIR

ED

T

O

INS

UR

E

TH

AT

A

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AT

MO

SP

HE

RE

D

OE

S

NO

T

EN

TE

R

HO

US

ING

) 41

151

BE

AB

OV

E 02

IN

CH

ES

OF

W

AT

ER

(

05 K

ILO

PA

SC

ALS

) F

OR

IN

S1A

LLA

TIO

NS

T

HA

T

RE

QU

IRE

N

EP

A

495-

1982

S

PE

CIF

ICA

TIO

N

FO

R

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

NS

TH

AT

R

EQ

UIR

E

CA

NA

DIA

N

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

CO

DE

C

22.1

-198

6 S

PE

CIF

ICA

TIO

N

PR

ES

SU

RE

MU

ST

B

E

AB

OV

E

0.25

K

it O

PA

SC

ALS

(1

0 IN

CH

ES

O

F

WA

TE

R)

TH

IS

IS

ME

AS

UR

ED

O

N

TH

( G

AU

GE

(A

FT

ER

H

OU

SIN

G H

AS

B

EE

N

PU

RG

ED

) W

ITH

V

ALV

E

IN

TH

E

CLO

SE

D

PO

SIT

ION

A F

OR

B

AS

EE

FA

A

PP

RO

VA

LS.

INS

TA

LL 0

AN

D 0

VAIN

)300

/067

43- 0

0- 0

0-02

. IN

ST

ALL

16

F

OR

33

00/0

6- xX

- 01

- 00-

02.

A P

LAC

E

LAB

EL

FO

R

BA

SE

EF

A

AP

PR

OV

ED

W

EA

TH

ER

PR

OO

F

HO

ITS

ING

O

N

w/P

DO

OR

A

PP

RO

X

AS

S

HO

WN

R

EF

ER

T

O

DW

G

8196

9 F

OR

B

AS

ELF

A

AP

PR

OV

ALS

Mal

e V

IN,M

os

non.

. m

.o.&

B

EN

TLY

-

NE

VA

DA

00

RIN

E

WE

AT

HE

RP

RO

OF

HO

US

ING

. 33

00

SE

RIE

UV

OL.

.._T

a

2023

0 1

- D

1

3300

06 to

5

8 7

I 6

5 I

4 3

2 I

1

D C

CD

O

0,1



6

Cr)

I 0

In

CAI 330005 it (-)



8 I

7 6

5 1

4 I

3 I

2 I

1

Ni--

- .2

81

DIA

C

LEA

RA

NC

E H

al

FO

R

25

DIA

B

OLT

O

R

.75

DIA

T

AM

S

TU

DS

F P

LAC

ES

(H

PLA

CE

S W

ITH

-02

AIR

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

)

PA

NE

L C

UT

OU

T

G

1005

14.7

0)00

5

Oltl

a 11

091.

51

TH

IS

HO

LE

PA

TT

ER

N

IS

ON

LY

US

ED

m

aE11

IN

ST

ALL

ING

( -

07)

AIR

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

. G

AU

GE

A

SS

Y

:PO

Sin

oN

NO

7.

13

5'

P05

9011

N

O.

I, 90

'

3 75

10 1

0

16 21

310.

10

--r-

L3 D

OO

R

MU

ST

B

E

OP

INE

D

TO

T

HE

M

AX

IMU

M

SH

OW

N

FO

R

LAT

CH

ING

O

R

UN

LAT

CH

ING

CU

ST

OM

ER

PA

NE

L

MIR

I 60

--

70 2

010.

10

24.0

010.

10

101.

10

.1

SE

T 9t

El

I

O

8

CO

ND

UIT

M

ING

OP

TIO

N,

CO

MP

AT

OT

LE

MT

H

1 25

N

PT

ZLA

04 P

T.

B

AIR

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

. C

OM

PA

TIB

LE

m11

4 75

N

PT

&A

,® 2

Pt

,&

1

2

4 00

.00A

1

283&

1000

)005

NM

US

.

2023

0 0

I I

- 3300

06

mp

s

8 I

7 6

5 4

3 2

1

A



7 I

6 I

5 1

4 I

3 I

2 I

1

A

4 R

CS

144

r S

U 96

(1 I

03t0

06

10.0

3 1.

0340

06

CC

:NI:W

it H

UB

C

CK

4PA

1AB

LE

SH

IN

1-1/

4 N

P1,

M

AX

4

PtC

S.

CU

SIO

HC

R

°PU

GIN

TYPICAL WEATHER PROOF HOUSING ASSEMBLY

SNOWING CONDUIT FIT TING OPTION

-0"

RIN

G

.4:4

11

04 M

S 0

1414

44/

WO

AD

SIC

IOi A

-A

REAR COVER REMOVED FOR CLARITY

INSIDE OF

HOUSING

IYIN

CA

L R

AC

K

AS

SY

.

2023

0

8 7

I 6

I 5

4 .3

I

2

"" 33

0006

I 0



8 I

7

FIG

1

(58

PU

RG

E)

NF

P

A.

496-

1982

PU

RG

E

WA

RN

ING

LAB

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

(I

N

INC

HE

S

OF

W

AT

ER

)

FLO

W (

IN

CIA

O

RIR

U

AIR

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

K

u V

ALV

E

TIM

E

(IN

M

INU

TE

S)

FO

R

PU

RG

ING

w/P

HO

US

ING

=M

N

El lE

ll I C

P

lall

I 2P

up

.3

3 .4

.67

UM

I=

31

6 .8

19

22

E

l 29

.8

1.00

16

18

21

24

1.0

1.08

14

17

20

22

.

itiM

ME

NtL

ii Ir

i9H

lif

ill

U

ININ

I 12

. 2

5 5

0 1.

8 1

.o

2 00

4

.11

NH

, 1

I

:10

50

2.22

3 5.

5

MIN

IMA

INIM

Ilmin

..1

1.

OM

AR

ICE

6.5

7 0

IMim

mnl

ial

1101

1.41

1MIN

NIII

MU

MN

I119

1 w

.e...

.--m

ninb

9

1113

11M

1111

1.

x-00

S

lImilI

LIIII

IMM

IN

8 5

9 0

9.5

11.0

man

s M

ISS

004.

51 S

I4C

1111

0

FIG

. 2

(10X

P

UR

GE

)

CA

NA

DIA

N

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

CO

DE

C

22 1

-198

6 P

AR

T

I

PR

ES

SU

RE

A

IR

FLO

W

TH

RU

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

K

IT

VA

LVE

TIM

E

10

PU

RG

E

WE

AT

HE

RP

RO

OF

H

OU

SIN

G

IN

AIM

INC

HE

S

KIL

O

WA

TE

R

PA

SC

AL

FT

3U

IN

IA 3

/HR

4P

6P

8P

10

P

12P

T

IP

IMIC

IEF

IIIIM

ITM

IMM

I III

MM

EIE

RN

IIIIIE

NIU

m

cktio

nam

mum

mew

ani

ER

N

AM

18

1 .

lInlig

44

20

16

24

NE

IMA

N

ri E

D 30

E

RE

m

y .

gel

BrI

N

.

mum

. iti :64

12

:,0

IN)

14

2 11

IL

IEU

I :

12

I

EIM

INE

E11

1111

1M11

1 m

in.

1 1.

50

2.52

-1

-56-

1.

11

4 10

1 I

1

9 1.

11

' 10

Li i

nifi

E

xam

piw

zmoM

AM

Bilt

illir

li IN

EK

IIIIw

iimIll

EIL

IMIJ

K)

mum

K

IM

M11

1111

11M

1111

1010

1113

1113

11

IIIM

IIIIIM

/111

1411

1111

1111

M11

11

1107

11:1

11M

EN

IEM

MIN

E11

1111

11

imam

IM

Iffin

PA

CK

ING

F

IBE

R

2 P

tCS

PO

UR

S

EA

L T

IEIN

G

!MI

Vao

la

SE

E

9((T

RE

AR

C

OV

ER

R

EM

OV

ED

FO

R

CLA

RIT

Y

TY

PIC

AL

WE

AT

HE

R

PR

OO

F

HO

US

ING

A

SS

EM

BLY

S

HO

WIN

G

AIR

P

UR

GE

O

PT

ION

DR

ILL

.43

DIA

M

TG

. N

OLL

BU

LKH

EA

D F

IT T

ING

CO

NN

EC

TIN

G

TU

BE

SE

ALI

NG

C

OM

PO

UN

D

1711

11.

.110

1111

1111

1111

1111

111.

0111

1101

1r

....Z

ON

N%

%%

N11

1

AD

AP

TO

R

sEC

TIC

H B

-B

LOC

AN

ut

HO

US

ING

W

ALL

CO

ND

UIT

H

UB

2023

0 33

0006

I

8 6

5 .

4 3

2 1

0



(8 I POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION


For systems with the AC Power Supply, perform the following steps. For systems with the DC Power Supply, perform the steps on the following page.

A\ WARNING

High voltage present could cause shock bums or death Do not touch exposed wires or terminals

70

r. ..4:3

7 0

i

cw.

la la ra 1-0

..... 70

l 0 ..

0 J 0 0 0

N

NO[CA11, ATP, SC/Antl

1. Slide Power Supply into rack and fasten two screws.

2. Slide the transformer assembly into the rack. Fasten the screw that mounts the support plate to the rack side panel. Connect cables to backplane and Power Input Module as shown.

3. Connect cables from backplane to Power Input Module as shown.

3. Place Power Input Module in position at rear of rack. Fasten retaining screws.

I

: 1,1 ,

1111

1:1 l

1

1 ,, .1

,1 .1

l 1

1 1

,1

.1

,1 1

1,1

1 ,1

1

1,1 1,1

1,1

/

1,1

,1

1,1

1

1,1 1 1

1,1 1:1

1 1 1

1 1

1 1 1

l 1 1 l 1

I I

1 1

I I

fl

ea

I

13



80172-01 Installation I nstructio ns

I POWER SUPPLY INSTALLATION [CONY.).

For systems with the DC Power Supply, perform the following steps.

A\ WARNING


FILTER BOARD

ROVER INPUT MODULE

7111

i clpuuuu-ii.....

1.3 12 12 12 12 12

.N..../1( CUL. ? C. BOAP

1. Slide Power Supply into rack and fasten two screws.

2. Insert filter board. Fasten screw that secures the filter board to the rack side panel. Connect cable from filter board to Power Input Module as shown.

3. Connect cables from backplane to Power Input Module as shown.

4. Place Power Input Module in position at rear of rack. Fasten retaining screws.

I I 1 1111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1

'1 /,1 1S1

1,1 1,1

1,1 1,1

,1 ,1 5,1

*tit J,1 1 11 1

I I I I I 1 1 1

1,1 1,1

,1 ,1 1:111:1 1 1,1

1,1 1,1 1;:111.: I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1

14




I SYSTEM MONITOR INSTALLATION

1. Slide System Monitor panel to the right before inserting monitor. Slide System Monitor board into rack to engage connector on backplane.

2. Slide front panel to the left and fasten two screws.

o.

0 0 0

r r - 11r.r1Pr`

ee

n *Ca

r.

SYSTEM MONITOR BOARD

15



110 MONITOR INSTALLATION ATYPICAL]


1. Slide monitor front panel to the right before inserting monitor. Slide monitor circuit board into rack to engage connector on backplane. If the monitor is a dual width monitor with two separate circuit boards, line the lower edges of both boards up with the slots in the rack and slide the boards in simultaneously. Make sure that the connectors on both boards are fully seated in the backplane.

2. Slide front panel to the left and fasten to rack.

3. Install Signal Input Relay Module in rear of Jack and fasten screws.

0 0 0

0

00 96

e e e

a

0

O

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE

(SEE rT )

16




1 11 1 POWER INPUT MODULE

For grounding technique see Section 15.

TO COMMUNICATIONS

PROCESSORS, IF

APPLICABLE (i.e., DYNAMIC DATA

MANAGER, TRANSIENT

DATA MANAGER)

TO KEYPHASOR

TRANSDUCERS

(REFER TO SYSTEM

MONITOR MANUAL)

CO RAd RAO(

WARNING-DP(09000 HAZARD CO 00, ariaNCV Crim(C130% Ai [ICI, lip MISS MA' fl

00..0203/5. AVM tr5SEK)41-P5OvE EYPLOSION 1,arriavirap.acteolr.60talfirrt (Si WA 1J it,

a

0 0 010 0 010 0 010 0 0

USE COPPER catoucices c41,

ii0/220vAC 1.0/0.75 AMP

SO-60 HZ

DYNAMIC

FU 'IS ot 1110 II

0 n aMv 0602CC, 0010 000:00) 4703C CP SRAM MIS CARA 1'4101_01 Ayr, OMITCWAY li 11100401

alotsa go 0.661$

1

TO HOST COMPUTER OR

OTHER 3300 SYSTEM

RACK, IF APPLICABLE

(REFER TO SERIAL DATA

INTERFACE & DYNAMIC

DATA INTERFACE MANUAL)

TO REMOTE CONTACT

CLOSURES (REFER TO

SYSTEM MONITOR

MANUAL)

110/220 Vac

50/60 Hz

INPUT POWER

MAIN FUSE

17



112 SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULES


A\ WARNING

High voltage present could cause shock burns or death Do not touch exposed wires or terminals

JIhNAL INi-U I r LAY MUUULt A

tO 1/0 l G[CtyD IltAS

0 0 re

ar coo

NC

oe

0 Aar tan

to

a

O 0

ccu

Pon

011 Cu

Aural EAT CONS

WITH DUAL RELAYS

FOR FIELD WIRING REFER. TO MONITOR MANUAL

CAUTION

The following information is not applicable to the Velomitor. Refer to the 3300/55 Maintenance Manual for jumper configuration of the Velomitor Relay Module.

JUMPERS WI - W8

CO t/011410 TAW AS

0, 0 O

coo

Eif

coo

0

0

of I c: I

11%.;11

null mon

II' II

W4

*3

0

O

RELAYS

WITHOUT RELAYS

O

0 0 0 0

00 00 00 00

00 00

O

I

I

EH

I

I

\3

CIRCUIT BOARD DUAL RELAYS

JUMPERS

W11,W12

ALERT RELAY JUMPER *

IN OUT

NORMALLY ENERGIZED W3 W4,W11

NORMALLY DEENERGIZED W4,W11 W3

DANGER RELAY JUMPER*

IN OUT

NORMALLY ENERGIZED W2 W1,W12

NORMALLY DEENERGIZED W1,W12 W2

* FOR MORE INFORMATION CONFIGURATION REFER TO

SECTIONS 13 AND 14.

18




12 1 SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULES 1CONT.1

4\ WARNING


LL, CAUTION

The following information is not applicable to the Velomitor. Refer to the 3300/55 Maintenance Manual for jumper configuration of the Velomitor Relay Module.

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULES

0,

1::11 can I WI tr

FAU

11/.11

su

C,A 1::u

an

if.a at

ksLat

0 O p.

031

Its

0

0 0

FOR FIELD WIRING REFER TO MONITOR MANUAL

I

.1_741

non

I cm ::il

CH8 11::11

11:11 11/1

n611 I 1:1

II::11

4AW CAI WPM

WITH QUAD RELAYS

JUMPERS W4 A-F

EIHEIHNH n 3.

JUMPERS

W3 A-D

o

g151'

JUMPERS

W2,W1 0

CIRCUIT BOARD QUAD RELAYS

SIGNAL INPUT/QUAD RELAY CARD OPTION *

RELAY OPTIONS INSTALL REMOVE

ALERT RELAYS NORMALLY DE-ENERGIZED

W2,3C W3D,4D

W3A,4C

ALERT RELAYS NORMALLY ENERGIZED

W3A,4C W2,3C W3D,4D

DANGER RELAYS NORMALLY DE-ENERGIZED

W1,3B W4A,4E

W4B,4F

DANGER RELAYS NORMALLY ENERGIZED

W48,4F W1,38 W4A,4E

* For more information on relay configuration refer to Sections 13

and 14.

19



80172-01 Installation I nstructions

112 I SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULES ECONT.1

WARNING

High voltage present .

could cause shock burns or death

Do not touch exposed wires or terminals

CAUTION The following information is not applicable to the Velomitor. Refer to the 3300/55 Maintenance Manual for jumper configuration of the Velomitor Relay Module.

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULES A

1,1

CAUTION INTRINSICALLY

SAFE CIRCUITS

INSIDE

1014 0.0.11S

0.

11

77, 11111 MEM

fl

0

0

FOR FIELD WIRING.

REFER TO

INTERNAL SAFETY BARRIER INSTALLATION MANUAL

WITH DUAL RELAYS Anin INTT-pkot Q pirpg

0.0

2.1

CIRCUIT BOARD DUAL RELAYS WITH

INTERNAL BARRIERS

RELAY OPTIONS .

JUMPER

INSTALL REMOVE

ALERT RELAYS NORMALLY DE-ENERGIZED

W4,W9 W3

ALERT RELAYS NORMALLY ENERGIZED

W3 W4,W9

DANGER RELAYS NORMALLY DE-ENERGIZED

W1,W10 W2

DANGER RELAYS NORMALLY ENERGIZED

W2 W1,10

20




13 1 ALERT RELAY ACTUATION CIRCUITS

The following diagram shows the functional concept of jumper configurations for Alert relay bus

actuation for the Dual Relay Module. For more detail refer to schematics in the applicable monitor

manuals. NOTE: The relay located directly behind a monitor is always driven by that monitor, and all

other relays connected on the same bus will also be driven by that monitor.

The following information is not applicable to the Velomitor. Refer

to the 3300/55 Maintenance

Manual for jumper configuration of the Velomitor Relay Module.

MONITOR

ALERT DRIVE

MONITOR

2

ALERT DRIVE

ALERT BUS 1

BACKPLANE

ALERT BUS 2 1i

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE 1

W6 W5

1 T

W4

W3

'ALERT LJRELA Y


MONITOR N

ALERT DRIVE

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE N

FUNCTION JUMPER INSTALL REMOVE

Set Alert relay for normally energized operation* Set Alert relay for normally de-energized operation*

Select Alert bus 1

Select Alert bus 2

W3 W4,W11 W6 W5

W4,W11 W3 W5 W6

* REFER TO SECTION 12 FOR JUMPER CONFIGURATION OF RELAYS IN A SYSTEM WITH

INTERNAL BARRIERS.

21



113 I ALERT RELAY ACTUATION CIRCUITS [CONT.] 1


The following diagram shows the functional concept of jumper configurations for Alert relay actuation for the Quad Relay Module. Note: The jumper configuration shown is not applicable to the Velomitor Signal Input Relay Module. Refer to the Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance Manual. For more details refer to schematics in the applicable monitor manuals.


MONITOR

CHANNEL A CHANNEL B ALERT DRIVE -SPUI- ALERT DRIVE

w3A W3D W2 W3C W4D W4C

CHANNEL A ALERT RELAY

CHANNEL B ALERT RELAY

RELAY MODULE


Set Alert relays for normally energized operation Set Alert relays for normally de-energized operation

W3A,4C W2,3C,3D,4D

W2,3C,3D,4D W3A,4C

22




14 DANGER RELAY ACTUATION CIRCUITS

The following diagram shows the functional concept of jumper configurations for Danger relay bus actuation for the Dual Relay Module. Note: The jumper configuration shown is not applicable to the Velomitor Signal Input Relay Module. For more details refer to schematics in applicable monitor manuals.

NOTE: The relay located directly behind a monitor is always driven by that monitor, and all other relays connected on the same bus will also be driven by that monitor.


MONITOR

DANGER DRIVE

MONITOR

2

DANGER DRIVE

DANGER BUS

BACKPLANE

441.mmmlimin DANGER BUS 2


MONITOR N

DANGER DRIVE

w8 W7

W2

DANGER RELAY

1.-J SIGNAL INPUT

RELAY MODULE 2 SIGNAL INPUT

RELAY MODULE N


Set Danger relay for normally energized operation* Set Danger relay for normally de-energized operation* Select Danger bus 1 for operation Select Danger bus 2 for operation

W2 W1,W12 W8 W7

W1,W12 W2 W7 W8

* REFER TO SECTION 12 FOR JUMPER CONFIGURATION OF RELAYS IN A SYSTEM WITH INTERNAL

BARRIERS.

23




14 DANGER RELAY ACTUATION CIRCUITS [CONT.]

The following diagram shows the functional concept of jumper configurations for Danger Relay

actuation for the Quad Relay Module. Note: The jumper configuration shown is not applicable to

the Velomitor Signal Input Relay Module. For

more details refer to schematics in the applicable monitor manuals.

CAUTION The following information is

not applicable to the Velomitor. Refer to the 3300/55 Maintenance Manual for jumper configuration of the Velomitor Relay Module.

MONITOR

CHANNEL A CHANNEL B DANGER DRIVE -SPUI- DANGER DRIVE

W4F w4E wt w3B W4A W48

1.1 1 1 1.1

CHANNEL A DANGER RELAY

CHANNEL B DANGER RELAY

RELAY MODULE


Set Danger relays for normally energized operation

Set Danger relays for normally de- energized operation W4B,4F W1,3B,4A,4E

W1,3B,4A,4E W4B,4F

24




15 I FIELD GROUNDING TECHNIQUE

1. Refer to the applicable monitor manual for monitor connections.

2. For single point ground on typical system installations, install a jumper wire between the terminals labelled 'Single Point Ground' on the Power Input Module. For systems with external safety barriers, refer to the field wiring diagrams in the appropriate monitor maintenance manuals for grounding requirements. For systems with internal safety barriers, refer to the 3300 Internal Barriers Installation Manual for grounding requirements.

*WARNING High voltage present could cause shock burns or death Do not touch exposed wires or terminals

*WARNING DO NOT REMOVE JUMPER STRAPS UNLESS SYSTEM COMMON IS CONNECTED TO THE EARTH GROUND AT A DIFFERENT LOCATION. FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING COULD EXPOSE PERSONNEL TO DANGEROUSLY HIGH VOLTAGE LEVELS.

samC-ORSISCp .02M4 I r.f=sa: - -0 - -- sor.ST.C.,./Sal OtM2501 MOM WeirTaVtii.7 °

uSI my COOLVIR On,

u0/770.4 to/finer

""-c

25




16 I INDEX

PAGE

Alert Relay Actuation Circuits 21,22 A

D Danger Relay Actuation Circuits 23,24

F Field Grounding Technique 25

H Handling & Storage Considerations 2

M Monitor Installation (Typical) 16

0 Options

Rack Assembly Options 3

P Panel Cutout Dimensions 6

Power Input Module 17

Power Supply Installation 13,14

Rack Assembly Options 3

Rack Installation (19-inch EIA) 5

Rack Installation (Panel Mount) 4

Receiving Inspection 1

S Signal Input Relay Module 18,19,20

System Monitor Installation 15

Weatherproof Housing & Rack Assembly 7-12

26



117 1 APPENDIX 1


DRAWING TITLE

3300 4 Position Back Plane Schematic






DRAWING NO. NO. OF SHEETS

87811 2

87821 2

87831 2

87841 2

87851 2

87861 3

27



Y

0

VVV VVV:' V V V V

1114! !.151!1: ;MIIVI! 4111144 tivISINI

It777tg;77:ZZZ:ZISZtzezczve I

it. i

000 0 0`Q00 0000 POO 000 00

! ii! 2

'14:11_44 ---------- ZIZ.Z4 :41.1

i.173731:4:1S'ZI3V

Z S:::

0

VVVYYYVVYY ft stlsOls:1:0:41

2323737323i535iii5154:^222

!!

;E:

'11-15qqqqqiiiiiifliqq1114K

ta

2:2

i 7 1 a ii! IA 4 i

g

hh-rh Ihh :Iv!Prr

TT. ii

. ..................

0 iJ CO

W

U

a.

Vc' 714)

.N ac)

V



44 v Sy

0 upoyoyoo 000 000 Luu °co 0 00 0000

-1I -I I -- 1

ii i ri sa

........... -11-1-1 . ..... """ ---"-"CCLL"tagt::::As

000.

f II, ii:t II

_b111.1.11.1e±m*!,14474h 4 .11411.=11 ; ,:w.I 4 hll !I .

! .. . I ... . "%---""'ARLAZZALtt.12:22

0 1 U CC



N

1.1

.2-

Ul

N

U

rAh.

hit!

iftlj liAa

8

ab

5. ii:!! 111111111111111111.11111111111111

al

0 00 0 00 AQ 10 2 s X 3 I 3 W

i V V 9 i 9 9 9 9 V . 9

A A AN! A1110 41110 V 1411V 441 V SIV 41 ... ... 9 9 9 9 91 9 9 9 9 C; S; 9 C; 9 9 9 9 9 S; 9 9 I

8. ! vra A;r1- .0A-4

WO 0 0 0 00 000 000 000 00 93

aiii vs a

:1911:1:o- c

V V V V

2

:::::: !.

a

0000

88888888 222 22,11212t.14121:4I

2222.12222iSIMMS"""

I

i oa

C CI

0- C ZD L.1

Z 0

(1.1

0:1

9

co

c)

N

N

1

yY

fs I

9-.111111

: -- -- h 7T _ L ...... .......... ............. ..........

0 4



3

Ul

co

0 U 717 1c3 I a

3

5

-1-1.1-11'

o cyoyyoyo coo 000 COCO oyo 0 00 0000 2 c I

Is 1 30

iit 8 8 : :8 Si

V VC 12 t

,-

-1.1-I 1 - cc:cez-12:kk: It I 1:12:: a :412121:42222

' M3C373237373232323

000

! g .i 1 ea ea:

.i.i i:t !.!. s i

!. hIIIIhm-,,,,thi.,.,:i-H-h ' I .. 1 . I .. 1-.1-1,141 ..... . 1 . 1 . 1.1.,-,1-1t1-,,4..1.1.1:1 . 1 ... i

1

------ ---------------ceculzwe::::33

..:900

. i iissie Aq .A iiii Aix I .

1 i i .f . ! =t taall IP !!' f If f fl i ii 1,

I

§ :-.

!

i 1.11...1..±.1,1:1,1,!:J.11,),1:14,1:1,111,11 .. LI.,, A l'ff.j21: :t"1:1:1JALillj . 111 .. .. . A11" l'I'h -1 ... E

i '

zz: I ------"."--."5-5 '-""CCC*174CCCt::::ca g

c 1YY°

ii i ii C. 2 .2 .1 ii ! .

f =l,tiall !if ir.i ?;q ffi : A t9 '"

- I

h I- 111111 1

' II- 1Y 11- I.

.1..1.1,,.,.1 :i :1=1.1 -121: ! Ill I I I I t,:,t,:,=XJ:::,:W!:,:::1:1:1=12m1::,:*::::=1.14:41:1:41::1: . : 1111111-1



3

(11

03

0 U

a ;

:

3

! I

IN!

dha

1.i"

hfil

A

I 1

<1

iit!! 2-f. '

11111111111111111111111111111111

of

1

0 0 0 0 40 IS22 II

V y

_ 1.11! 4212 2j. 21 s

gellsts:22222222 I

is.

.,038 _4

000 0 0 0 0 4000 00

!nib irY

A-2

00 0

.21C

12 000000000

ii

2 2 2

2323C:13282323222 * 2222222222f515i21515---

i!

va .7

. ! 1 A ;4 f

t 1144

a2 a.

I I

2

U 4



0 Op

!.;;".

1-1..111 .1.1 I I-1

0p 000 70 000 0 00 0000

i ! i

i . i iise i

a i i r.; .

A

.1%, it I:10 : : 20;13 31312 3 : 2 2 : i 7311232323M595/355Hi3l. azz3::xmlirsaatst '

00

f 114 iit !

.k .i.t 1.0I, mfr30[11.113U331 h1111.11*1.1,117-f - 11114 ,0.1f.:, ZIZZ732:1131C132373t*

23232313235555751555555P!

000

3 !Mill iit s3lee a!

13131.1

I

A:1314

I

3.

I kni 3t 1313131:13 3 3

Igalat.:vactsattst ' 23232n.3:3/5151515f52:4-22

11t1,_ c,ILLar

Poo

ifa ii! iais ! !

1LL4 .111111114411:141:4666: I:1: 3

'

z323232323fSM513551iii!!

IOWA! ih #4 Mil Ili i

-11111.K41h Lititil111:*1: 1212:ISNI 2LtIlih11.11 II3.1 7 IS v

000

I:: Z3

..2 tat:23t 732323 2323232373.523

yclo

s .;!!1211 W gqe I;i

hil l l h.i.. -',r21!121.:1:1:4:11.111-1;11:1- 11. ' - -411-111% ;7) :WI: t1 -

Z.2 -----



eb

yoo

I A

4-

1"1"1"1-11" 1.1'1.11

Q 00009000 000 000 0000 000 0 00 coy

5s I I ..

V

tZ:XXV ::..3

000 c

0 5i A

f ilA :A

h h1-1.1"&f41

I

111^ . 11 . ... 1-1^li'L . . . . f" . I . 141 . . h . ... ..

0 43 3

t A "II VA. f if? Pt '41 f5!

.. I . I . b.1:1:1:1:17.1ttitlelt1:1:131111::111: tItle

. t IV s A 1

000

31:411:13

23737323333373337323

v :3 ,

- 1.1 --- 1.1.11.174:1*1.1131t131

hfflii ilf ii 5iaai 11! °x

A

.000

Sa

o...

1 1

Iv c:.cc::2:I:0:13::::: :::1*:;2:11.110112133:: 3 Z13 33732333232323237323

! 7i 7 ? Yf68ddii ilA W Sbb .0!

A

. -

A

..... I. I L1. 11 UataltIvIlL

000

31:11 t: ::::::::::::::::: 23232373237323732323

3 !;0.1201 iic i4f

. .............. .. I II

0

mw.0041,0ft.O0 CCLC:ZUCCC::::23

hH 1

! :;alit:: ils ii'; iiee Ai. CC!

. 11 . 1 -A-

000

0 :

_009

. ii I ff- 17

A VslAs-

t A

. .... 11. .. . ..

A

A

A

0



a

In

I;', 111,

03

!

fin

8

!

lig!! !i; II I II I I 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 I I 111111111111

deb

0 00 0000 009 0 00 p a s I s s s ! 1! s I I$ t

V V Y Y Y V V V

.11 v I 1 ! ! 1 1!1? ! ! Y= ! ! 1143 k 44 i . ild 113

I IttCgS1C24CCWIttt1C2C211 t I

Z. i;." LiEf2 ....a-a

o 0 occocoocc 000 000 00

fi

rl

'1 lee IR

2 t222222

-:13731:fStS2.1S: '

A S,SiS its FQ 00000000

C

VYYV tAS i SA :131:1

sar3s:13: o5S15:31315:5M3

E:a :

2 :

- - - -1--

51 S

s . A 7; it li L'

?

i

t 1'

h i (1

-- ,- Y 1s ,--t 4-41 r ILtaltaL r

g;41,.,gcomt . .7

..... ........ . ...... .... ...... .... ......... ..

1

8

f; !!

1

og

t,

at

I

1.1

f. 2

Y A i

" " !

0



rri

-40

N

w

O IC3

e a;

1;11

fi..

I III

a

i;

5

q:11 2-1:: -

F.1.11111111;11111111111:11111111111 4:::

i

a

ik

DIY

000 00 00000 0000000.0 *es is! !ow es!!

V w V

ti1!!!111.41:1!!w11Ia1iw1 Y Ale

S L gg t t t t t t ggg.ggg C S t t t t g

!.

LIU= ..A2st

000 0 0 co c0000y 000

; -

il;:t:trt

000

tc2 "2.22 C7,2323:LtC/32C/3

22:22

000000000

VV

ts:tt::7S ;es is .1:

v3:323;c2355I5Icf155:" 221

2

Is!g iiv !r.

t

El

f;!

in co

C°

10

r-

yo

r

gl3

i)

f

zctczlccic,:

Ea

t9

JL iiiiq"

r-4- I r- cic°1 - 1/1* -17 cmIc11*;;131::

O



000 0

: - r xr

.- nn

7 ..

a

2

0 000

i ii. . 11,tAlii i ii

00

11

0 44°

0 0

2

2 .A iiti 4i. 141 : M

00 5000

lie

000

h 415

IL1111-1-1-1-1:11±1-hrzx -4LUILWelitil:lk:':11:1:L111:1J81:41,1111 :1 i

IS:tit% C3C.2 2%Ci i

000

T fIlllaii 141 iF: Ifif oqf

1.1

-1.1.11.14141-1--1-d"--f-f-iIztetzzell itill:Lfell[b ' ' h '' fshrl(zfzfzl:l : k(sf:bfs :he: CCC214.:22

000 : ii.

- f gfhlii hi pf iof, ol 4, . , ::

....1 v

1., 11 Ill H-i-f-H-1:14H 14-1.. - vli eleLLILL1:11::1121elib:I.*14:1811:1: : i 8388.888:8:238:8 --------- ----- ------ iiiii5i5iif5i5i5f5i5::::"'

r ii s f lif iit iil; II! I. 2

l

- 8888888388f5i5V815f5i511513

_Tv

000

; f 10191:1 iIf ii! is! !I L - I

k "

1.111 i-1-1.78...r.cli 811121141= +8-1118:18:418 44 44 88/3'43838 - 5823838883f515i515/5f22"3

000

I II f kflIIII ilt Pi f Of I $ .

a k k 1 1

i -LI- -Lt.1.1.1.1,1itgv:;:i.4.1:21tIsiti:fr.o. ztlelli.L.Lb,,, h 1,,,,,c1J.,b,...,,,,Y,:4,11.0c, , i .343::.:28/823888 2523732321f5f5i315f$2.222

000 :

1 ii T '

f kftini ii i4 1;; Ofd $

_

.J11.11.1-17H-ith-bcilleigliLL[b-1 4-11-11Litig[jsi$48bo3:

v42321.:8828:3181 138373707355i5731515i2222 2

a

8

To

ii #

. .. ,

f fiiiiii il. 8-11. i;31113 $1,1 i it g ,

i

I L'rfi It H" It^ ht-I.H.*Te z 2. els12 : 10.12.1sillel ' 1 '''' '' I^ LI z 2242012 V120242/2 2

:

..

.. ''''''''''''''''''' ................. '' -.1282:::8813:t131* 232378832183732323i3

'' 21 i

000

- 0 5 g h"1001 iit iii; 884 ly

1 .1 II LH Ylh - - c:

0 U CD



0 (.3

:V

2

rti

rn

cr

to

CO

< Vic!!

..

v-gn VI 11111111111111111111111111111111 g.cc 17,zz

;Zs

,Q, 0 000000 00 00 0.0.000.0p0 : k I 2 !I i 12A:i A OA , s S S

V It!! 4 4 3 l!! IS 2 2 t$ 282:2 1 " li

.... ^^ ....... ....... ^ ICC 2 !: 2 CC:SC:CSC:CW:4 2 CC!!

I. gt.--

Ytc ttfU

000 Q 0 00700 0 000 000

zE

a-

21

" ! -

2 2

2 2 CO 000000000

22 cf rg 2 2 2

S:232:SZtSIZZZI3t 23222312232273237373

s I f ii; f

T13jj 5: .CS SASZ:t3t

Id

-

6

rfil I

.Id:- .......... ..... z. z . ...

a.

siD

CO N

I a)

CI a

111

.Ni qo

Vi\J

a



c

0 y yy oy 0 000 0 0 OPOO

1;,a

v

4-H-4,11!:!ttM362i:1:01-.0 .. .0 104:0 :::::: ......... .........

...

I iftllii ;if

; --1-4.1-1-1-141a111111141144144

A

000

§

1:Osta::

000

1 10:1::: ilf Pt i0;

Ift.514:h - 1111.1.1...L.a. h LILL V h

it°1:1: Pt ill; ilf

-111-111-111 . [21-1-1:111LL :323:::::313:t13:3

:S

4:0111: 23:32373732323:3232:

00

f =fieliii iif ffif f

!, :, ill

-.123231:13:::313:* 2atav323:a5515iii5f5:3"

000

f =0:1:11 iif Pt ill;

- ..,...L.11.11,:,11[11.:71: ILO SIX111:1:: 232323232355157513f5"449

_000

i f iit ;If !! 11

a

. rhrtt41-1.44,1,...mzvtich.kkl*141.1 ibri*WAsol:4111:: -II II II 111-H-1 I 111-1

............... i5i5i5i5iiiSini1555332-33

000

1 it ; N1:11 it iii; ill it

J1.1..,..,4).1.K;tALLIILL111...14 h I

1

:::3::::tets::::: r23:323z3f5f5i5ASS5".7-3

000 %*

I W ..1

LI 1.1-11th 11-11-1 vIhr ..4. ..... ri.Mil;:43:011;0:;74::4

:31:2ZI:t'.. ......... '''

000 * . i;!!

1 77 T W-1:1 I ell s

hill I 1[ ihi_ ----''-- iiiii5iSi5iSi5ii5i5

a

A

1



t 8 E

i

0 00 0

lit 7

...,

,.. I I I 1.1-1-1-1.1.-

q 0

i

1-1.zIlr

00000000

t

e ,:: s r

yoo

i

:Ws

000

i

np r:

oyoo

A

?

:I:

.000.

!I

1.00

0

.1:12.31:4::::::

A

0000

i : A

i

i '

az732313:6t3::113t 737373231355/57515/5:324221 ;

as

ii s Wmil ilf W Siee lis I

11141. .Ittlt*Nttitie4f1 111:011L 411H1-2:11174m ;5732:1:43,3::1/31.

a373737373iSinif315:2--33

0






4.3 Pre-Commissioning

A detailed Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) has been prepared for the on site pre- commissioning and commissioning of the pump system. The ITP together with all of the relevant testing data has been included in Volume 3.

The following factory test data is enclosed:

4.3.1 Velometer Final Test Data

4.3.2 Inspection and Test Plan for Local Instrumentation Panel




BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A \J

VELO

MIT

OR

FIN

AL

TE

ST

DA

TA

C

AU

TIO

N!

SE

NS

ITIV

E D

EV

ICE

DO

NO

T D

RO

P

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

A

. G

rimm

S

ER

IAL

NO

. Y

3784

55

DA

TE

03

-Dec

-97

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

4.66

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.55

Vdc

4

N

3 0

0

E

O

LL 0

2 1

..F4 5'

0 a)

0 -1

c (/)

-2

a)

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

01'

NE

VA

DA

V

ELO

MIT

OR

FIN

AL

TE

ST

DA

TA

C

AU

TIO

N!

SE

NS

ITIV

E D

EV

ICE

DO

NO

T D

RO

P

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

A

. G

rimm

S

ER

IAL

NO

. Y

3784

56

DA

TE

03

-Dec

-97

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

1.36

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.40

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A \

J V

ELO

MIT

OR

FIN

AL

TE

ST

DA

TA

C

AU

TIO

N!

SE

NS

ITIV

E D

EV

ICE

DO

NO

T D

RO

P

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

4672

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

99

.85

mV

/in /s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.09

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4- 1

-110

=11

111

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A \J

VELO

MIT

OR

FIN

AL

TE

ST

DA

TA

C

AU

TIO

N!

SE

NS

ITIV

E D

EV

ICE

DO

NO

T D

RO

P

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

4677

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7 S

EN

SIT

IVIT

Y

95.1

7 m

V/in

/s @

100

Hz

BIA

S L

EV

EL

12.3

1 V

dc

4 3 2 1 0 -2

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

M

OD

EL

NO

. 33

0525

T

ES

TE

D B

Y

K.

Non

g S

ER

IAL

NO

. Y

3789

82

DA

TE

22

-Dec

-97

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

2.10

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.84

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 1 -2

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

10

00

1000

0



BE

NT

LY

OT

h N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8983

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

99

.92

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.52

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4 1

10

100

1000

10

000

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

M

OD

EL

NO

. 33

0525

T

ES

TE

D B

Y

A.

Grim

m

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8984

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7 S

EN

SIT

IVIT

Y

100.

01

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.33

Vdc

4

N

3 0 0

2 E 2 u_

1

0

'5

0 a)

a -1

5 c cn

-2

a)

03

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

M

OD

EL

NO

. 33

0525

T

ES

TE

D B

Y

K.

Non

g S

ER

IAL

NO

. Y

3789

85

DA

TE

22

-Dec

-97

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

1.18

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.38

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4

10

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

100

(Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

08'

NE

VA

DA

V

ELO

MIT

OR

FIN

AL

TE

ST

DA

TA

C

AU

TIO

N!

SE

NS

ITIV

E D

EV

ICE

DO

NO

T D

RO

P

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8986

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7 S

EN

SIT

IVIT

Y

101.

77 m

V/in

/s @

100

Hz

BIA

S L

EV

EL

11.7

3 V

dc

4 3 2 1 0 - 1 -3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8987

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7 S

EN

SIT

IVIT

Y

101.

22 m

V/in

/s @

100

Hz

BIA

S L

EV

EL

11.7

7 V

dc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3-

-4 1

-IM

F

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8988

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

0.94

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.50

Vdc

4

N

3

0 0 2

E 0

1

0 -1

c -2

a)

-4

NM

1 10

10

0 10

00

1000

0

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

M

OD

EL

NO

. 33

0525

T

ES

TE

D B

Y

K.

Non

g S

ER

IAL

NO

. Y

3789

89

DA

TE

22

-Dec

-97

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

0.30

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.22

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8990

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

99

.88

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 12

.60

Vdc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

MO

DE

L N

O.

3305

25

TE

ST

ED

BY

K

. N

ong

SE

RIA

L N

O.

Y37

8992

D

AT

E

22-D

ec-9

7 S

EN

SIT

IVIT

Y

101.

66 m

V/in

/s @

100

Hz

BIA

S L

EV

EL

12.0

2 V

dc

4 3 2 1 0 -1

-2

-3

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



BE

NT

LY

N

EV

AD

A

VE

LOM

ITO

R F

INA

L T

ES

T D

AT

A

CA

UT

ION

! S

EN

SIT

IVE

DE

VIC

E D

O N

OT

DR

OP

M

OD

EL

NO

. 33

0525

T

ES

TE

D B

Y

K.

Non

g S

ER

IAL

NO

. Y

3789

93

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

10

2.19

mV

/in/s

@ 1

00 H

z B

IAS

LE

VE

L 1

2.1

9 V

dc

DA

TE

22

-Dec

-97

4

ry

3

0 0 2

E

0

1

0

0 a)

-4 1

10

100

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y (

Hz)

1000

10

000



(RERGLE SW IT CHBORR DS) INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN Job Name:/ .<,' t`-"441 --i.stErIP-6 - '9554/S Coy Ctaa.A._Job Number CT 94- SCA Designation: AV_fixil-'<--/-> Ck-si-v-:7-er: Date: /0 (47 G.A. Drawing Numbers: d C c _ 9 7- 3 Revision: / Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers: dc: (9 7- 41 -rD 17 Revision: 2, 1) zi 1-) -1--;Z--) 2-) 2_

1 2 2 Z 2 I JA..-z-,/,it Hold Operation Applicable Acceptance Criteria Reagle Client Other

. , Records Kept

Point Procedure or

_

Standard

10.2 RECEIVING INSPECTION AND TESTING 1 Purchased

Products QP10.2 Check conformance with

details specified on X Delivery Dockets

Purchase order 2 Customer

Supplied QP7.1, QP10.2

Check conformance with details provided by

X Delivery Dockets

Products Customer.

10.3 IN PROCESS INSPECTION AND TESTING 3 Sheetmetal QP10.3 Check conformance with

details provided on drawings and/or specification (refer QPF10.2B)

X Job Inspection Sheet QPF10.2B

4 Painting QP10.3 Check conformance with details provided on drawings and/or specification (refer QPF10.2B)


5 Electrical Equipment

QP10.3 Check conformance with details provided on drawings and/or specification (refer QPF10.2B)


6 Copper Busbars


N/A Job Inspection Sheet QPF10.2B

7 Electrical Cabling



9 Electrical Connections

QP10.3 Check all busbar joint bolt torques. Give pull check for all cable terminations (refer QPF10.2B)

N/A

X

Job Inspection Sheet QPF10.2B

10 Labels and

Name Plates QP10.3 Check conformance with

details provided on drawings and/or specification (refer QPF10.2B)


ABBREVIATIONS: QP - Quality Procedure QPF - Quality Procedure Form X - Test/Inspection required N/A - Not Applicable

1,012M: OPF 10- I B. DOC ISSUE: I AM EN UM ENT: A DATE: I 7Sep-97 PAGE I OF 2



(RERGLE SINCHBORRDS) Job Name: klOcii r CAI Inc SCA Designation: G.A. Drawing Numbers: Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers:

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN Job Number: 5-6<14' Date: /7- 7- 9 7 Revision: Revision:

Hold Operation Applicable Acceptance Criteria Reagle Client Other Records Kept Point Procedure

Of

Standard

10.4 FINAL TESTING AND INSPECTION 10 Function Tests QP10.4 Check conformance with

details provided on

drawings and/or specification (refer QPF10.3B)

X Final Inspection Sheet QPF10.3B

11 Insulation Resistance and Dielectric Tests

AS3439.1, QP10.4

Check conformance with details provided in

AS3439.1 cl. 8.3.2 & 8.3.4 (refer QPF10.3B)

N/A Final Inspection Sheet QPF10.3B

12 Customer Inspection and or Tests

QP10.4 Check conformance with details provided on drawings and/or specification

X Customer's Certificate Final Inspection Sheet QPF10.3B

13 Supply Authority Inspection

AS3000, Supply

Authority's S. & I. R.

Check conformance with details provided in

AS3000 and Supply Authority's Service and Installation Rules

N/A Inspector's Certificate

14 Final Inspection

QP10.4 Check all tests, inspections and

Procedures have been carried out (refer QPF10.3B)

X Final Inspection Sheet QPF10.3B

15. PACKAGING AND DELIVERY 15 Packaging 'QP15.4 Check conformance with

details provided in

procedure and/or specification

X

16 Delivery QP15.6 Check conformance with details provided in

procedure and/or specification

X Delivery Docket

Signed: Date: /0/7

ABBREVIATIONS: QP - Quality Procedure QPF - Quality Procedure Form X - Test/Inspection required N/A - Not Applicable

FORM: QPFID-IB.DOC ISSUE: I AMENDMENT: A DATE: I7 -S. -97 PAGE 2 OF 2



(RERGLE SWITCHBOARDS)

Job Name: r rAtexk: SCA Designation: a.1 G.A. Drawing Numbers: Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers:

JOB INSPECTION SHEET Job Number: 56 it- f2--

SHEETMETAL

Date: /7-- - Revision: Revision:

OK Correct Grade & Gauge of Steel as per Specification Overall Dimensions as per drawings

N/A

Degree of Protection (IP rating observed) Form of Separation to AS 3439.1 Welding Quality Door Fold Section Cut-outs Door Gasket Retainer Special Equipment Mounting Holes Gussets (Cover Mounting Supports) Structural Supports and Stiffeners Cover Mounting Hardware Hinge Mounting Facilities Door Locking Facilities (& 3 point locking) Plinth Construction or wall mounting facilities Plinth Mounting Facilities Supply Authorities Sealing Facilities (if Unmetered) Gland Plate Material Gland Plate Mounting Gland Plate Size Earthing Facilities Surface Finish Suitable for Painting (Grindin inishing) Instructions to Painting Sub-Contractor Completed Cabinet Ready For Fitout if Painting NOT Required V Notes

Rectification Complete 03 Date:

PAINTING OK Re-

work DATE Returned

Exterior Colour Interior Colour Gloss Level & Texture Paint Thickness Overall Quality Cabinet Ready For Fitout

FORM: OPF10-213.DOC ISSUE: I AMENDMENT: A DATE: 2S.Apr-97 PAGE I OF 3



(REFIGLE SWITCHBOARDS) .,. JOB INSPECTION SHEET

Job Name: (Akivr- t--1 ine-e-rtvL Job Number: SCA Designation: \-- b Date: / 7 - 7-97 G.A. Drawing Numbers: Revision: Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers: Revision:

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Date Commenced

Is the panel Laid out as per Drawing Check equipment against material list

OK N/

Has all Equipment been mounted square and fastened correctly Check manual operation of fuse switches, circuit breakers and isolators Have the Correct Fuse Carriers Been Used (Size, Rating) Have Fault Current Limiters Been fitted Check CT's ratio, class and polarity correct Check meter scales and input voltage or current Are all cable ducts, cable trays fitted as per drawing Are All Duct Lids Fitted Correctly

COPPER BUSBARS Check that Busbars are the Type and Size Nominated in Drawings N/A Incoming supply facilities Busbar Reticulation Correct

N/A N/A

Are the Busbar Joints as Specified N/A Check Busbars Supports are the Type and Size Nominated in Drawings N/A Check that Arc Quenching Material or Insulation Complies N/A Has Emerclad Coating been Applied to all Necessary Surfaces N/A Have other Insulation been Applied as Required by Specification N/A Are Phase Colour Bands Applied to Busbars in Accordance with Specification N/A Check that Busbar Phase to Phase and Phase to Earth Clearances Comply N/A Check that Busbar Phase to Phase and Phase to Earth Creepage Distances Comply

N/A

Are Circuit Breaker / Equipment busbar Flags Fitted For External Cables Where Necessary.

ELECTRICAL CABLING Has the Correct Size Cable Been Used Has the Correct Colour Cable been Used as Per Job Specification Has the Correct Temperature Rating of Cable been Used Has the Correct Cable Insulation Level Been Used

y

N/A

N/A

N/A

Does the Cable Have the correct Stranding Have the correct Size Lugs been Used Are the Wire Numbers as Specified Are all Wire Numbers Fitted

FORM: OPE19-213.DOC ISSUE: I AMENDMENT: A DATE: II-Apr-97 PAGE 2 OF 3



(REAGLE SWITCHBOARDS) \ JOB INSPECTION SHEET Job Name: v\.) eks- E-ri, IcW_QiN a, Job Number: .51, g-f-

t SCA Designation: r '_A Mt Date: /7- 99- 77 G.A. Drawing Numbers: Revision: Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers: Revision:

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS OK

Check that all Nut and Bolts have been Crossed with Permanent Marking Pen to

Signify Torque Wrench Tightening

N/A N/A

Have all Cable terminations been given the pull check for Bonding Is the relevant equipment bonded to the Earth Bar

Earth continuity

LABELS AND NAMEPLATES Check labels against label list (wording, letter height, label colour, fixing)

Have all Labels been Attached , mounted square and Screwed where Necessary.

Arrange Supply Authority INSPECTION (E.A., I.E., etc) N/A

Arrange Customer INSPECTION Date Complete

Notes

Rectification Complete 03 Date:

Person Testing Signature

FORM: OPF10-213.00C ISSUE: I AMENDMENT: A DATE: 2R.Apr-97 PAGE 3 OF 3



(RERGLE SWITCHBOARDS) N FINAL INSPECTION REPORT

Job Name: WP (.-, 0 (Q__,2, ,, ' E ,_

Job Number: c4 Pf--- SCA Designation: .11,--1-. (A ry\e,,,,-A- (la inQ_, Date: / 7 - ?- 7 G.A. Drawing Numbers: Revision: Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers: Revision:

ROUTINE FUNCTION TESTS

Continuity of power circuits with all switches closed from incoming to outgoing Continuity of control circuits to drawings All control circuits operational All protection circuits operational All metering circuits operational

N/A

The Following Equipment was not tested

Test conducted by:

Signed:

ROUTINE ELECTRICAL TESTS

se/ Ft/ cl(m,vr.1 Witnessed by:

Signed:

Main Circuit Rated Insulation Voltage Ui: 300 < U s 690 V

Phase Measured Insulation Resistance @ 1000V

MQ

Leakage Current @ Dielectric test vol

mA

nsulation Resistance @ 1000V

MQ E - R, W, B, N mA@

V 50Hz for 1 min R - W, B, N, E mA@

2.5kV 50Hz for 1 min W - R, B, N, E mA@

2.5kV 50Hz for 1

B - R, W, N, E l

iir mA@

2.5kV 50 - for 1 min N - R, W, B, E

Hi V

!fl Al mA @

. kV 50Hz for 1 min Auxiliar ircuit ik

E U; s 64 n

. iliary circuitq 60 < U, s 31.1

111111 llig

1 ilE Mt.

mA @ 1.0kV 50Hz for 1 min

mA @ 2.0kV 50Hz for 1 min

Auxiliary circuit:' E 300 < U; s 6*

11

' mA @ 2.5kV 50Hz for 1 min

Pass Criteria: I lation Resistance - alMQ

FORM: OPE I 0-3B.DOC ISSUE I

Dielectric - No puncture or flashover

AMENDMENT: A DATE: 26-Apr-97 PAGE I OF 2



(RERGLE 511111-CH BOAR DS) 1 FINAL INSPECTION REPORT

Job Name: tA)(r n#2..1rc ob Number: 5-694" SCA Designation: A

G.A. Drawing Numbers: Revision: 7/ ? 7 1.1. A- Date: 71 Revision: Electrical Schematic Drawing Numbers:

The Following Equipment was ated for th bove test

Test c ducted by:

Signed:

FINAL INSPECTION

Sheetmetal OK

Painting

N/A

Electrical Equipment Routine functional tests completed Routine electrical tests completed Customer inspection and tests completed

.V

Supply authority inspection completed Lifting eye bolts are correctly fitted Wall mounting brackets/Plinth is correctly attached \v- All labelling & nameplates attached Previous non conformances corrected Internal cabinet is cleaned and vacuumed Photographs taken Manuals Placed in cabinet (if Required) Job documentation, Drawings returned to office. Cabinet keys secured to cabinet Loose parts to be secured into the cabinet (fuses, light globes, etc.)

Signed:

Delivery Instructions Company: C (As Vorne_A^ '-43

Pv-100-1 e_ - Customer/Inspector remarks:

Date: I -

Pickup Date:

FORM: QPFIO.3B.DOC ISSUE I AMENDMENT: A DATE 2S-A1w-97 PAGE 2 OF 2




BCC Contract No S20195196 System Instrumentation


Section 5 Start-Up and Shut-Down Procedures

This Section is not applicable to the System Instrumentation. The start up and shutdown procedures for the pumping system are included in Volume 2.

15140/last ManIBRH Issue 1 29-Apr-98 Page 5-1






Section 6 Commissioning






BCC Contract No S20/95/96 System. Instrumentation


Section 7 Operations

This Section is not applicable to the Pump Instrumentation. The operational procedures for the pumping system are included in other volumes.

The operational procedures for specific items of equipment supplied under this contract are generally covered in other sections of this manual.







Section 8 Maintenance

Maintenance of the field sensors generally involves replacement on failure. The Bently Nevada 3300 System Monitor may require maintenance or adjustment. This can be carried with reference to the following Bently Nevada Publications. It should be noted that the procedures described in this section should only be carried out by a qualified Electronics Technician.

8.1 Temperature Monitor

The following publication entitled 3300 Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance Manual (Part No 80183-01 Rev L) is prepared by Bently Nevada for plant personnel who install and maintain the system. It provides a detailed description of the maintenance and adjustment procedures for the Temperature Monitor.


8.1.1 Six Channel Temperature Monitor System

8.1.2 Monitor Functions

8.1.3 Monitor Options

8.1.4 Programmable Options

8.1.5 OK

8.1.6 Bypass

8.1.7 Alarm 1

8.1.8 Alarm 2

8.1.9 Read Channel Temperature

8.1.10 Read Alarm 1 Setpoint Levels

8.1.11 Read Alarm 2 Setpoint Levels

8. 1. 12 Self Test

8.1.13 Error Codes







8.1.14 Disassembly Procedure

8.1.15 Recorder /Relay Module

8.1.16 Temperature Input Module

8.1.17 Installed Program Options

8.1.18 RTD Analogue Board Options

8.1.19 First Out, Alarm Delays, Alarm 2 Options

8.1.20 Transducer Type, OK Options

8.1.21 Full Scale, Recorder Options

8.1.22 Alarm Setpoint Adjustment

8.1.23 Channel Bypass

8.1.24 Alarm 2 Bypass

8.1.25 Test Channel Alarms - TC

8.1.26 Test Channel Alarms - RTD

8.1.27 Test OK Limits - TC

8.1.28 Test OK Limits - RTD

8.1.29 Test OK Limits - TC

8.1.30 Test OK Limits - RTD

8.1.31 Test/Calibration - TC

8.1.32 Test/Calibration - RTD

8.1.33 Field Wiring Diagrams

8.1.34 Recommended Spare Parts -TC Monitor

8.1.35 Recommended Spare Parts - RTD Monitor

8.1.36 Specifications




PART NO. 80183-01 .REVISION L,

NOVEMBER 1996

3300 SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

3300/30 - THERMOCOUPLE 3300/35 - RTD

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BENTLY NEVADA



80183-01 Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance

NOTICE READ THE FOLLOWING BEFORE INSTALLING OR OPERATING EQUIPMENT

Bent ly Nevada Corporation has attempted to identify areas of risk created by improper installation and/or operation of this product. These areas of information are noted as WARNING or CAUTION for your protection and for the safe and effective operation of this equipment. Read all instructions before installing or operating this product. Pay particular attention to those areas designated by the following symbols.

WARNING High voltage present . Contact could cause shock, bums or death.


First Printing: May 1988

14\\ CAUTION Machine protection will be lost during calibration.

Copyright © 1989,1993,1994, 1996 Bently Nevada Corporation

All Rights Reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system nor translated into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner,

Bently Nevada Corporation P.O. Box 157


Telex 7400983 BNC UC Fax 702-782-9253

Copyright infringement is a serious matter under United States of America and Foreign Copyright Laws

ii



Sbc Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance 80183-01

FOREWORD

This document is intended for personnel who install and maintain the 3300 Monitoring System. The procedures are presented in step-by-step graphic format.

RELATED DOCUMENTS


3300 System Installation Instructions, 80172-01


3300/12 AC Power Supply, 89602-01

3300/14 DC Power Supply, 101256-01


3300/30 and 3300/35 Six Channel Temperature Monitor Operation, 80182-01

3300 Internal Barrier Installation, 88837-01

Keyphasor® and Proximitor are registered trademarks of Bent ly Nevada Corporation

SYMBOLS Special symbols are used in the manual to illustrate specifics in the step-by-step process. For example:

PRESS FLASHING CONNECT

TEST EQUIPMENT (Recommended) Digital Wattmeter Decade Resistance

GOO

4 1/2-D.g.t Display 0 to 1000 Voc /Vdc

0 to 10 megohms

DISCONNECT

Monitor Extender Board

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Range 0.01 ohm to 11.1111 Kohn

in Five decodes t 0.01% 2.5

miliiomm

BENTLY NEVADA CORPORATION P/N 78894-01

OBSERVE SCREWDRIVER

MI Molt Source

Range 0 to t 20V Resolution t ImV

(.1 10AV with 1001 divider )

111




iv



Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance 80183-01

CONTENTS

TITLE PAGE

Six Channel Temperature Monitor System 1

Monitor Functions 3 Monitor Options 5 Programmable Options 6 OK

7 Bypass 8 Alarm 1 9 Alarm 2 10 Read Channel Temperature 11 Read Alarm1 Setpoint Levels 13 Read Alarm2 Setpoint Levels 14 Self Test 15 Error Codes 19 Disassembly Procedure 20 Recorder/Relay Module 23 Temperature Input Module 24 Installed Programmable Options 25 RTD Analog Board Options 26 First Out, Alarm Delays, Alarm2 Options 27 Alarm1, Units, Tenths Digits, Temperature Not OK 28 Transducer Type, OK Relay Options 29 Full Scale, Recorder Options 30 Alarm Setpoint Adjust 31 Channel Bypass 32 Alarm2 Bypass 33 Test Channel Alarms - TC 34 Test Channel Alarms - RTD 36 Test OK Limits - TC 38 Test OK Limits - RTD 39 Test/Calibration - TC 40 Test/Calibration - RTD 45 Field Wiring Diagrams 50 Recommended Spare Parts - TC Monitor 65 Recommended Spare Parts - RTD Monitor 66 Specifications 67

V




vi



Fl SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR SYSTEM1


V 0-

=3

1,...ii- 3

6 6 6 6

--T. Hr It-CI

170/1- cicogoopo

a 1" 1

inti

0 '''' LIZ

0

Lila'

0

- o

0

.7" .N.. 3300 RACK

0 1 9. Cmrrod0. II:WPC 0 4(4471" MC4I TOR

i I._

0...wWi.

0.114 2

It WPCR6

I I I

WAGN

3

Mk

-1 SAO S I.A3

4

__I I

5 6

01 61112

41141

EPP

OK AL. M 2

ALIO

819

OK ACM2 A6111

PP

OK ALM2 ALM 1

13YP

OK AM2 kW 1 8 rl,

OK ALM2 At IA I

840

(C?

w,e0,

4449647

wOCIE

M. /O.

0

SIAM

4.244.

046+6:1.

62ss

snr

ft../

0

MICA UNVONXD DEINOMPLE TO

Kt=PC73-

TYPICAL GROWCED NERtiCCOIPIE TO

THERMOCOUPLE MONITOR SYSTEM

(SEE PACE 2 FOR THE RT0 MONITOR SYSTEM)

INFORATURE

ROVOER

NINIECIZOU

El

.41 0 0 El

410}066 0,1KM

0 0 El

oec-,.11111:31

1 71 al is KsII

ICs31

1(z31. IC:11 Cs

Es/ Cs

ra 1CollwICsl 1-1 El

0

El El Efl El 1(011121M Csi IMIEMICs31 Call Cs3

IC:310 ('ill IM $11:3 Csl

ICII Ks] 1(a (.]I IM w Cs]

El El 0 El 0 0

REAR VIEW

1



I SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR SYSTEM]


.1 W-

tr.1:z

g

1..s

-a-

- 3

C5

(5 6 6 -a -a-

0001:1 lir 17)(;)®(;)o e --crn

a lig

0-

3 a 11

0-0

Vii-

LitZ

0-0

oo -DT".

13.1K

0-0

r- o

7 1. 3300 RACK

(3. 3" I, Cs El. IE &AVER* TupE36.

1,06. Top

_

1

' I

7 t_ 00041

2

VORA

I 11_1 _II_,.._, .01 mt.,

3

ft.(

1.7,1.01

4

_ _11_

,

3

_

6

C* C., A742 0'7 "1 LW

RIP Dro

OK Oa 011 erp

og kii2 41,1

'i.4)

NrcwoR

.,..0....,

. ...a67

0

srmvs 0

0.014

, ."Qs9

STEp

0.1.01

0

IDOIRATURE

RECORDER

3- MK RID IC:11

- MRE RID

0

REAR VIEW

RTD MONITOR SYSTEM

(SEE PAGE 1 FOR THERMOCOUPLE MONITOR SYSTEM)

RECORDER

01.11Pu I

TERvout.S

RECORDER

CU IPUI

TEMPI ALS




I MONITOR FUNCTIONS

SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS - Temperature measurements can be obtained from various machine components and are important for the quality of the process involved. The 3300/30 Six Channel Temperature Monitor provides six independent channels of on-line thermocouple (TC) temperature monitoring. The monitor accepts input from up to six TC transducers with either grounded or ungrounded tips. The 3300/35 Six Channel Temperature Monitor provides six independent channels of on-line resistance temperature detection (RID) temperature monitoring. The monitor accepts input from up to six 3-wire or six 4-wire RTD transducers.

OK - When the TC output voltage or RTD resistance is within its upper and lower limits, the transducer is defined as OK. The OK detection circuit controls the channel OK the monitor OK and the monitor relay drive to the OK Relay. If the monitor has the latching OK option enabled, a System Reset is required to reset the OK function.

OK RELAY - The OK Relay is located on the Power Input Module. Every channel in the rack must be OK or bypassed to energize the OK Relay.

ALARM - Pressing the ALARMI and ALARM2 switches on the front panel of the monitor causes the corresponding first-level alarm or second-level alarm setpoints on each channel to be displayed on the front panel LCD. ALM1 and ALM2 indications are displayed when the transducer signal level exceeds preset levels for the selected time delay, and appropriate Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 relay contacts are activated. Alarm 2 setpoint levels can be optionally set for over or under alarm conditions. Alarm 1 setpoint levels can be set only for an over alarm. AND and OR voting logic options per pair of channels (channels 1 and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6) determine when the Alarm 2 relay contacts are activated.

RACK FIRST OUT - The first channel in the rack to have an alarm ALM1 or ALM2 (called ALERT or, DANGER in many monitors) since the last reset or power-up will flash its ALM1 or ALM2 LCD (ALERT or DANGER LED on other monitors) indicator if the First Out option is enabled.

MONITOR FIRST OUT - When enabled, Monitor First Out ignores all other alarms in the rack and indicates First Out only for the six channels in the monitor. Both ALM1 and ALM2 have separate First Out circuitry.

ALARM RELAYS - Monitor alarms can be programmed for either latching or nonlatching mode. In

the nonlatching mode, the alarm resets automatically when the alarm condition no longer exists. In

the latching mode, the alarm must be reset manually by pressing the RESET switch on the front panel of the System Monitor (or by closing external Reset contacts). The alarm will not reset if the alarm condition still exists.

RECORDER OUTPUT - A recorder output is provided for each channel. Depending on the option selected, the recorder output levels, proportional to recorder full scale, are either 0 to -10 Vdc, +1

to +5 Vdc, or +4 to +20 mA.

3




171 MONITOR FUNCTIONS

SELF TEST - The monitor has three categories of self test: cyclic, power-up, and user-invoked.

Cyclic Self Test is performed automatically during monitor operation. Any error encountered during a cyclic test disables the monitor and flashes an LCD error code. Should the error be intermittent, the monitor will return to operation, but the error code is stored for retrieval during user-invoked self-tests. Stored error codes are annunciated by the OK LED and the OK LCD flashing at 5 Hz provided that the channel is OK

Power-Up Self Test is performed automatically each time the monitor power is turned on. A series of basic tests and transducer OK tests are performed.

User-invoked Self Test performs power-up self test and allows error messages stored during cyclic tests to be read and cleared. Stored errors are annunciated by the OK LED and the OK LCD flashing at 5 Hz and the error codes displayed on the front panel LCD.

4



1


I MONITOR OPTIONS

Slx CHANNEL TEMPERATURE TC MONITOR

AGENCY PART NUMBER FULL-SCALE RANGE TRANSDUCER INPUT ALARM RELAY APPROVAL BARRIERS USED

3300/30 AA BB CC DD EE

01.0-200- 02=0-300'r 03=0-400'r 04=0-500'F 05=0-1000F

11=0-100C i2=0-150C 130-200C 14=0-250C 15=0-500.0

.

01=TYPE J

02=TYPE K

03=Typt T. 04 =TYPE E

USED -01. -02.

00=NONE 01.5A EPDXY

SEALED 02=5A HERMETI-

CALLY SEALED

-13.

00=NONE 01=CSA 02=BASEEFA 03 =rM 04 =CITY OF LA

00=NO 01=EXTERNAL 02=INTERNAL

TRANSDUCER INPUT OPTIONS (AA)

ONLY WITH FULL-SCALE -03, -04. -IL -12,

RANGE AND -14

SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE PART NUMBER FULL-SCALE

3300/35

RID MONITOR

RANGE

AA

TRANSDUCER INPUT

BB

ALARM RELAY

CC

AGENCY APPROVAL

DD

BARRIERS USED

EE

01=0-200 02=0-300r 03=0-400T 04=0-500T os=o-l000r

01=100 OHMS 02=100 OHMS 03=120 OHMS 04=10 OHMS

PLATINUM PLATINUM NICKEL

COPPER

(1392) (1.385)

===

3-WIRE 00=NONE 01=5A EPDXY

SEALED 02=5A HERMETI-

CALLY SEALED

00=NONE 01=CSA 02=BASEEFA 03 =rM 04 =CITY or LA

00=NO 01=ExTERNAL 02=INTERNAL

05 =100. OHMS PLATINUM (1.392) 11=0-100 06=100 OHMS PLATINUM (1385) 4 -WIRE

12=0-150*C 07=120 OHMS NICKEL 13=0-200C 08=10 OHMS COPPER 14=0-250*C 15=0-500

FOR COPPER. USE ONLY FULL-SCALE RANGE OPTIONS (AA) -01 AND -11.

5




4 1 PROGRAMMABLE OPTIONS

RACK FIRST OUT

' ENABLED ' DISABLED

MONITOR

FIRST OUT ENABLED* DISABLED

ALARM DELArS ' I SECOND 3 SECONDS 6 SECONDS

ALARM! MODE LATCHING NONLATCHING

ALARM2 MODE ' LATCHING ' NONLATCHING OVER ALARM UNDER ALARM

* STANDARD CONFIGURATION

RECORDER OUTPUTS .4 TO .20 mA *1 TO *5 Vdc 0 TO -10 Vdc

ALARM2 VOTING OR VOTING FOR RELAY DRIVE' AND VOT.JG FOR RELAY DRIVE

OK MODE NONLATCHING LATCHING

TEMPERATURE NOT-OK

UPSCALE DOVNSCALE

TENTH (0.1)

DIGIT

ENABLED DISABLED'

ALARM2 RELAY BYPASS

ENABLED DISABLED'

6



Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance so 1 ea-o1

I OK

NOTE Each channel in the system controls

the OK Relay. Any channel can cause a not OK Relay condition (de-energized Relay).

DISPLAY CONDITION OK RELAY DRIVE

ALL SIX CHANNELS OK

ON

tEuPERATURE _ I 11H T t- _1

HoOH

CHANNE

3

1

- - READ STATUS

4

. It I-

5

-

6 01010I

K OK OK OK

mowca STATUS

0 0 0 OK ALAR42 ALAMO BYPASS

/

CHANNEL 2 NOT OK

OFF.

TELIPERAIURE

1

HIGH

CHANNEL

I 3

READ STATUS

4

.

5

_ 1

1-

6

OK OK OK OK OK

moroop STATUS

0 0 0 0 OK ALARIA2 ALARui BYPASS

CHANNEL 2 BYPASSED

ON

----Thihr3YP

rELIPERATURE

_ _ _ HOY READ

CHANNEL STATUS

I 3 4

_

5

I

- 1_

6

OK OK OK OK OK

mewl:a STATUS

0 0 ss ALARtn ALAmo evvA

* Not OK channel can be bypassed to restore Relay-OK condition.

7




I BYPASS

DISPLAY CONDITION

CHANNEL 4 BYPASSED

I 2

TEMPERATURE

3 6 9.4.1 5

OK OK OK

BYP

OK OK

MONITOR STATUS

0 0 OK ALARM2 ALARMI BYPASS

1. MONITOR IN ALARM2 BYPASS

2. ALL CHANNELS BYPASSED

1 2

TEMPERATURE

3 6 4 5

BYP_ BYP BYP BYP BYP BYP

MONITOR STATUS

0 0 0 OK ALARM2 ALARM1 BYPASS

1. SYSTEM IN POWER-UP MODE

2. USER-INVOKED SELF TEST

TEMPERATURE

\--.....,

6 1 2 3 4 5

BYP BYP BYP BYPBYPBYP

OK

MONITOR STATUS

0 0 ALARM2 ALARM; BYPASS

8




I ALARM 1

DISPLAY CONDITION ALARM 1

RELAY DRIVE

CHANNEL 2 HAS EXCEEDED ALARM 1 LEVEL

- ON TEMPERATURE

i 2 3

_./."

4 i). 6 .

OK OK OK OK OK OK

I MI

' \ mom TOR STATUS

0 0 OK ALARM? ALAMO BYPASS

CHANNELS 2 AND 4 HAVE ON TEMPERATURE

EXCEEDED ALARM 1 LEVEL. FIRST OUT CONDITION FOR CHANNEL 2.

1 2 3 4 5 1 OK OK OK OK OK OK

ALAII ALM1

U OR STATUS

0 0 OK ALAR1A2 \ ALARM 1 BYPASS

* If two alarms occur within 50 milliseconds, both LEDs could flash.

9



80183-01

8 1 ALARM 2

Six Channel Temperature .Monitor Maintenance

DISPLAY CONDITION ALARM 2 RELAY DRIVE

OR VOTING.

AND VOTING TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL 3 HAS EXCEEDED ON OFF ALARM 2 LEVEL.

I 2 OK 0K 04K 05K ALM2

Fl 105K

MONITOR STATUS

0 0 OK ALARM? ALARMI BYPASS

CHANNELS 3 AND 5 HAVE ON OFF TEMPERATURE EXCEEDED ALARM 2 LEVEL. FIRST OUT CONDITION FOR .11M111 CHANNEL 3.

OK OK OK ALM2

NITOR ST TUS ill 0 OK RM2 ALARM BYPASS

** Any channel that exceeds alarm level will activate Alarm 2 relay drive. AND voting is accomplished between channels in the following pairs: Channels 1

and 2, Channels 3 and 4, Channels 5 and 6. The output of these three channel pairs is an OR function. If either channel in a pair is bypassed, an alarm relay is activated when the nonbypassed channel is in alarm. If two alarms occur within 50 milliseconds, both LEDs could flash.

10



I9 I READ CHANNEL TEMPERATURE


The Six Channel Temperature Monitor has two operating modes selected by the MODE switch:

HIGH-READ MODE AUTO-STEP MODE

Mode selection is obtained by pressing MODE switch.

HIGH-READ MODE High-read mode occurs automatically during power up or by pressing MODE switch. In high- read mode, the monitor displays the highest temperature reading measured on any of the six channels.

0 3300/30

SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONI TOR

TEMPERATURE

I-I I:I =I. I

I 1 1 1 1 1 I I

HIGH READ CHANNEL STATUS

2 3 4 0.6.40 6

OK OK OK OK OK OK

1.<1

MONITOR STATUS

AL ARA12 ALARMI BYPASS

MODE CHANNEL STEP

ALARM 2 ALARMI

AUTO-STEP MODE In auto-step mode, the monitor cycles through channels 1 through 6 in sequence, pausing approximately 5 seconds for each channel.

11




I READ CHANNEL TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL-SELECT MODE Channel-Select mode is selected by pressing CHANNEL STEP to cycle through channels 1

through 6 in sequence.

0 3300/30

SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

TEMPERATURE

- - CHANNEL STATUS

2 3 4 5 6

OK OK OK OK OK OK

MONITOR STATUS

0 0 0 OK ALARM2 ALARM1 BYPASS

MOO CHANNEL STEP

ALARM2 ALARM1

CHANNEL INDICATOR

12



Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance 80183 -01

1 10 1 READ ALARM 1 SETPOINT LEVELS

Press CHANNEL STEP switch to select channel, and press ALARMI switch to read alarm 1

setpoints. Repeat process for each succeeding channel.

10 3300/30


TEMPERATURE

I I 11 11 11

I I - II II 11 - - - OVER ALARM

CHANNEL STATUS

2 3 4 5

OKI OK 6

OK OK

AIMMI MONITOR STATUS

0 0 0 0 OK ALARM2 ALARMI BYPASS

MODE

ALARm2

CHANNEL STEP

ALARMI

13




11 I READ ALARM 2 SETPOINT LEVELS

Press CHANNEL STEP switch to select channel, and press ALARM2 switch to read alarm 2 setpoints. Repeat process for each succeeding channel.

0 3300/25


TEMPERATURE

I II I II I. I

I I I I II II 640vER ALARM

CHANNEL STATUS

010K 10K 2 3 4 5 6

OKI OK OK

O OK

MONITOR STATUS

0 ALARM2 ALARMI BYPASS

MODE CHANNEL STEP

ALARMI

OR

TEMPERATURE

I I II I I. I

I I I I I I

UNDER ALARM CHANNEL STATUS

2 3 4 5

14




1 12 I SELF TEST

/ 9i Crwoda TEupER rya;

O.

TDPEPA

.f'.

11.0(

I I

Vanes

; r.

ol

an

o

. ii. Sl . v . \ It

MOWS*

4f.t:24

KM

0

VA Ilri

4.9111

OworCL

Mt%

SW

0 Active Error Indication

Stored Error Indication

The monitor has three levels of self test:

SELF TEST PERFORMED

Power-up Cyclic

User-invoked

When the monitor is turned on. Continuous during monitoring operations. When you initiate the self test by temporarily shorting the self test pins.

When the monitor detects an error, it displays an error condition in one of two ways depending on whether the error is active or stored. An active error is an error that currently exists. A stored error indicates that a storable error has occurred since the last time errors were cleared but that this error is no longer active.

If the monitor detects an active error, the following events occur:

Monitoring stops until the problem is resolved The error code is stored in memory and flashes on the LCD temperature display followed by an me The OK LED flashes at 5 Hz and all channel OK LCDs flash at 5 Hz The BYPASS LED comes on and all channel BYPASS LCDs come on

If the monitor no longer detects an active error and a stored error exists, the following events occur:

Monitoring resumes If the OK LED would otherwise be on, the OK LED and all channel OK LCDs flash at 5

Hz to indicate that an error code has been stored

15




1 12 I SELF TEST

The display sequence during the Power-up self test is as follows:

I. ALL INDICATORS ON 2. TRANSDUCER TYPE DISPLAYED

At. W2 4.11, I ASS

2 3 4

VP BYP BYP BYP BYP BYP

49 2 0111445

4. FIRMWARE REVISION

1 BYP BYP

2 3 4 5 6

BYPLYPIBYPIBYP

0.+7 I VIPASS

THERMOCOUPLE RTD

I = 2 = 3 = 4 =

TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE

.1

K

T

E

PLATINUM PLATINUM NICKEL COPPER

(1.392) (1.385)

3. FULL SCALE RECORDER OUTPUT DISPLAYED

0 0 0 0, *4.A4.12 4.411./. ',PASS

5. MONITORING BEGINS

I I -r I - I I I I

5 6

OK I OK

0 0 0 Clt F442 0 9 55

16




I 12 1 SELF TEST

Recall stored error codes by using the User-invoked self test. Use the following steps to run the User-invoked self test, read error codes, and clear stored error codes:

CAUTION

Machine protection provided by this monitor will be lost for the duration of the self test.

NOTE: User-invoked self test cannot be initiated if any error is active. Refer to the Error Codes section for more information on the error codes.

1. Initiate the User-invoked self test by shorting the two self test pins (ST) with a screwdriver. All the LEDs and LCD elements will come on for 5 seconds.

If an active or stored error is present, the BYPASS LED and all channel BYPASS LCDs remain on, the OK LED and all channel OK LCDs flash at 5 Hz, and the first error code flashes on the LCD temperature display at 2 Hz. The error code is followed by an

For example, the monitor to the right is indicating error code number 2.

/ 90 1.1e0/313

' 4 TOR

0s...4

111.166104

3,MS .1

\ ,,, r. rr

.3

ip

.4

I.

.S

Ir.

.6

r.

\ ft .060 /

0

VAMOS

a 7 a . , An

0.64 VIP

CAM.

0

17



1


112 I SELF TEST

2. Read any other stored error codes by pressing and holding the ALARMI switch for approximately one second.

For example, the monitor to the right contains a second stored error code - number 5.

When you reach the end of the error code list,

the LCD temperature display will show 68888E1

and the OK LED and all channel OK LCDs turn off.

You may read through the list again by

continuing to press the ALARM1 switch.

3. When you have reached the end of the error code list (as described above), clear error codes from memory by pressing and holding the ALARM2 switch for approximately one second. The monitor will go through the power up display sequence, beginning with display number two (transducer type), before it resumes monitoring.

0 1X0/30

Si X 0....No4EL rE.aPERATURE TAONI TOR

CATARAO. STATUS

S0. ST 3 4P V: C: BM SW OR.

orc

warIrC0 Sr 0

..41.140 2 KAM/ I BYPASS

EPIANTIEL STEP

0 MARIO

K 0 SS CP El. ERMEJPE"aa'"

Pad TOR

TESPEPASPE

I I:II:I I:I 1=1.1-_

0.P.O. SIAM

r. I' I 11,41, ... VW Ir. VP _

popTCP

0 CP m...

MAX

4/0402

0

SUNS

0 0 .II ALAINo

0.041

Mss

STIP

*NMI

0

18




113 I ERROR CODES

Refer to the Setf Test section for information about displaying and clearing stored error codes. "O' O D ' 1 s"1/. V . I ' V

'

ROM checksum failed. Test at Power-up and User-invoked self test. This error is displayed on the front panel, but not stored in memory. Install your spare monitor or call your local Bently Nevada office for service.

3 Ionrecover - e - V

failure. est: on y at is se' test. nst- your

spare monitor or contact your local Bently Nevada office for service.

4 EEPROM failure May be corrected by adjusting alarm setpoints in the monitor. If setpoint adjustment fails to correct this error, install your spare monitor or contact your local Bently Nevada office for service.

5 +7.5 V/-VT node out of tolerance.

Tested cyclically. If it is a stored error, recall and clear the error codes as described in the Setf Test section.

If it is an active error, replace the monitor with a spare or contact your local Bently Nevada Office for service.

6 +VRH node out of tolerance.

7 +5V node out of tolerance.

8 MVREF node out of tolerance.

9 +7.5 V node out of tolerance.

10 +VRL node out of tolerance.

12 +5 V/-7.5V node out of tolerance.

14 RAM failure. Tested only at Power-up or User-invoked self test. These errors are displayed on the front panel but not stored in memory. For error 16, correct the jumper configuration of the full scale option or the transducer type option (note that only one full scale option and one transducer type option may be selected). For errors 14 and 17, install your spare monitor or contact your local Bently Nevada office for service.

16 -' Invalid jumper configuration.

17 COP watchdog not configured.

NOTE: If the monitor experiences recurring stored errors contact your local Bently Nevada office for service.

19




14 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

1. Loosen screws. Remove front panel by sliding panel to the right, up, and then toward you.

2. Disconnect front panel cable from digital board.

51,1?)CN EL rtliPfit Lrei" wCom TCN

ITIPEVAIURE

j I II I _ICI I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 -

..o NC .0 SC,1,15

droop - -11"1-1

1 7 5 I OK OK OK OK OK OK

112 A1.112 MAI On L112

191 ALIO A1.111 ALYI "111 8W 8.19 82'9 Bw 919

0

3. Disconnect cable between digital board and analog board.

oorAL BOARD

ANALOG SOAK!

.N*, 7 ,V.

0

o 6 6 6

§ 0

§ 0

§ 0

§ 0

§

0 0

e , a 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0

0 V

20



1

Sec Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance 80183-01

14 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

4. Pull boards out from rack. Remove side covers by pinching protruding tip on each stand-off.

21




14 I DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

JUMPERS

Digital Board: View showing expander board removed. If expander board is not present, jumpers must be installed as shown.

it\ CAUTION

Machine protection provided by this monitor will be lost while the monitor is removed from the rack.

A\ CAUTION

Power must be removed from digital board to remove or install recorder or expander board.

Digital Board: View showing Recorder and Expander boards installed.

22



Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance

15 I RECORDER/RELAY MODULE SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULES

TEMPERATURE INPUT

UOOULE SEE SECTIom IS

00

FI 0 =r 0 m

RECORDER/KLAN, 14004.111

JAPERS - MO

80183-01

A\ WARNING

High voltage present. Could cause shock, bums or death.


*30 0 m0 0 1% 0 0 (5 0 0 vm 0 0 W3 0 0 (2 0 0 In 0

NOTE: For relay configuration of monitors with Internal Safety Barriers, refer to the 3300 Internal Barrier Installation Manual or the 3300 System Installation Manual.

(COMM OLIIMUTS

00

'(!)'

CD

Kid

ID 01

1501 K=11 IC:II

JUMPERS (11. (12

ALARM 1 RELAY JUMPER *

IN OUT

Normally Energized W3 W4,W11

Normally Deenergized W4,W11 W3

.

ALARM 2 RELAY

.

JUMPER *

IN OUT

Normally Energized W2 W1,W12

Normally Deenergized W1,W12 W2

* For configuration of Relay Actuation Circuits (common relay), refer to installation manual.

23




16 I TEMPERATURE INPUT MODULE

A\ WARNING

High voltage present. Could cause shock, burns or death.


4 WIRE RTD INPUT

a) CHANNEL

0 0

aD

gal

3 *IRE RTD INPUT

a) CHANNEL

1[3 0 LAI

0 0 FA VI MIR II IC 71 K 71

19171 Del 15\11

IC= IC11.

0 ti aD

NOTE: For information on monitors with Internal Safety Barriers, refer to the 3300 Internal Barrier Installation Manual.

THERMOCOUPLE INPUT

a) CHANNEL

CD

ON THERMOCOUPLE 1 MONITOR ONLY

0

0

CIRCUIT BOARD

24



Sbc Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance

17 I INSTALLED PROGRAMMABLE OPTIONS

The Temperature Monitor is shipped with the following options installed: O Alarm Delay = 3 seconds O First Out = Monitor O OK Relay = Nonlatching O Temperature Not OK = Down Scale O Tenths Digit = Disabled O Alarm 1 = Latching O Alarm 2 = Latching O Alarm 2 = Over Alarm O Alarm 2 = ORED O Alarm 2 Bypass = Disabled O Recorder Output = +4mA to +20mA O All dip switch functions disabled

80183-01

cc cc co cc

t7o3 V39

O 0 O 0 O 0 O

§ §

88 O 0

S2

SI

CO CO CO CO 00 CO CO CC

J3

J4

J5

RP

RP

TP5 TP4 a a

TP9 TP7 TP6 TP3 TP2 a a a a a

TP8 a

RP R 9 V

V

V V

VEI

?

PR 7 RP

. v.0 tdf

Vic VI

I HVI4 116

RP4

VI7

TPIO

a

RPIO

:111

RP 8

JI as P1 N

CEDV44 P 1R7

17014 0PI6

rpi

J2

25



80183-01 Sbc Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance

18 L RTD ANALOG BOARD OPTIONS

Tel Q

1

CHI

042

CH3

FEEDBACK ADJ DJ

OFFSET A

045

CH6 1.1

3VDC

TP TP

9 9

TP TP

TP TP

TP TP

TP TP

TPI) a

tP13 a

CE2 vs

TPI4 a

* NOTE: Remove W1 through W60 before configuring jumper options. Removed jumpers can be saved by plugging only one pin of jumper into jumper socket.

TRANSDUCER OPTION

INSTALL

CU RTD W1,2,3,5,6 9-13,15,16, 19-23,25,26, 29-33,35,36, 39- 43,45,46, 49-53,55,56, 59,60

PLT/NI NONE RTD

WIRE OPTION

INSTALL

3-WIRE W7,8,17, RTD 18,27,28,

37,38,47, 48,57,58

4-WIRE NONE RTD

* NOTE: TC Analog Board has no user-programmable options.

26




19 I FIRST OUT, ALARM DELAYS, ALARM 2 OPTIONS I NOTE: All jumpers are located on digital board. See Section 17.

OPTION JUMPER LOCATIONS

FIRST OUT RP4

RP12

0 0

8 0

o NONE

MONITOR o RACK

JUMPERS INSTALLED REMOVED gerovi7 I

AIC v18 W19 W20

,/ 22

0 0 o 0 0 0

(41

- - -

W19

wI9,41,42

W19,41,42

W41,42

- - - MUW21 ; Pit ) 0 ) 0

ALARM DELAYS RP4

0 0 0 0 0 00

o 1 SECOND

3 SECONDS o 6 SECONDS

JUMPERS Ni WNIXON18 W17

W20 W21 W22

INSTALLED REMOVED

Xtwi9 _ _ _

W22

W2122

v21,22 W21

- - -

Me

ALARM 2 PROGRAMMING

RP4

JUMPERS INSTALLED REMOVED

RELAY BYPASS o ENABLE

DISABLE W17

- - -

- - - W17 "

0 0 0 8

00 0

W31 W32

FON

. W17 W33114 RELAY DRIVE o AND

OR W18

- - - - - -

W18

MD AZ CO

W18 W19

W 34 W35 W 36 W 37

MIA [OM MX

#1 IQ W0 AI Q W221

0 W22 ALARM MODE

OVER o UNDER

W35 - - - W35

NOTE: BENTLY NEVADA RECOMMENDS THE USE OF REDUNDANT TRANSDUCERS WITH AND ALARM 2 VOTING LOGIC IN THOSE INSTALLATIONS WHERE THE ALARM 2 RELAY IS CONNECTED TO A MACHINE SHUTDOWN DEVICE.

RELAY DRIVE LATCHING

o NONLATCHING W38

- - -

_ _ _

W38

Removed jumpers can be saved by plugging only one pin of jumper into jumper socket.

27




20 I ALARM 1, UNITS, TENTHS DIGIT, TEMPERATURE NOT OK

NOTE: All jumpers are located on digital board. See Section 17.


ALARM 1 RP1

3000 V31 w32 V33 v34 w35 W3 W36 7

w38

ri 51 0 0 0 0 0 0

JUMPERS INSTALLED REMOVED Nall

oxio

WIE

LATCHING

0 NNLATCHING

w36

- - -

_

w36 rAxj

UNITS RP1 r v31

v32 w33 w 34 w35 W36 w37 w38

rq *ir

0 o 0 0 0

0 - F

0 ° C

JUMPERS INSTALLED REMOVED 5M11

NM mig W3I

- - -

_ _ _

W31

8 0

TENTHS RP1

We M

W31 W32 W33 ../ 3 4

w35 W36 W37 W38

Z5 n 6 0 0 0 0

DIGIT WHOLE

0 TENTHS

JUMPERS INSTALLED REMOVED

w32

- - -

- - -

W32

: ai 5610] WI MIEI

TEMPERATURE

RP1

Me W31 h 6 0 0 0 0 0

NOT OK

DOWN SCALE

0 UP SCALE

JUMPERS A 0.1 I Mr] V32

rA M

010 'Si] It

\433 W 3 4

W 3 5

INSTALLED REMOVED

W37

- - -

- _ -

w37

MIN W36 w37

MD W38


28



121 TRANSDUCER TYPE OK RELAY OPTIONS


NOTE: All jumpers located on digital board except as noted.


TRANSDUCER

TC-

RTD-

TYPE

*FOR 3-WIRE

AND COPPER CHANGES THE ANALOG SEE SECTION

w1 w2 w3 wa w5 w6 \i7

\../8

OR RT

ARE REQUIRED BOARD, 18.

RP8

RTDs JUMPER

ON

JUMPERS INSTALLED REMOVED _

TYPE J

TYPE K

TYPE T

TYPE E

OHM

A(

OHM

w7

w5

w3

wi

w2

wa

w6

we

w1-6,8

wi-4,6-8

w1,2.4-8

V2-8

w1.3-8

w1-3,5-8

w1-5,7,8

wi-7

RIM (WM

ZD°

0 0 a 0 0 0

E NM CON

PLATINUM (1.392)

PLATINUM (1.385)

NICKEL 120

COPPER 10

4-WIRE Ds,

OK RELAY

o LATCHING

NNLATCHING

w17 W18 W19 W20 W21 v/22

RP4 JUMPERS

AM n 0 0 0 0 0 0

INSTALLED REMOVED g Mg w20

- - -

_ _ _

w20

11 0 0


29




22 1 FULL SCALE, RECORDER OPTIONS

NOTE: All jumpers located on digital board. (See Section 17.)


FULL SCALE

JUMPERS NsTALLco REMOVED

100 w vi5 V9-I4.16

150 RP7

vI3 V1-12.14-16 olio v9 XID %no

200 VII v9.1we 0.12-I6 lia die.

v11 vie V13

MD VII 250 v9 vt0-I6 ogo; vI5

AIM V16

300 VIO v9.II-16 * THIS FULL SCALE OPTION IS 400 .1, V12 v9-11.13-I6

ALLOWED ONLY WHEN UNITS APE .C.

500 1 , THIS FULL SCALE OPTION IS v14 v9-13.15.16 ALLOWED ONLY WHEN UNITS

APE F. 1000 0* VI6 v9-15

MM

517; stsTsini 40 00 O A 9 I 01

ee es

RECORDER BOARD

gaM10 44 00 4 0 F., 0

0 9 0

2,1,201)

ee MN O

11T-;`1.-7;;:

'4 0

RECORDER OPTIONS

INSTALL INSTALL INSTALL

v1.4.6.8.9 V2,3.7.10.12 v1.4.5.10.12 11.13.15.17 16.19.21.25 14.19.21.23 18.2022.24 28.30.32.35 28.30.33.36 26.27.29.31 38,41.44.47 39.42.45.48

4 to to 34.37.40.43 o to -to 52.55.57.61 1 to 5 50.55,57.59 ^A 46.49.51.53 Va." 64.66.70.73 vci-Ts 64.66.68,73

54.56.58,60 75 75 62.63,65,67 69.71,72.74 76

* 4 to 20 mA is the standard configuration Remove all jumpers from recorder board before reprogramming recorder option. Removed jumpers can be saved by plugging only one pin of jumper into jumper socket.

30



Six Channel Temperature Maintenance 80183-01

I ALARM SETPOINT ADJUST

1. Open front panel. Set 1SP switch to the left (on). Channel indicator ( ) starts flashing.

2. To adjust ALARM1 or ALARM2 setpoints, press and hold ALARM1 or ALARM2 switch on front panel.

3. Use t or 1 switches on System Monitor to adjust setpoint level up or down.

4. Reset 1SP switch to the right (off). Close the front panel.

NOTE Monitor responds to previous setpoint level

until the completion of step 4.

31



80183-01 Six Channel Temperature Maintenance

124 1 CHANNEL BYPASS

Set 1BY switch to the left (on). Corresponding bypass LCD goes on, OK LCD goes off, and display goes to zero.

A\ CAUTION

Machine protection provided by this channel will be lost while Channel Bypass is on.

NOTE When Channel Bypass is switched on, Channel Alarms are cleared.

SIX CHANNEL TEMPERA0RJR3E300/30

pro-

IT O R

40 RE AD cmANLL STATUS

2 3 4 5

I

I

010

10 BYP

4/41[-71-0

OK OK OK OK OK

itONITC* STATUS

O ."11 °WASS

o CD WOE CHANNEL STEP

Cl ALARW2 ..LARY I

3BY 4BY

5BY

6BY

cr Ill

lu

ON OFF

32



125 I ALARM 2 BYPASS


Set 2EN Alarm 2 Bypass switch to the left (on); all six channel bypass LCDs come on. Alarm 2

LCDs on front panel can go on, if an Alarm 2 setpoint level is exceeded, but Alarm 2 relay drive will

not be activated. See Section 11 to read Alarm 2 setpoints.

4\ CAUTION

Machine protection provided by this monitor will be lost while Alarm 2 Bypass is on.

0 3303/30

SID CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

2EN -DI 4' 1BY N)=.19] 2BY (-4

3BY 4BY on

5BY

8BY

ON OFF

OK

ALM2

WI FOP

r '- I I I I I - - - -

14;04 READ CHANNEL STATUS

2 1 3 4 5 1 6

OK CO OK OK OR

A1.112 ALM2 ALM2 ALM2 ALM2 ALMI KLM, ALMI ALM 1 ALMI

GYP El 1. EITP GYP GYP

MONITOR STATUS

0 LAIKa I a v9A SS

POSE C.IANNEJ. STEP

Al ARIA 2 ALARLI I

® 0

I III

11

r ii I III

f III

NOTE: Alarm 2 Bypass can be disabled by removing W17. (See Section 19).

33




I TEST CHANNEL ALARMS - TC

A\ WARNING



4?)04AMNEL ?) IM'X' MOMIOR

wett Nme.ti Srt

AL/IN} MANI

0 0

A\ CAUTION

If this equipment is connected to an automatic shutdown system, exceeding alarm setpoint levels during test could result in machine shutdown. See Alarm 2 Bypass, Section 25.

MULTIMETER

000 DEIVCCO-FlE PO

1CD

0 1:+1 !RidIMIC(01 :1-(61.11= 11

ICV,11331C-e71

IR 01,M10101 IRgiM15,01

;:11 (Coll .1oll l..

fi

110P.° .1-'/I'-00-e..111Paill.iik

IV] Er]

0 0 O PI O p O L-) 0 0

MILLIVOLT SOURCE.

JUMPE

RECCRDS OUTPUTS

(11)

04AMCI.

C.HI

CH2

CH3

014 CH5

CH6

0 0 NC

ARM

NO

NC

ARM

NO

0

QD

It 3

REAR VIEW

1. Disconnect transducer from input terminals on signal module and connect millivolt source and multimeter to the terminals.

2. Adjust millivolt source to value that simulates temperature just below Alarm 1 setpoint level.

3. Verify that OK LED and Channel OK indicators are on, and alarm indicators are off.

34



Scx Channel Temperature Maintenance 80183-01

26 I TEST CHANNEL ALARMS - TC

4. Increase the millivolt source to a value above

Alarm 1 setpoint level. Verify that ALARM1 LED and ALM1 indicator go on. ( ALM1 indicator flashes if first out option is enabled.)

5. Verify that Alarm 1 relay changed state.

6. Press RESET switch on System Monitor and verify that ALMI indicator remains on, but does

not flash. If Alarm 2 is an over alarm, increase millivolt source to value above Alarm 2 setpoint level. If Alarm 2 is an under alarm, decrease millivolt source to a value below Alarm 2

setpoint level. Verify that ALARM2 LED and

ALM2 indicator go on ( ALM2 indicator flashes if first out option is enabled ).

7. Verify that Alarm 2 Relay changed state. If

Alarm 2 'AND' voting option is installed, relay will not change state until other channel of ' ANDED' pair (CH1 and 2, CH3 and 4, or CH5 and 6) exceeds its Alarm 2 setpoint.

NOTE: If either channel of an 'ANDED' pair is

bypassed, the relay will be activated when the nonbypassed channel exceeds its Alarm 2

setpoint.

8. Disconnect the multimeter and millivolt source and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Relay Module. If the Channel Bypass or the Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

sxo ix) 94 CHANNEL TEMPERATURE

ON1 TOR

IDPERAIUPE

j_ 1 111-1 _1.1- 1 1 1 1 1 I if

MO, READ 0.4444E1 STATUS

2 5 4 r 5 r 6

01;1 OK OK OK

eun

OK

ALAISA7 A4ARAD

0 0

r 0 0 3300/30

NJ SO( CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

TEMPERATURE

1 1 I-1 11 1 1 I II I II - .

READ CHARNEL ST ARA

OK I OKI OK 1 OKI OK p.141 3 4 5 6

OK

mom MA STATNS

AIME ALAMO BYPASS

1:1 MOLE CHAPtEL STEP

0 0

35




27 j TEST CHANNEL ALARMS-RTD

A\ WARNING



4\ CAUTION

If this equipment is connected to an automatic shutdown system, exceeding alarm setpoints during test could result in machine shutdown. See Alarm 2 Bypass, Section 25.

1. Disconnect transducer from input terminals on Signal Module and connect decade resistance to the terminals.

3 -WIRE RID

4-WIRE RTD

TRANSDUCER DISCONNECT (TYPICAL)

(2) 3300/35


TEMPERATURE

1 1

- 111 1

. 1

1 1 11 I I I

CHANNEL STATUS '44711 "1/"' 2 3

K

oK

TOP STAINS

0 0 0 ALARM2 A.EAPUI BWASS

1100E EP OPEL STEP

AL ITM2 ALARM I

DECADE RESISTANCE

.LIMPER

0 00000 o 0

DECADE RESISTANCE

JUmPER

3 YOE RID INPUT

(11)

CHANNEL

O

RECORDER OUTPUTS

(1) cow Out

1E41

O CHI

012 CH3

CH4

CH5

CH6

4 WRE RID INPUT

a) puma 0

Cul

IE+:1 CHI

CH2

CH3

CH4

CH5

CH6

0

REAR VIEW

2. Adjust decade resistance to value that simulates temperature just below Alarm 1

setpoint level.

3. Verify that OK LED and Channel OK Indicator are on, and Alarm Indicators are off.

36



Six Channel Temperatuie Maintenance 80183-01

7 1 TEST CHANNEL ALARMS RTD

4. Increase the decade resistance to a value above Alarm 1 setpoint level. Verify that ALARM1 LED

and ALM1 indicator go on. ( ALM1 indicator flashes if first out option is enabled.)

5. Verify that Alarm 1 relay changed state.

6. Press RESET switch on System Monitor and verify that ALM1 indicator remains on, but does not flash. If Alarm 2 is an over alarm increase decade resistance to value above Alarm 2 setpoint level. If Alarm 2 is an under alarm, decrease decade resistance to a value below Alarm 2 setpoint level. Verify that ALARM2 LED

and ALM2 indicator go on ( ALM2 indicator flashes if first out option is enabled ).

7. Verify that Alarm 2 Relay changed state. If

Alarm 2 'AND' voting option is installed, relay will not change state until other channel of 'ANDED' pair (CH1 and 2, CH3 and 4, or CH5 and 6) exceeds its Alarm 2 setpoint.

NOTE: If either channel of an "ANDED" pair is bypassed, the relay will be activated when the nonbypassed channel exceeds its Alarm 2

setpoint.

8. Disconnect the decade resistance and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or the Alarm 2

Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (oft).

0 0 3300/35

Six CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

TERPERATIRE

I -II-II-I 1.1- I I_ I I LI. _I I_

N104 READ 044ANCL STATUS

2 5 5 5

07 OK OK OK OK OK

"MI

0 0

0 3300/35

(3 SIX CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

ruKRATURE

I 1 I I I1 1.1- I I_ I I I I _I I

HK:41 READ EHANTEL STATUS

0411 2 3 4 5 6

OK OK OK OK OK OK

7UO2

DM

TIC44TOP STATUS

0 0 LARUE ALAPUI BYPASS

MOOS ENAMEL STEP

1:1 ALAPU2 ALARIJI

0 0

37




8 I TEST OK LIMITS-TC

4\ WARNING



A\ CAUTION

If this equipment is connected to an automatic shutdown system, exceeding alarm setpoints during test could result in machine shutdown. See Alarm 2 Bypass, Section 25.

UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLE TIP

Eo

.e !

GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLE TIP


3300/30


WEE CHANNEL STEP

Al AA. 2 KAHN

0

THERMOCOUPLE INPUT

CHANNEL

PI 0 IC-3

0 0

RECORDER OUTPUTS

MIA

IC 31

0 CHI

CH2

CH3

CH4

CH5

CH6

0

NC

ARM

NO

NC

ARM

NO

0

ICS 1I 10 71

I I

REAR NEW

Disconnect transducer from input terminals and verify that OK LED and Channel OK LCD go off. If that channel is selected, display shows: +-..°C. Reconnect transducer, and OK LED

and Channel OK LED should come on. Press

RESET on the System Monitor to reset a Latched Not OK If the Channel Bypass or Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

38



1[,]I DOI 1511 ICON


29 I TEST OK LIMITS-RTD

A\ WARNING



3-MIRE RTD

4 -PARE RTD

IT 11


0 3300/35


TEMPERATURE

I I I I II (1 I I 11111 1_

cHANNEI. STATUS

2 3

OK

toR STATUS

0 0 0 OA AEARm2 4AR111 WASS

AWE CPANAEE STEP

ALAR,42 ALARM

A\ CAUTION

If this equipment is connected to-an automatic shutdown system, exceeding alarm setpoints during test could result in machine shutdown. See Alarm 2 Bypass, Section 25.

3 TIRE RID INPUT

CID

04ANHEL

0 1[011 1011 1511 E]I

4 WIRE RID INPUT

O

(ID

CAI

1511 1E211

RECORDER OUTPUTS

(11)

Cal

0 CHI

CH2

CH3

CH4

0-15

CH6

OUT

NC

ARM

NO

NC

ARIA

NO

0

U+3

Disconnect transducer from input terminals and verify that OK LED and Channel OK LCD go off. If that channel is selected, display shows: +-.-°C. Reconnect transducers, and OK LED and Channel OK LCD should come on. Press

RESET on the System Monitor to reset a Latched Not OK If the Channel Bypass or Alarm 2

Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

39



80183-01 Six Channel Temperature Maintenande

I 30 I TEST/CALIBRATION-TC

A\ WARNING



1. Disconnect transducer from input terminals on Signal Module and connect a millivolt source and muttimeter to the terminals as shown.

UNDERGROUND THERMOCOUPLE TIP

-

(s. _;

. _

it0

0

GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLE TIP

410 TRANSDUCER DISCONNECT (TYPICAL)

A\ CAUTION

-If this equipment is-connected to an automatic shutdown system, exceeding alarm setpoints during test could result in machine shutdown. See Alarm 2 Bypass, Section 25.

MULTIMETER

660

TA11°' _ak. o 00 0 0

MILLIVOLT SOURCE.

JUMPE

INERPCCSIJPIE

11.3 K,

al)

milicf

.,

Ell a 1%41

RECORDER

ID ill I1Q1

OUIPU1S

(I) CREPPIEL

0 CH2

1.3 ID 3

IDAI/MID91 ID el 043 ID CI IN 41=5 ql 15 ql 044 3 IC=11MIC41 1=1 045

IC:A111131C41 1C-11 CH6

Etai Ell 11 1.1

tql 00

t-1 IC 31DAI 1111141

ID 41 11,.11

NC

ARIA

It., I 10.31

ID CIM gl ID 01 NO IDII 15 qlgUIL4 ID gl NC

11=31011=3 11=3 ARIA 11=3 IC:11

Ell It 3 0 IL 3

40




1 TEST/CALIBRATION-TC

A\ CAUTION

Temperature monitoring will be discontinued for duration of test.

2. Follow steps listed in Table 1 to test the calibration of Channel 1.

3. If meter indications are not within specified tolerance, perform steps 4 and 5 and the procedure in Table 2.

TABLE 1

STEP JUMPERS MILLIVOLTS METER

1 On digital board, install CAL jumper (W39) and momentarily shunt SFT (W40). Press the MODE switch to obtain the appropriate meter display. Use the Channel Step switch, if necessary, to select the desired channel.

-5.00 mV 2000 ± 0005

2 - - - + 30.00 mV 8000 ± 0005

3 - - - +12.50 mV 5000 ± 0005

4 Remove W39 and momentarily shunt W40.

- - - - - -

4. Remove monitor front panel and pull digital and analog boards out of rack. (See Section 14)

5. Install extender boards into rack and position analog and digital boards on the extender boards.

41




1 30 1 TEST/CALIBRATION-TO TABLE 2

STEP JUMPERS * MILLIVOLTS POTENTIOMETER* METER

1 On digital board, install CAL jumper (W39) momentarily shunt SFT (W40). Press the MODE switch to obtain the appropriate meter display. Use the Channel Step switch, if necessary, to select the desired channel.

- -- - - - - - -

2 - - - -5.00 mV Adjust offset R19 2000 ± 0001

3 - - - +30.00 mV Adjust feedback R2 8000 ± 0001

4 -5.00 mV Check 2000 ± 0003

5 - - - +30.00 mV Check 8000 ± 0003

6 - - - +12.50 mV Check 5000 ± 0003 **

7 Remove W39 and momentarily shunt W40

- -- - - - - - -

**

Jumpers and Potentiometers are located on Analog Board except as noted.

Components are listed only for Channel 1, corresponding components for each channel are listed in Table 3.

Repeat steps 2 through 6 until meter indication is adjusted within tolerance.

TABLE 3

CHANNEL FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER

OFFSET POTENTIOMETER

1 R2 R19

2 R21 R42

3 R44 R65 4 R68 R87

5 R93 R110

6 R114 R133

42




TEST/CALIBRATION-TC

The monitor is calibrated upon completion of the procedure in Table 2 (or if it meets the tolerances specified in Table 1). The following two procedures are optional. The first allows you to verify the calibration at a temperature of your choice. The second allows you to verify the recorder output.

If you do NOT wish to perform the following procedures, disconnect the muttimeter and millivolt source and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or the Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

I. Verify calibration at a specific temperature

1. Read the Cold Junction Compensation (CJC) temperature. To do this, choose any channel and disconnect that channel's transducer from the input terminals on the Signal Input

Module. Install jumper wires between the + and - terminals and the - and S terminals of this channel. Read the front panel meter temperature displayed for this channel. This is the CJC

temperature.

2. Using a Thermocouple Table, convert the CJC temperature measured in step one to the CJC

voltage. (Vcjc).

NOTE: In converting thermocouple temperatures to voltages, be sure to use the specific Thermocouple Table corresponding to the thermocouple type the monitor is optioned for. If you are unsure of the thermocouple type, perform the User-invoked self test and note the transducer type displayed in the power-up display sequence (see Self Test section).

3. Choose a temperature within the full scale range of the monitor as your desired test temperature. Convert it to your test voltage (Vtest) using the Thermocouple Table.

4. Calculate the appropriate input voltage (Vin) by subtracting the CJC voltage from the test voltage.

EXAMPLE: Assume that the CJC temperature measured in step one is 28.7°C, that the monitor is set up for Type J thermocouples, and that you wish to test the monitor at 100°C.

Round the CJC temperature to the nearest degree, 29°C. From the Thermocouple Table, this corresponds to a CJC voltage (Vcjc) of 1.484 mV.

From the same table, a test temperature of 100°C corresponds to a test voltage (Vtest) of 5.268 mV.

Vin = Vtest - Vcjc = 5.268 - 1.484 mV = 3.784 mV

43




1 30 1 TEST/CALIBRATION-TC

5. Set the millivolt source for the input voltage, Vin, calculated in step four. The temperature displayed on the front panel meter should be within ± 1°C of the desired test temperature

chosen in step three.

If the temperature displayed is not within ± 1°C of your test temperature, return to the calibration procedures and verify that all channels are calibrated. Perform-this procedure again from the beginning. It is important to run through all steps in quick succession. If the ambient temperature at the rack changes, the CJC temperature will change and your calculated input voltage will be incorrect.

6. If you do NOT wish to perform the Verify Recorder Output procedure, disconnect the multimeter and millivolt source and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

II. Verify Recorder Output

1. Connect a multimeter to the recorder terminals as shown.

MULTIMETER

000

o 00 8 0

fl IRCOW onion

1,1 11-1

owe 110 11

lOr":1

,!:dp1"Pi C1013

II -:1 11:11

1.1

Itit1 Itt I1Z:1

1.1

It:qv/HI:0 Imm- ix

V.4.11

Air "1".1101111.1.--

000 MILLIVOLT SOURCE.

JUMRE MULTIMETER

2. Vary the millivolt source and compare the recorder output to the front panel meter temperature reading. The recorder output should agree with the meter temperature reading to within a tolerance of ± 2% of the full scale temperature.

If the recorder output is not within the tolerance specified above, return to the calibration procedure and verify that all channels are calibrated. Re-check the recorder output. If the

recorder output is still out of tolerance, remove the recorder board and install your spare.

3. Disconnect the multimeters and the millivolt source and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for

this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

44



131 1 TEST CALIBRATION--RTD


WARNING



1. Disconnect transducer from input terminals on Signal Module and connect decade resistance to the terminals as shown.

4\ CAUTION

If this equipment is connected to an automatic shutdown system, exceeding alarm setpoint levels could cause machine shutdown. See Alarm 2 Bypass, Section 25.


O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DECADE RESISTANCE

JUMPER

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

I '

DECADE RESISTANCE

JUMPERS,

NOTE Refer to field wiring diagrams when using 4-wire RTD

setup with internal barriers.

3 WIRE RTD INPUT

CHANNEL

e 0 ;rail

RECORDER OUTPUTS

COM Out

CH1

CH2

CH3

11 1 CH4

CH5

CH6 IL.

4 WIRE RID INPUT

o CHANNEL

Ian MEM

car,

AM.

I

CON

IN 1511

CH2

CH3

CH4

CH5

CH6

QL)

ICS

REAR VIEW

45



80183-01

31 I TEST/CALIBRATION-RTD

Six Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance

Temperature monitoring will be discontinued for duration of test.

2. Follow steps listed in Table 1 to test the calibration of Channel 1.

3. If meter indications are not within specified tolerance, perform steps 4 and 5 and the procedure in Table 2.

TABLE 1

STEP JUMPERS RESISTANCE METER

1 On digital board, install CAL jumper (W39) and momentarily shunt SFT (W40). Use the Channel Step switch, if necessary, to select the desired channel.

90.00 ohms (8.00 ohms Cu)

2000 ± 0005

2 7 - - 300.00 ohms (13.00 ohms Cu)

8000 ± 0005

3 - - - 195.00 ohms (10.50 ohms Cu)

5000 ± 0005 (± 0015 Cu)

4 Remove W39 and momentarily shunt W40.

- - - - - -

4. Remove monitor front panel and pull digital and analog boards out from rack (See section 14).

5. Install extender boards into rack and position analog and digital boards on the extender boards.

46




I31 1 TEST/CALIBRATION-RTD TABLE 2

STEP JUMPERS * RESISTANCE POTENTIOMETER* METER

1 On digital board, install CAL jumper (W39) and momentarily shunt SFT (W40). Use the Channel Step switch, if necessary, to select the desired channel.

- -- - - - - - -

2 - - - 90.00 ohms (8.00 ohms Cu)

Adjust offset R22 2000 ± 0001

3 - - - 300.00 ohms (13.00 ohms Cu)

Adjust feedback R5 8000 ± 0001

4 - - - 90.00 ohms (8.00 ohms Cu)

Check 2000 ± 0003

5 - - - 300.00 ohms (13.00 ohms Cu)

Check 8000 ± 0003

6 - - - 195 ohms (10.50 ohms Cu)

Check 5000 ± 0003 ** (± 0015 Cu)

7 Remove W39 and momentarily shunt W40

- -- - - - - - -

* Jumpers and. Potentiometers are located on Analog Board except as noted. Components are listed only for Channel 1, corresponding components for each channel are listed in Table 3.

** Repeat steps 2 through 6 until meter indication is adjusted within tolerance. TABLE 3

CHANNEL FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER

OFFSET POTENTIOMETER

1 R5 R22 2 R56 R73 3 R101 R118 4 R146 R163 5 R191 R208 6 R236 R253

47





The monitor is calibrated upon completion of the procedure in Table 2 (or if it meets the tolerances

specified in Table 1). The following two procedures are optional. The first allows you to verify the

calibration at a temperature of your choice. The second allows you to verify the recorder output.

If you do NOT .wish to perform the following procedures, disconnect the decade resistance and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or the Alarm 2

Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

I. Verify calibration at a specific temperature

1. Choose a temperature within the full scale range of the monitor as your desired test temperature. Convert it to your test resistance (Rtest) using an RTD Table.

NOTE: In converting RTD temperatures to resistances, be sure to use the specific RTD Table corresponding to the RTD type the monitor is optioned for. If you are unsure of the RTD type, perform the User-invoked self test and note the transducer type displayed in the Power-up display sequence (see Self Test section).

EXAMPLE: Assume that the monitor is set up for platinum (1.385) RTDs and that you wish to test the monitor at 100°C.

From the RTD Table, this corresponds to a test resistance (Rtest) of 138.5 ohms.

2. Set the decade resistance for the test resistance, Rtest, found in step one. The temperature displayed on the front panel meter should be within ± 1°C of the desired test temperature chosen in step one.

If the temperature displayed is not within ± 1°C of your test temperature, return to the calibration procedure and verify that all channels are calibrated. Perform this procedure again from the beginning.

3. If you do NOT wish to perform the Verify Recorder Output procedure, disconnect the decade resistance and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or the Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

48





II. Verify Recorder Output

§ 0 0 0 0 0

DECADE RESISTANCE

JUI4PfR

.11

0 0 0 0 0

DECADE RESIS1ANCE

3 IMRE RID ORM

0

ar

4 111RE RID IMPLII

CID

0

RECCRIXR ClITPUIS

(ID 03,00/4114.1 an

O CHI

CH

CH3

CH5

CH6

U4

r-1+! I 15/1

1E4

1[331 "..10%Pwii/-

00 NC

ARM

NO

NC

ARM

NO

0

(ID

1[21 IBICI 150 Kra

0 0 0

1. Connect a multimeter to the recorder terminals as shown.

MULTIIAElER

2. Vary the decade resistance and compare the recorder output to the front panel meter 'temperature reading. The recorder output should agree with the meter temperature reading to within a tolerance of ±2% of the full scale temperature.

If the recorder output is not within the tolerance specified above, return to the calibration procedure and verify that all channels are calibrated. Re-check the recorder output. if the recorder output is still out of tolerance, remove the recorder board and install your spare.

3. Disconnect the multimeter and the decade resistance and reconnect the transducer(s) to the Signal Input Module. If the Channel Bypass or Alarm 2 Bypass functions were activated for this procedure, deactivate them by setting the appropriate switches to the right (off).

49



80183-01 Six Channel Temperature Monitor Mainterance

32 I FIELD WIRING DIAGRAMS

DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NUMBER NUMBER OF SHEETS

Thermocouple Without Barriers 100332 2

Thermocouple With External Barriers . 100333 2

Thermocouple With Internal Barriers 100334 2

RTD Without Barriers 100335 2

RTD With External Barriers 100336 3

RTD With Internal Barriers 100337 2

50



8

SEE

SH

EE

T

2

7

KIN

, st

tn 01

1041

/M

OR

D

8

6 5

4 3

2 I

I

TY

PIC

AL

U

NG

RO

UN

DE

D

TH

ER

MO

CO

UPL

E

TIP

TY

PIC

AL

G

RO

UN

DE

D

TH

ER

MO

CO

UPL

E

TIP

z\

IHE

RH

OC

OU

PLE

IN

PU

T

O

CH

AN

NE

L

AL

TE

RN

AT

E

CO

NFI

GU

RA

TIO

N

FOR

UN

GR

OU

ND

ED

T

IP

r - -

6 C

oAN

NE

L

TH

ER

MO

CO

UPL

E

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L

INPU

T

MO

DU

LE

WIT

HO

UT

B

AR

RIE

RS

TO

R

EC

OR

DE

RS

a./

waM

fain

WP

M

OM

MM

.. W

PM

.1

1

.0.1

01,

Mal

Wm

. M

ID

011 M

aga.

./

la V

on M

b W

O 14

.11.

1. /M

P a

die

...M

M..

Ma.

al

CM

OS

OM

MA

IM

0 .

myn

a oa

r

D C

1.

21.1

111M

I

aMO

D M

ama

IMA

MS

a

4991

1111

=

1M11

1

BE

NT

LY

NE

VA

DA

%

.)

woo

-

Wol

e 'n

orm

. alM

aMO

M

FIE

LD

W

RIN

G

DIA

GR

AM

3300

/30

6 C

H

T/C

MO

NIT

OR

OM

2023

0 0 ".

10

0332

7 6

5 4

3 2

1

CS

I rI

oM

O



D C

B

A

8 7

4 I

3 2

NO

N-B

AR

RIE

R

SY

ST

EM

F

IELD

W

RIN

G

NO

TE

S

I. W

RIN

G

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

: !B

AN

G

TO

22

AW

G

ST

RA

ND

ED

2-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

2.

EX

TE

NS

ION

'A

AR

E

LEN

GT

H:

1000

FE

ET

or

N

AN

G.

MA

X.

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE E

XT

EN

SIO

N

CA

BLE

M

US

T

BE

O

F

TH

E

SA

ME

T

YP

E

AS

T

HE

RM

OC

OU

PLE

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D

PO

SIT

IVE

(R

P)

AN

D

NE

GA

TIV

E

(RN

) E

XT

EN

SIO

N

WIR

E

RE

SIS

TIV

ITY

FO

R

PR

OP

ER

O

PE

RA

TIO

N:

TY

PE

J:

RP

=

60

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

MIL

P

ER

FOOT.

TY

PE

K

:

RP

=

410

TO

42

5 O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R M

IL

PE

R FOOT.

RN

=

177

TO

19

1 O

HM

S- C

IRC

ULA

R M

il P

ER

F

OO

T

TY

PE

E

:

RP

- 11

0 10

42

5 O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R M

IL

PE

R

F00

1

RN

=

294

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

TY

PE

1:

RP

=

10.5

O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

4 F

OR

U

NG

RO

UN

DE

D

TIP

S,

ALW

AY

S

CO

NN

EC

T

SH

IELD

T

O

SH

IELD

(5

) T

ER

MIN

AL

ON

S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

F

OR

G

RO

UN

DE

D

TIP

S,

DO

N

OT

C

ON

NE

CT

S

HIE

LD

10

SH

IELD

(S

)

TE

RM

INA

L.

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

A

RE

JO

INE

D

AS

S

HO

WN

T

ER

MIN

AT

ING

A

l T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

S

HO

ULD

B

E

INS

ULA

TE

D.

/6,

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

SH

OW

N

FO

R

DU

AL

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

. T

HIS

O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

DP

DT

R

ELA

YS

. O

NE

F

OR

C

OM

MO

N M

ON

ITO

R

ALA

RM

I.

TH

E

OT

HE

R U

SE

R

PR

OG

RA

MM

AB

LE

FO

R

EIT

HE

R

ALA

RM

2

OR

V

OT

ING

O

R

FO

R

ALA

RM

2

CH

AN

NE

L P

AIR

A

ND

V

OT

ING

(CH

AN

NE

LS

1 &

2

OR

3

&

4 O

R

5 &

6)

.

7.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

NO

RM

ALL

Y D

E-E

NE

RG

IZE

D.

NC

' IS

C

LOS

ED

AN

D

110"

IS

O

PE

N

IN

A

NO

N-A

LAR

M S

TA

TE

.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D N

OR

MA

LLY

E

NE

RG

IZE

D. 'N

C

IS

OP

EN

AN

D

NO

" IS

C

LOS

ED

IN

A

N

ON

-ALA

RM

ST

AT

E

8.

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D L

OO

P

NO

ISE

PR

OB

LEM

S.

A

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

(CN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

OM

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ED

. F

OR

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

G

RO

UN

D L

OC

AT

ION

. R

EF

ER

70

3300

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

S.

9.

WH

EN

U

SIN

G

ALE

RN

AT

F

UN

GR

OU

ND

ED

T

HE

RM

OC

OU

PLE

T

IP

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N:

CO

NN

EC

T

SH

IELD

T

O

(+)

LEA

D

FO

R

TY

PE

J

&

T.

CO

NN

EC

T

SH

IELD

T

O (-

) LE

AD

F

OR

T

YP

E

K

& E

MO

MS

MU

SS 0

1.00

4 IF

ICC

D

ALA

RM

I

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S

1111

112/

10

6 C

HA

NN

EL

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

ALA

RM

2

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

TS

Oa

2023

0 15

I

- 10

0332

8 7

6 5

4 3

lose

PO

I(

7R7

2 1

B A



8 5

1 4

I 3

1 2

I 1

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

S

AF

E

AR

EA

O

R

ZO

NE

2.

D

IVIS

ION

2

TY

PIC

AL

UN

GR

OU

ND

ED

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE

TIP

ALT

ER

NA

TE

U

NG

RO

UN

DE

D

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE

TIP

SE

E

SH

EE

T

2

MM

. W

EIS

S

01V

OV

VIE

114

(1/1

1,

A WA

RN

ING

IMP

RO

PE

R

GR

OU

ND

ING

O

F

SIG

NA

L C

ON

ON

C

OU

LD

CA

US

E

EX

PLO

SIO

N

OR

F

IRE

IN

T

HE

H

AZ

AR

DO

US

AR

EA

R

ES

ULT

ING

IN

S

EV

ER

E

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

OR

D

EA

TH

. C

OM

MO

N

MU

ST

B

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

EA

RT

H

AT

T

HE

B

AR

RIE

R

RA

IL

1121

194.

6 C

HA

NN

EL

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L N

PU

1MC

OU

LE

Rin

i E

XT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

RS

TO

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

NM

I R

PM

it

011

MV

O le

l. N

O M

Y

11

ItLei

n .8

M

.. w

an I..

ea.

n

vazo

rtin

/P

.M V

ma

on. g

m...

raw

MA

N

MO

M

110

MY

. M

ilN

BE

NT

LY

N

NE

VA

DA

) ."

D

FIE

LD

WR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/30

6 C

H

1/C

MO

NIT

OR

2023

0 D

1003

33

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

O O



D

C B

A

8 7

3 2

XI

,A

: I

I ,

,1

1.

WIR

ING

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

113A

WG

10

22

AW

G

ST

RA

ND

ED

2-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H I

NS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

AT

ER

MIN

AT

E

TH

E R

EC

OR

DE

R

SH

IELD

S

AT

T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

3.

GR

OU

ND

ED

T

IP

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LES

A

RE

N

OT

F

OR

U

SE

W

ITH

B

AR

RIE

RS

.

4.

WH

EN

U

SIN

G

ALT

ER

NA

TE

U

NG

RO

UN

DE

D

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE

TIP

C

ON

FIG

UR

AT

ION

:

CO

NN

EC

T

SH

IELD

T

O (4

) LE

AD

F

OR

T

YP

E

J &

T

.

CO

NN

EC

T

SH

IELD

70

(-

) LE

AD

F

OR

T

YP

E

K

& E

.

5.

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LES

M

US

T B

E

ISO

LAT

ED

F

RO

M

GR

OU

ND

T

O

500

VA

C

RM

S.

& CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

F

OR

D

UA

L R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

DP

ET

T R

ELA

YS

. O

NE

F

OR

C

OM

MO

N

MO

NIT

OR

A

LAR

M

1,

TH

E

OT

HE

R

US

ER

P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

FO

R

EIT

HE

R

ALA

RM

2

OR

V

OT

ING

O

R

FO

R

ALA

RM

2

CH

AN

NE

L P

AIR

A

ND

V

OT

ING

(CH

AN

NE

LS

I &

2

OR

3

&

4 O

R

5 k

6).

AC

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

FO

R

A

TY

PIC

AL

BA

RR

IER

A

RE

S

HO

WN

. R

EF

ER

T

O

DR

AW

ING

S

BA

2200

0 A

ND

C

A22

000

FO

R

MO

RE

IN

FO

RM

AT

ION

.

SH

IELD

S

AR

E

JOIN

ED

A

S

SH

OW

N T

ER

MIN

AT

ING

A

T

BA

RR

IER

GR

OU

ND

.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

AB

AR

RIE

RS

A

RE

M

OU

NT

ED

T

O

BA

RR

IER

R

AIL

W

HIC

H

IS

TH

E

PO

TE

NT

IAL

EO

UA

LIZ

AT

ION

BU

S

BE

TW

EE

N S

YS

TE

M

GR

OU

ND

A

ND

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D.

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D

LOO

P

PR

OB

LEM

S,

A

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

(G

ND

) T

O

SY

ST

EM

C

OM

MO

N

(CO

W)

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N I

S

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D

AT

T

HE

B

AR

RIE

R

RA

IL.

TO

TA

L E

AR

TH

LO

OP

IM

PE

DA

NC

E

MU

ST

N

OT

E

XC

EE

D

1 O

HM

. R

EM

OV

E

0. S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D C

ON

NE

CT

ION

A

T

CH

AS

SIS

G

RO

UN

D

ON

T

HE

33

00

PO

WE

R

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

IND

EP

EN

DE

NT

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

TO

S

YS

TE

M

EA

RT

H.

A REC

OM

ME

ND

ED

P

OS

ITIV

E (R

P)

AN

D

NE

GA

TIV

E (R

N)

EX

TE

NS

ION

W

IRE

RE

SIS

TIV

ITY

F

OR

P

RO

PE

R

OP

ER

AT

ION

:

TY

PE

J:

RP

. 60

O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

RN

- 29

4 O

HM

S- C

IRC

ULA

R M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

TY

PE

K

:

RP

=

410

TO

42

5 O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T,

RN

=

177

TO

19

1 O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

TY

PE

E

:

RP

=

410

TO

42

5 O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

- CIR

CU

LAR

M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

,

TY

PE

T

:

RP

=

10.5

O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

- CIR

CU

LAR

M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

12.

EX

TE

NS

ION

W

IRE

LE

NG

TH

: 10

00

FE

ET

O

F

20A

WG

, M

AX

. T

HE

RM

OC

OU

PLE

E

XT

EN

SIO

N

CA

BLE

M

US

T

BE

O

F

TH

E

SA

ME

T

YP

E

AS

T

HE

RM

OC

OU

PLE

.

13.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

BE

EN

C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

NO

RM

ALL

Y

DE

-EN

ER

GIZ

ED

, N

C-

IS

CLO

SE

D

AN

D

"NO

* IS

O

PE

N

IN

A

NO

N -

ALA

RM

S

TA

TE

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

BE

EN

C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

NO

RM

ALL

Y

EN

ER

GIZ

ED

. N

C"

IS

OP

EN

AN

D

NO

IS

C

LOS

ED

IN

A

N

ON

-ALA

RM

S

TA

TE

.

MO

W%

M

ES

S O

lOfl

vian

to

8 7

6

A

ALA

RM

1

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S -

6 C

HA

NN

EL

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE

MO

NIT

OR

S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

1011

4 D

UA

L R

ELA

YS

A

ALA

RM

2

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S T

r

2023

0 '6

I 10

0333

5 4

I 3

2

I Cf

D

C

In

8

B A



0 0 (.44

4.

b££001 T

O,

a O

f ZO

Z

aotoon alt N

3 9 O

f/00Ct

nyttovo 3/41801(

01311

VC

1VA

3N

.NJ

A1IN

3E1

iX111=

E=

M=

1 E

LLIM10,--111 lerfr7

ILIfMitrl fa

aorNea

a aaaaaa.a,

.anaos ..1.1 sm

. Inaaa sea. w

la1 rte:`

11 MM

.) Pa V

OX

. O... In

NM

I VIIIIIV

IMaIV

Z.

1:21 .7. O

w artm

.an...tie .11.111M

y

..,111111:1 L6LO

ZI

83c1 JN

I lioP

elasdir lb.

a/ I

WW

I

5213080338 01

1

0I16

17 L

2

StaldtIV

EI

701113041 3100011

tndNi T

oors thom

ori 3180030N3H

113NN

YH

3 9

Jidnoorwom

1t

(2)

:10 1MS

NJ:

piZlg

tfrt I..1

Gif)

P113 fH

3

(2>

fa I 50

11011:

DM

Z

MI

SU

M

3

(IWY

* Saab.) 1$01 13,01

L 137x6 335

ND

Y21

10 S

Y38

YI0/11 S

1Y11N

310d

39Y110A

7/Y

340Y

138 'H

I Y30 80 A

WN

! 1Y

NO

S811

383A3S

N

I O

N1118S

38 V

381( S0008Y

ZY

H

3H1

NI

3814 80 N

OIS

OldX

3 N

V

3snya ainoa S1Y

IIN3IO

d nynon

HO

IH H

IM sivN

troni >ova

01 3N

ILIYA

01313

3H1

JO 13Y

1NO

3 IN31101831N

I 80 O

N1133N

NO

)S/Y

1

ON

IMIY

/A

NO

ilV83d0 w

arm

03S013 38 isnn

A118Y

13 d04 /GN

S

ION

83A

03

2101

11RC

H6

ION

9

118H1

Z S

13NN

YH

3

801 SN

0I133NN

D3

dll 030N

110er3N8

801

NO

N Y

/10311NO

3 31Y

N8311Y

77.

dU

31d1103011d3H1

830N80213N

O

1v3IdAl

V

Z N

06o110 N

OZ

113 Y

38Y

33YS

1

YIP

/ S

O088Y

ZY

H

9 1

L

1 9



D

C

B

A

8 7

I 6

5 4

3

INT

ER

NA

I B

AR

RIE

R

SY

ST

EM

F

IELD

W

IRIN

G

NO

TE

S

I. W

IRIN

G R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

: (B

AN

G

TO

22

AW

G

ST

RA

ND

ED

2-M

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

2.

EX

TE

NS

ION

W

IRE

LE

NG

TH

: 10

00 F

EE

T

OF

20

AW

G,

MA

X.

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE E

XT

EN

SIO

N

CA

BLE

M

US

T

BE

O

F

TH

E

SA

ME

T

YP

E

AS

T

HE

RM

OC

OU

PLE

.

Zt

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D

PO

SIT

IVE

(R

P)

AN

D

NE

GA

TIV

E

(RN

) E

XT

EN

SIO

N

HA

RE

RE

SIS

TIV

ITY

FO

R

PR

OP

ER

C

PE

RA

T1C

N:

TY

PE

J:

RP

=

60

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

TY

PE

K

:

RP

- 41

0 T

O 42

5 O

HM

S -C

IRC

ULA

R M

il P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

- 17

7 10

19

1 O

HM

S- C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

TY

PE

E

:

RP

=

410

TO

42

5 O

HM

S- C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

-CIR

CU

LAR

M

IL

PE

R

FO

OT

.

TY

PE

T

:

RP

=

10.5

O

HM

S-C

IRC

ULA

R

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

RN

=

294

OH

MS

-OR

CuL

AR

MIL

P

ER

F

OO

T.

4.

(RO

UN

DE

D

TIP

T

HE

RM

OC

OU

PLE

S

AR

E

NO

T

FO

R

US

E

WIT

H

BA

RR

IER

S.

RE

CO

RD

ER

SH

IELD

S

AR

E

JOIN

ED

A

S

SH

OW

N T

ER

MIN

AT

ING

A

T

TH

E

SIG

NA

L

MC

OU

LE C

OM

MO

N.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

FO

R

DU

AL

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

. T

HIS

O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

DP

OT

R

ELA

YS

. O

NE

F

OR

C

OM

MO

N

MO

NIT

OR

A

LAR

M I.

TH

E

OT

HE

R

US

ER

P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

FO

R

EIT

HE

R

ALA

RM

2

OR

V

OT

ING

O

R

FO

R

ALA

RM

2

CH

AN

NE

L P

AIR

A

ND

V

OT

ING

(CH

AN

NE

LS

1 &

2

OR

3

&

4 O

R

S

&

6).

ZL

SC

RE

WS

M

US

T

BE

S

EC

UR

ELY

FA

ST

EN

ED

F

OR

P

RO

PE

R B

AR

RIE

R

GR

OU

ND

.

8.

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LES

M

US

T B

E

ISO

LAT

ED

F

RO

M

GR

OU

ND

TO

50

0 V

AC

RM

S.

9.

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D

LOO

P

NO

ISE

P

RO

BLE

MS

. A

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D

(CN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

ON

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ED

. R

EF

ER

T

O

3300

IN

TE

RN

AL

BA

RR

IER

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

M

AN

UA

L

la

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D

NO

RM

ALL

Y

DE

-EN

ER

GIZ

ED

, 'N

C I

S

CLO

SE

D

AN

D

.110

" IS

O

PE

N I

N

A

NO

N-A

LAR

M

ST

AT

E.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D

NO

RM

ALL

Y

EN

ER

GIZ

ED

. 'N

C IS

O

PE

N

AN

D

"NO

' IS

C

LOS

ED

IN

A

N

ON

-ALA

RM

S

TA

TE

.

11

SE

E

AP

PR

OV

AL

DR

AW

ING

8A

2200

0 O

R

CA

2200

0

A FO

R

TH

E

ALT

ER

NA

TE

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N,

RE

MO

VE

T

HE

C

OR

RE

SP

ON

DIN

G

JUM

PE

R(S

)

ON

T

HE

S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

: F

OR

E

XA

MP

LE.

RE

MO

VE

W

3 IF

C

HA

NN

EL

3 IS

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

US

ING

T

HE

A

LTE

RN

AT

E

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N.

TO

RS

ON

LE

SS n.

.011

WK

S'.

8 I

7 I

6

ALA

RM

1

- R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

TS

2 I

1

IRM

O.

1112

A

S

EE

S

HE

ET

1

6 C

HA

NN

EL

TH

ER

MO

CO

UP

LE M

ON

ITO

R

SW

AN

_ IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

W

ITH

D

UA

L R

ELA

YS

ALA

RM

2

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S

2023

0 6

I

~

1003

34

5 4

3 2

W A

/ 10

12

1 W

1

D

C

B A



C

B

A

8

SE

E

SH

EE

T

2

7 6

5 3

2 I

1

41:1

1t

IM1S

3 01

1O51

911

110

Ot

PR

I IS

OU

I

0 C

HA

NN

EL

IC

I IC

.01

IC

I IN

I

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RA

) M

ON

ITO

R

SIG

NA

L

INPU

T

MO

DU

LE

W

ITH

OU

T B

AR

RIE

RS

4 W

IRE

C

ON

FIG

UR

AT

ION

b C

HA

NN

EL

R

TD

M

ON

ITO

R

SIG

NA

L

INPU

T

MO

DU

LE

W

ITH

OU

T

BA

RR

IER

S 3

*IR

E

CO

NFI

GU

RA

TIO

N

1WIO

N

l ri

-r-

1.11

1144

40

90 4

1 00

4 10

1414

/ 01

114

104 44

4 14

01

.1

1011

. 41

OP 0.

111

a*

01

10 /4

4 4

44

40 1

4 4

04 0

14 0

044

414

.11 44

400

dr

14. 4

4 04

0.

4) "m

a as

.

IIM O

M. R

PM

so

ws

amm

o =

ma

mow

rwm

.

BE

N T

LY n

,:,"-

N

EV

AD

AN

.) .

1 N

OW

FIE

LD

MIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/35

6 C

H

RIO

M

ON

ITO

R

..;17

1:,

2023

0 D

10

0335

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

D

.11 0 B

A



D C B

A

8 7

6 4

3 2

NO

N-B

AR

RIE

R S

YS

TE

M F

IELD

WR

ING

N

OT

ES

1.

WR

ING

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RID

: 3

OR

4

PA

RE

S

IRA

ND

ED

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

ALL

M

US

T

BE

T

HE

S

AM

E

GA

UG

E.

PA

RE

S

IZE

A

ND

LE

NG

TH

SH

OU

LD

BE

SE

LEC

TE

D

SU

CH

T

HA

I R

ES

IST

AN

CE

O

F

EA

CH

P

AR

E

DO

ES

N

OT

E

XC

EE

D

25 O

HM

S

FO

R

PLA

TIN

UM

O

R

NIC

KE

L R

IDS

. O

R

5 O

HM

S

FO

R

CO

PP

ER

R

ID'S

.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

IBA

WG

T

O

22A

WG

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2 W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

111T

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

& RE

CO

RD

ER

SH

IELD

S

TE

RM

INA

TE

A

l T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

3,

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D

LOO

P

NO

ISE

P

RO

BLE

MS

. A

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D

(CN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

ON

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ED

. F

OR

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

GR

OU

ND

LO

CA

TIO

N R

EF

ER

T

O

3300

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

IN

SIR

UC

DO

NS

.

L\ TH

E

SH

IELD

S O

F

TH

E

RID

C

AB

LES

A

RE

T

O

BE

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

T

O

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

C

OM

MO

NS

.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

SH

OW

N ro

e D

UA

L R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE P

'110

N.

TH

IS O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

DP

DT

R

ELA

YS

, O

NE

F

OR

C

OM

MO

N

MO

NIT

OR

A

LAR

M

I. T

HE

O

TH

ER

U

SE

R

PR

OG

RA

MM

AB

LE

FO

R

EIT

HE

R

ALA

RM

2

OR

Y

OU

NG

O

R

FO

R

ALA

RM

2

CH

AN

NE

L P

AIR

A

ND

V

OT

ING

(CH

AN

NE

LS

I &

2

OR

3

&

4 O

R

5 &

6).

6 IF

R

ELA

YS

H

AV

E

BE

EN

C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

N

OR

MA

LLY

D

E-E

NE

RG

IZE

D.

*NC

" IS

C

LOS

ED

AN

D N

O-

IS O

PE

N I

N

A

NO

N-A

LAR

M S

TA

TE

.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

BE

EN

C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

N

OR

MA

LLY

E

NE

RG

IZE

D,

"NC

IS

O

PE

N

AN

D

1N0-

IS

C

LOS

ED

IN

A

N

ON

-ALA

RM

S

TA

TE

.

MO

SS

M

iss

07.0

011

9i0I

lD

ALA

RM

I

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S -

%M

OM

kg

.

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RID

M

ON

ITO

R

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

AL

AR

M

2

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S

20230

1

- 10

0335

8 7

I 6

5 I

4

11.f

1 C

F

3 I

2 1

D C B A



C B

A

8

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

7 6

5 3

SA

FE

A

RE

A

OR

Z

ON

E

2.

DIV

ISIO

N

SE

E

SH

EE

T

3

Ott

Wt.

0114

11 M

OM

,

3 I\ W

AR

NIN

G

IMP

RO

PE

R

GR

OU

ND

ING

OF

S

IGN

AL

CO

MM

ON

CO

ULD

CA

US

E

EX

PLO

SIO

N

OR

F

IRE

IN

T

HE

H

AZ

AR

DO

US

AR

EA

R

ES

ULT

ING

IN

S

EV

ER

E

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

OR

D

EA

TH

. C

OM

MO

N

MU

ST

B

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

EA

RT

H

AT

T

HE

B

AR

RIE

R

RA

IL

3 M

K P

M W

RIT

0 C

HA

NN

EL

---1

140)

.4)

IC:1

1

0

If;

IC41

IC

.11

I MI

0 O

two,

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RT

D

MO

NIT

OR

S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

W

M E

X T

ER

RA

/ B

AR

RIE

RS

3

WIR

E

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

- T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

IWO

m

a w

ay e

v O

N P

O.

MO

M

P 0

.1.1

011.

M.

WM

.6

Mow

s am

mo . a

wns

i.

o am

.% m

ow.

ow

MO

MS

1,

1111

.111

PIM

= =

ME

MO

10

1111

0

MI

BE

NT

LY

NE

VA

DA

\.)

,....

D.,

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/35

6 C

H

RT

D

MO

NIT

OR

11

111.

0

1V

i 3

202.

30

D

Ole

.0

1003

36

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

D C

O

O

A



8 7

6 5

4 3

2

OM

AN

S

EE

9I

1(1

1

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

S

AF

E

AR

EA

O

R

ZO

NE

2.

D

IVIS

ION

2

0 0

IMP

RO

PE

R

GR

OU

ND

ING

O

F

SIG

NA

L C

OM

MO

N C

OU

LD

CA

US

E

EX

PLO

SIO

N

OR

F

IRE

IN

T

HE

H

AZ

AR

DO

US

AR

EA

RE

SU

LTIN

G

IN

SE

VE

RE

P

ER

SO

NA

L IN

JUR

Y

OR

D

EA

TH

. C

OM

MO

N

MU

ST

BE

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

70

EA

RT

H

Al

TH

E

BA

RR

IER

R

AIL

SE

E

SH

EE

T

3

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RID

M

ON

ITO

R

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

EX

TE

RN

AL

BA

RR

IER

S

4 H

IRE

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

I

" I-

'

.6\

TO

R

EC

OR

DE

RS

000

D M

M O

O

2023

0 1

PIO

,M

I

1003

36

HO

C

8 7

6 5

4 3

2

B A



C

B A

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 I

1

EX

TE

RN

AL

BA

RR

IER

S

YS

TE

M F

IELD

W

IRIN

G

NO

TE

S

I W

IRIN

G

RE

CO

M1A

EN

DA

DO

NS

: S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

TO

B

AR

RIE

R-B

AR

RIE

R T

O

RT

D:

3 O

R

4 M

IRE

S

TR

AN

DE

D

SH

IELD

ED

W

ITH

IN

SU

LAT

ING

SH

EA

TH

. A

LL

MU

ST

BE

T

HE

S

AM

E

GA

UG

E.

WIR

E

SIZ

E

AN

D

LEN

GT

H

SH

OU

LD B

E

SE

LEC

TE

D

SU

CH

T

HA

T

RE

SIS

TA

NC

E

OF

E

AC

H

WA

RE

' D

OE

S

NO

1

EX

CE

ED

25

O

HM

S

FO

R P

LAT

INU

M

OR

N

ICK

EL

RID

S.

OR

5

OH

MS

FO

R

CO

PP

ER

R

IDS

.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

TO

R

EC

OR

DE

RS

: (B

AN

G

TO

22

AW

G

ST

RA

ND

ED

2

WIR

E

SH

IELD

ED

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

T

ER

MIN

AT

E A

l T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

3.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D

NO

RM

ALL

Y

DE

-EN

ER

GIZ

ED

. N

C IS

C

LOS

ED

AN

D

140-

IS

O

PE

N I

N

A

NO

N -A

LAR

M S

TA

TE

.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D

NO

RM

ALL

Y

EN

ER

GIZ

ED

. 14

C

IS

OP

EN

AN

D 'N

O"

IS

CLO

SE

D

IN

A

NO

N-A

LAR

M

ST

AT

E.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

FO

R

DU

AL

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

DP

DT

R

ELA

YS

. O

NE

F

OR

C

OM

MO

N

MO

NIT

OR

A

LAR

M

I. T

HE

O

TH

ER

U

SE

R

PR

OG

RA

MM

AB

LE

FO

R

EIT

HE

R

ALA

RM

2

OR

V

OT

ING

O

R

FO

R

ALA

RM

2

CH

AN

NE

L P

AIR

A

ND

V

OT

ING

(CH

AN

NE

LS

I &

2

OR

3

&

4 O

R

5 &

6)

.

5.

ME

N U

SIN

G

BA

RR

IER

S.

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

GR

OU

ND

ST

RA

P

MU

ST

BE

R

EM

OV

ED

. S

EE

3.30

0 IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

S F

OR

S

ING

LE

PO

NT

G

RO

UN

D

ST

RA

P

LOC

AT

ION

. B

AR

RIE

R

EA

RT

H

MU

ST

B

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

C

CM

T

ER

MIN

AL

CN

P

OW

ER

IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

6.

MA

XIM

UM

P

RIM

AR

Y C

IRC

UIT

P

OT

EN

TIA

L M

US

T

NO

T

EX

CE

ED

25

0 V

AC

.

& CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

FO

R

A

TY

PIC

AL

BA

RR

IER

A

RE

S

HO

WN

. R

EF

ER

T

O

DR

AW

ING

S

BA

2200

0

AN

D

CA

2200

0 F

OR

M

OR

E

INF

OR

MA

TIO

N.

L\ BA

RR

IER

S

AR

E

MO

UN

TE

D

TO

B

AR

RIE

R R

AIL

W

HIC

H

IS

TH

E

PO

TE

NT

IAL

EO

UA

LIZ

AT

ION

B

US

BE

TW

EE

N S

YS

TE

M

GR

OU

ND

AN

D

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

. T

O

MIN

IMIZ

E

GR

OU

ND

LO

OP

P

RO

BLE

MS

, A

SIN

GLE

P

ON

T E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D (

GN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

OM

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D

Al

TH

E

BA

RR

IER

R

AIL

. T

OT

AL

EA

RT

H

LOO

P

IMP

ED

AN

CE

M

US

T

NO

T

EX

CE

ED

I C

HM

. R

EM

OV

E

SIN

GLE

P

ON

T

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

AT

C

HA

SS

IS

GR

OU

ND

O

N

TH

E

3300

P

OW

ER

IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE.

TH

E

RID

T

HIR

D

CR

F

OU

RT

H

WIR

E

CO

MP

EN

SA

TIO

N

IS

AC

CO

MP

LIS

HE

D

TH

RO

WN

U

SE

O

F

BA

RR

IER

EA

RT

H

TO

C

OM

MO

N

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N.

SE

E

NO

TE

5.

A IND

EP

EN

DE

NT

C

ON

NE

CT

ION

T

O

SY

ST

EM

E

AR

TH

.

WV

. fli

ts 0

140.

.1 1

CV

ED

z\

ALA

RM

1

- R

ELA

Y C

ON

TA

CT

S

@M

N

43.

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RT

D

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

W

ITH

D

UA

L R

ELA

YS

ALA

RM

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S "r

r

2023

0 D

SIM

1003

36

8 I

7 6

Nog

4 I

3 I

2 1

3 C

r 3

D C

ID

O

B

A



4

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

S

AF

E

AR

EA

C

R

ZO

NE

.

DIV

I9O

N

2

3 M

EP

IN

CO

ME

/4

0 C

OO

O

UT

SH

IELD

i.

i 'I

II C

UM

1 an

5I0I

f, tia

d .

CN

I 01

2 0

as,

ogN

i

i: y,

.4

ti:,

o 14

0.

""

f.IL Si

1411

'

.

liz,!

..%.1

lie

nLI

.I ....

...,.

1/41

=t =

4I../

0

I ee.a

l kbf

f..

a I M

s

"

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

FO

R

CH

AN

NE

LS

2 T

HR

U

6 N

OT

S

HO

WN

F

OR

CLA

RIT

Y

.11

:I/E

0,3

1111

1:1K

11

r[a*

17rf

far.

14

_ 43

ig __

.14

0,4 :

.11 E

W .! A

jo.

1 a

P

. .

Irel

mva

L1-

\_

Niii

...

_,1*

3

3 0 0 0

l II

a CH

O

'1.

l 4e/

a MO

I It:

Q)

mid

l

WA

RN

ING

C

OV

ER

N

OT

S

HO

WN

F

OR

C

LAR

ITY

M

US

T

BE

C

LOS

ED

D

UR

ING

O

PE

RA

TIO

N

MIS

CO

NN

EC

TIN

C O

R

INT

ER

MIT

TE

NT

C

ON

TA

CT

O

F

TH

E

FIE

LD

WR

ING

10

RA

CK

T

ER

MIN

ALS

W

ITH

H

IGH

V

OLT

AG

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

C

OU

LD

CA

US

E

AN

E

XP

LOS

ION

O

R

FIR

E

IN

TH

E

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

RE

SU

LTIN

G I

N

SE

VE

RE

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

OR

D

EA

TH

. R

EM

OV

E

ALL

V

OLT

AG

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

FR

OM

R

EA

R

OF

R

AC

K.

3 3

PT

O

INP

UT

SE

E

SH

EE

T

2

WO

O

OaL

SS

OIN

UN

ES

E

1404

1/

8

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RID

MO

NIT

OR

9GN

AL

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

WIT

H

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

RS

P-

PI

NN

E

IP

MO

W.

aw

INC

PC

R

1234

297

JC 1:

FL

'1""

10

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

114

NI

MA

T If

o O

M 11

VIM M

IMI.

.

PM.

61

sop

If

.0.

: ...pa

U.,

arm

y M

OIL

* 11

11M

.

0 M

PS.

ange

l N

OY

=O

ft

s

if.

GE

NT

LY

.;7

NE

VA

DA

\)

A

P.

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/35

6 C

H

RID

MO

NIT

OR

7 1

6 1

5 I

4 1

3 1

2

1730

ID.

I 10

0337

D C 8



7 I

6 5

1

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

R S

YS

TE

M

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

N

OT

ES

I. W

IRIN

G

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

10

RID

: S

TR

AN

DE

D.

3 W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

ALL

M

US

T

BE

S

AM

E

GA

UG

E.

WIR

E

SIZ

E

AN

D L

EN

GT

H

SH

OU

LD B

E

SE

LEC

TE

D

SU

CH

T

HA

T E

AC

H

WIR

E

DC

ES

N

OT

E

XC

EE

D

25

OH

MS

F

OR

P

LAT

INU

M

OR

N

ICK

EL

RID

.S

OR

5

OH

MS

F

OR

C

OP

PE

R R

ID'S

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

10 R

EC

OR

DE

R:

IBA

WO

T

O

22A

WG

. S

TR

AN

DE

D

2 W

IRE

. S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

,

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

T

ER

MIN

AT

E

AT

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

.

3.

10 M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D

LOO

P

NO

ISE

P

RO

BLE

MS

, A

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

GR

OU

ND

(G

ND

) T

O

SY

ST

EM

C

OM

MO

N

(CO

M)

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

IS

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D.

RE

FE

R

TO

33

00 I

NT

ER

NA

L

BA

RR

IER

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

M

AN

UA

L.

4,

TW

O O

R

FO

UR

W

IRE

R

ID'S

C

AN

B

E

US

ED

IF

T

HE

Y

AR

E

WIR

ED

C

OR

RE

CT

LY

OU

TS

IDE

T

HE

RA

CK

. F

OR

T

HE

T

WO

W

IRE

R

IDS

. T

AK

E

TH

E

TH

RE

E

WIR

E

EX

TE

NS

ION

C

AB

LE

OU

T

TO

T

HE

RT

D.

CO

NN

EC

T

TH

E

TW

O

WIR

ES

C

f T

HE

R

ID

TO

T

HE

T

HR

EE

IM

RE

C

AB

LE

BY

C

ON

NE

CT

ING

TW

O

OF

T

HE

T

HR

EE

W

IRE

S

TO

O

NE

LE

G

OF

T

HE

R

ID

AN

D

TH

E

RE

MA

ININ

G

EX

TE

NS

ION

C

AB

LE

WA

RE

10

T

HE

O

TH

ER

LE

G.

FO

R

FO

UR

W

IRE

R

FD

's.

EIT

HE

R

DE

LET

E

ON

E.

WIR

E

OF

T

HE

F

OU

R

OR

T

IE

TW

O

CO

MM

ON

W

IRE

S T

OG

ET

HE

R

TO

C

RE

AT

E

A

TH

RE

E

WIR

E

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

F

OR

D

UA

L R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

DP

OT

R

ELA

YS

, O

NE

F

OR

C

OM

MO

N

MO

NIT

OR

A

LAR

M

1.

TH

E

OT

HE

R

US

ER

P

RO

GR

AM

MA

BLE

FO

R

EIT

HE

R

ALA

RM

2

OR

V

OT

ING

O

R

FO

R

ALA

RM

2

CH

AN

NE

L P

AIR

A

ND

V

OT

ING

(CH

AN

NE

LS

I &

2

OR

3

& 4

O

R

5 &

6)

6.

IF

RE

LAY

S H

AV

E

BE

EN

C

ON

FIG

UR

ED

N

OR

MA

LLY

DE

-EN

ER

GIZ

ED

. -N

C

IS

CLO

SE

D

AN

D

IS O

PE

N

IN

A

NO

N-A

LAR

M

ST

AT

E

IT

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D N

OR

MA

LLY

E

NE

RG

IZE

D.

*NC

" IS

O

PE

N

AN

D

No"

IS

C

LOS

ED

IN

A

N

ON

-ALA

RM

S

TA

TE

.

SC

RE

WS

M

US

T B

E

SE

CU

RE

LY

FA

ST

EN

ED

FO

R

PR

OP

ER

BA

RR

IER

G

RO

UN

D.

10,1

.11

MIS

S 0

1111

111

1.1.

0

ALA

RM

I

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

TS

-

tl (w

w14

,

SE

E

SH

EE

T

I

6 C

HA

NN

EL

RID

MO

NIT

OR

SIE

TN

N..

INP

UT

R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

ALA

RM

2

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S I- I -.

'-.

8 7

I 6

5 I

4

2023

0 D

I

1003

37

.11

2 I

1

D B A




64



Sbr Channel Temperature Monitor Maintenance

I 33 I RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS - TC MONITOR

80183-01

QTY PER MON DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT PART NUMBER

1 Front Panel Assembly 84933-01 *

1 Digital Circuit Assembly 79512-02 * 1 TC Analog Circuit Assembly 79502-01 * 1 Recorder Circuit Assembly 81034-01 *

1 TC Signal Input Module

Without Internal Barriers 82367-01 * With Internal Barriers 102566-01**

1 Recorder Output/Relay Module

No Relay 82364-01 * Epoxy Sealed Relay 82365-01 * Hermetically Sealed Relay 82366-01 *

1 Spare Jumpers (100 Pieces) 88706-01

* To Order Replacement Parts, Specify The Complete Catalog Number,

3300/30 - - - - - , And The Replacement Part Number. ** Input Module 102566-01 is Interchangable With P/N 81192-03.

If the monitor has been modified, specify the modification number on the parts order. Customer must set programmable options - monitor shipped as shown in section 4 of this manual. If in doubt about the part number, call your Bently Nevada Corporation Representative before ordering.

110MTCR CENIVCATION LABEL

65




RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS - RTD MONITOR

QTY PER MON DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT PART NUMBER

1 Front Panel Assembly 84933-02 *

1 Digital Circuit Assembly .79512 -01 *

1 RTD Analog Circuit Assembly 79492-01 *

1 Recorder Circuit Assembly 81034-01 *

1 RTD SIGNAL INPUT MODULE 3-Wire Input Without Internal Barriers 82368-01 *

4-Wire Input Without Internal Barriers 82369-01 *

3 or 4-Wire Input With Internal Barriers 102566-02 **

1 RECORDER OUTPUT/RELAY MODULE 82364-01 *

No Relay 82365-01 *

Epoxy Sealed Relay 82366-01 *

Hermetically Sealed Relay

1 Spare Jumpers (100 Pieces) 88706-01

* To Order Replacement Parts, Specify The Complete Catalog Number (Cannot order 4-wire RTD's

with internal barriers),

3300/35 - DO - DO - DO - DO - DO, And The Replacement Part Number.

** Input Module 102566-02 is Interchangable with P/N 81192-02.

If the monitor has been modified, specify the modification number on the parts order. Customer

must set programmable options - monitor shipped as shown in section 4 of this manual. If in doubt

about the part number, call your Bent ly Nevada Corporation Representative before ordering.

ItuPEP,TURE

I I I II I I

'

I

C. .6,C6 S22us

2 3 A 6 6

OK OK OK OK OK

SIA CHANNEL TEMPERATURE MONITOR

m M CAT NC _ 00i,- -,__,_, , ,

1.001%.11CA: sutc666.

CITA!. 1

Nu RANGE RANCE

.CCOROC. 0,11Pul

SPA

DMA

IHNTIFICATION LABEL

66




I 35 SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT Signal Input

3300/30 Thermocouple Monitor Accepts signals from up to six grounded or six ungrounded thermocouple tips of the following ANSI types:

Type J - 1000°F, 500°C, max Type K - 1000°F, 500°C, max Type T - 500°F, 250°C, max Type E - 500°F, 250°C, max

3300/35 RTD Monitor Accepts up to six RTD signals from the following RTD detectors:

3-wire 100 platinum (= 0.00385) - 1000°F, 500°C, max 3-wire 100 platinum (= 0.00392) - 1000°F, 500°C, max 3-wire 120 nickel - 300°F, 150°C, max 3-wire 10 copper - 200°F, 100°C, max 4-wire 100 platinum (= 0.00385) - 1000°F, 500°C, max 4-wire 100 platinum (= 0.00392) - 1000°F, 500°C, max 4-wire 120 nickel - 300°F, 150°C, max 4-wire 10 copper - 200°F, 100°C, max

SIGNAL CONDITIONING TC or RTD Input Accuracy (Includes transducer non-linearity)

±0.5°C error typical at 77'F(25°C) ±1°C error maximum at 77°F(25°C) ±3°C error typical from 0°C to 65°C NOTE: Add t0.9°F(0.5°C) error to accuracy if Tenths Digit is not displayed.

Common Mode Input Range ±250 Vac

ALARMS Alarm Setpoints Alarm 1 and Alarm 2 alarm levels adjustable from 0°F to 1000°F (0°C to 500°C)

Alarm Delay Alarm delay times are user-programmable per options

DISPLAYS Meter

LEDs

CONTROLS Front Panel

Internal External

LCD 7-segment,numerical, 4 digit. Annunciates HIGH READ, and OVER/UNDER alarm, and status

per channel (OK ALARM 1, ALARM 2, and BYPASS).

Green LEDs annunciate transducer OK condition, red LEDs annunciate ALARM 2, ALARM 1, and

BYPASS conditions

Front panel switches (4) for reading ALARM 1 and ALARM 2 set point levels, and for reading

CHANNEL SELECT and MODE.

Switches on circuitboard for setpoint adjustment, Alarm 2 Bypass, and Channel Bypass

External remote controls: Reset, Inhibit, and setpoint adjust (1 and I)

67



135 1 SPECIFICATIONS


OUTPUT Recorder Output proportional to selected full-scale monitor range and protected against continuous short

circuit to ground: +4 to +20 mA, 12 V compliance +1 to +5 Vdc, 100-ohm output impedance 0 to -10 Vdc, 100-ohm output impedance

Recorder Accuracy ±1% error of selected full-scale temperature may at 25°C *3% error of selected full-scale temperature maximum from 0°C to 65°C.

Alarms & OK Relay drives for alarms (ALARM 1 and ALARM 2) and for monitor transducer OK, which drives the system OK Relay located on the Power Input Module.

ENVIRONMENTAL Temperature Operating: +32°F to +149°F (0°C to +65°C)

Storage: -40°F to +185°F (-40°C to +85°C)

Humidity 0 to 95%, noncondensing

68






8.2 Tachometer

The following publication entitled 3300/50 Tachometer Maintenance Manual (Part No 83871-01 Rev F) is prepared by Bent ly Nevada for plant personnel who operate and maintain the system. It provides a detailed description of the maintenance and adjustment procedures for the Tachometer module.


8.2.1 System Overview Zero Speed Tachometer

8.2.2 System Overview Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.3 Front Panel Features - Dual Setpoint Tachometer

8.2.4 Front Panel Features - Zero Speed Tachometer

8.2.5 Front Panel Features - Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.6 Monitor Removal

8.2.7 Monitor Disassembly



8.2.10 Monitor Full Scale Range Adjustment

8.2.11 Events per Revolution Adjustment

8.2.12 Threshold and Hysteresis Adjustment

8.2.13 Alert Hysteresis

8.2.14 Adjust Alert Setpoints Dual Setpoint Tachometer

8.2.15 Adjust Alert Setpoints Zero Speed Tachometer

8.2.16 Adjust Alert Setpoints Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.17 Bypass Dual Setpoint Tachometer

8.2.18 Bypass Zero Speed Tachometer

8.2.19 Bypass Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.20 Monitor Bypass Dual Setpoint Tachometer

8.2.21 Monitor Bypass Zero Speed Tachometer

8.2.22 Monitor Bypass Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.23 Test Alert Dual Setpoint Tachometer

8.2.24 Test Alert Zero Speed Tachometer







8.2.25 Test Alert Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.26 Test Trigger OK's

8.2.27 Self Test

8.2.28 Wiring Diag - Dual Setpoint Tachometer

8.2.29 Wiring Diag - Zero Speed Tachometer

8.2.30 Wiring Diag - Rotor Acceleration Tachometer

8.2.31 Recommended Spare Parts


8.2.33 Index

8.2.34 Schematics and Technical Drawings




3300/50 TACHOMETER

INCLUDES DUAL SETPOINT, ZERO SPEED, AND ROTOR ACCELERATION TACHOMETERS.

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BENTLY (11\ NEVADA

PART NO. 83871-01 REVISION F,

JANUARY 1995

AAAAAA n v.. .0

a A

um .



Tachometer Maintenance 83871-01

NOTICE

READ THE FOLLOWING BEFORE INSTALLING OR OPERATING EQUIPMENT

Bent ly Nevada Corporation has attempted to identify areas of risk created by improper installation

and/or operation of this product. These areas of information are noted as WARNING or CAUTION

for your protection and for the safe and effective operation of this equipment. Read all instructions

before installing or operating this product. Pay particular attention to those areas designated by

the following symbols.

A\ WARNING

High voltage could cause shock, burns or death.


A\ CAUTION


Keyphasore Is a registered trademark of Bent ly Nevada Corporation

ProximItore is a registered trademark of Bently Nevada Corporation

First Printing: March 1989

©Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Bently Nevada Corporation

All Rights reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system nor translated

into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic,

optical, chemical, manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner,

Bently Nevada Corporation P.O. Box 157

Minden, Nevada 89423 USA

Telephone 800-227-5514 702-782-3811 Telex 354437

Telemail 7400983 BNC UC

Fax 702-782-9253

Copyright infringement is a serious matter under

United States of America and Foreign Copyright Laws

ii

..... .,




/10\ WARNING !

Bently Nevada Tachometers are not designed for use independently as, or a component of, a speed control or overspeed protection system.

Bently Nevada Tachometers do not provide protective redundancy and the response speed needed for reliable operation as a speed control or overspeed protection system.

Where provided, the analog proportional output is suitable for data logging or chart recording purposes only. Also, where provided, speed Alert setpoints are suitable for annunciation purposes only.

Failure to take the above warnings into account constitutes a misuse of the product and may result in property damage and/or bodily injury.

iii



Tachometer Maintenance

iv




FOREWORD

This document is intended for personnel who maintain the 3300 Monitoring System. The

procedures are presented in step-by-step, graphic format.

RELATED DOCUMENTS




3300/12 AC Power Supply, 89602-01

3300/14 DC Power Supply, 101256-01


3300/50 Tachometer Operation, 83870-01

SYMBOLS Special symbols are used in the manual to illustrate specifics in the step-by-step processes. For

example:

PRESS FLASHING CONNECT DISCONNECT OBSERVE SCREWDRIVER

V






Thchometer Maintenance. 83871-.01

CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 1

2 ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER 2

3 ROTOR ACCELERATION TACHOMETER 3

FRONT PANEL FEATURES 4 DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 4



7 MONITOR REMOVAL 7

8 MONITOR DISASSEMBLY 8

9 SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE 10

10 MONITOR OPTIONS 11

11 MONITOR FULL SCALE RANGE ADJUSTMENT 15

12 EVENTS PER REVOLUTION ADJUSTMENT 18

13 THRESHOLD AND HYSTERESIS ADJUSTMENTS 24

14 ALERT HYSTERESIS 28

ADJUST ALERT SETPOINTS

15 DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 32



BYPASS 18 DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 38



MONITOR BYPASS

21 DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 41



vii




CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE PAGE

TEST ALERTS 24 DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 44 25 ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER 46


27 TEST TRIGGER OKs 50

28 SELF TEST 52

29 FIELD WIRING DIAGRAMS 56

DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER 57

ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER 61

ROTOR ACCELERATION TACHOMETER 65

30 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS 69

31 SPECIFICATIONS 70

32 INDEX

33 SCHEMATICS AND TECHNICAL DRAWINGS 74

viii



Thchometer Maintenance 83871-01

DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER SYSTEM

noo,lo

TACCmETER

3 6 0 C RPM

WARNING P41 tOPPO 011LAT

Rigol SR .00PS CP WO Al I MI

sw_PIRIPP IOTRI la

SEE MANUAL

A 0 ;1:17. r. 0 0 ALERT

p0 ALERT

0 BYPASS

ALERT 2

GAP

ALERT I

A a

eLFFSED TRAA4SOUCERS

,,;:AL ',:P.fr r,ELAf mCOULE L:CAT!:N

3300 RACK

PROX I M I TOR A

PROBE A

PROBE B

RPM - RECORDER OUTPUT

ALERT 1

RELAY CONTACTS

P'ROX I M I TOR 8

SIGNAL I NPUT RELAY MODULE

ALERT 2

RELAY CONTACTS

KEYPHASOR CR GEAR



Tachometer Maintenance 8.3871-01

ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER SYSTEM

1,00/10 i

.-/

TICHOmETER

3000 Rpm

ZERO SPEED ENABLED

WARNING ar Mme 0E4,

Do RP% .0.In CO Or W ray

04111 moprICT Os

SEE mANuAL

4111.1 QT

R RtGGER CK

07 error. Rift

0 ALERT 0 F:f,

° 0 a'Ass Q

ALERT

;,AP

RPM

A 8

SUFFERED TRANSDUCERS

S

S'ONAL 'NOuT mODULE LCCAriT.N

3300 RACK

PROX I M TOR A

KEYPHASOR CR GEAR

RPM

I

RECORDER OUTPUT

RPM ALERT RELAY CONTACTS

SIGNAL -

RELA(

TO EXTERNAL ZERO SPEED

ENABLE CONTACTS .sER SUPPLIED)

ZERO SPEED _ERT

7:NTACTS



I 3 1 ROTOR ACCELERATION TACHOMETER SYSTEM I Mcnometer Maintenance 83871 -01

3300/50

TACHOMETER ......... 3600 PPM

WARNING 04 MOO O&M

cos Mr NT 03001 CO WO OA OM

040114E13 coOMC5 la

SEE mANUAL

-600 RPU/MIN

FO r F"cfER

MCA/

R m0 ALERT P/I M NO BYPASS

PPM/MIN

ALERT

O R O 4

RPM

A

BUFFERED TRANSDUCERS

NAL 1PuT DELAY v0OULE LOCA T I CN

:y

3300 RACK

PROximITOR A

PROSE A

PROBE 8

RPM RECORDER OUTPUT

RPM ALERT RELAY CONTACTS ,---

PROXIMITOR 8

CD

I I

731 -N

1-11

01,11

914-41

COO

VC I

AC CO

te. I


RPM/MINUTE RECORDER OUTPUT

RPM /MINUTE ALERT RELAY CONTACTS

KEYPHASOR CR GEAR

3



FRONT PANEL (DUAL SETPOINT TACHOMETER) j acnometer Maintenance 83871-01

TOP DISPLAY ROTOR SPEED

ND I CATES N RPM

TRANSDUCER A TRIGGER OK LED

RPM ALERT 2 AND RPM ALERT ! _EDS

BYPASS LED

33:::!0

TACHOMETER MMEMMEMMMEMMI

3600 RPM

WARNING ONE SEC DELAY

Orr ROW SET POINTS

00 NOT USE FC

ovennen PROTECTICN

SEE MANUAL

n TRIGGED op( 3 OFR EEL $ 'Cm -

READ RPM ALERT 2

SETPOINT

BNC CONNECTORS. FOR BUFFERED TRANSDUCER OUTPUT

M

ALERT 2

0 ALERT :

Q BYPASS

ALERT 2 ALERT

GAP

A

BUFFERED TRANSOUCEFS

(-)

TRANSDUCER 8

TRIGGER OK LED

READ RPM ALERT 1

SETPOINT

READ TRANSDUCER GAP VOLTAGE

4



I FRONT PANEL (ROTOR ACCEL. TACHOMETER) 1

Tachometer Maintenance .2,3871-0;

TOP DISPIAY INDICATES ROTOR SPEED IN RPM

BOTTOM DISPLAY 'INDICATES ROTOR ACCELERATION IN

RPM/MIN - 6 0 0 RPM/MIN

3300/50

TACHOMETER

3600

RPM

WARNING ONE SECOAC DELAY ON RPW SET MINTS

DO WT USE Fut

OvERSPEED PPOTECTiON

SEE MANUAL

TRANSDUCER A

TRIGGER OK ._ED

RPM/MIN ALERT LED

RPM/MIN BYPASS LED

0

0 TRIGGER

CFF BELOW 1 qow OK

READ RPM/MIN ALERT SETPOINT

BNC CONNECTORS FOR BUFFERED TRANSDUCER OUTPUT

ALERT

BYPASS

ALERT

RPM/MIN

O R

a

A

GAP

P.PA4

3


TRANSDUCER B

TR:GGER OK LED

RPM ALERT LED

RPM BYPASS LED

READ RPM ALERT SETPOINT

READ TRANSDUCER GAP VOLTAGE

6



73cnometer Maintenance 83871-01

1 5 FRONT PANEL (ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER)

-OP DISPI :NDICATES 7.5

POTCR SPEED IN RPM TACHGMETER

3600

'300/50

ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER NDICATOR (ALWAYS ON)

TRANSDUCER A

TRIGGER OK LED

RPM

ZERO SPEED ENABLED

ALERT

WARNING ONE SECOND OELAy ON PPN SET POINTS

CO 1...3T USE FOR

ovERsPeE0 PROTECTION

SEE MANUAL

EFRO SPEED ENABLED IND! ,TOR (CONTACTS CLOSED)

ZERO SPEED ALERT SETPOINT :NDICATOR

ZERO SPEED ALERT LED TR el ?<GER C) B

OFF BELOW i MPU

=FRO SPEED BYPASS

READ ZERO SPEED ALERT-SETPOINT

BNC CONNECTORS FOR BUFFERED TRANSDUCER ;JTPUT

ALERT

BYPASS

ALERT

0 R

0

TRANSDUCER B

TRIGGER OK LED

RPM ALERT LED

RPM BYPASS LED

READ RPM ALERT SETPOINT

RPM READ TRANSDUCER GAP /OLTAGE

A

GAP

B


5



111111111111I

411111111111


7 I Monitor Removal

1. Loosen two screws. 2. Pull monitor from rack.

/I\ CAUTION The machine is not protected when monitor is removed from rack.

0 0o

7




8 I Monitor Disassembly

Side Cover Removal Squeeze the retaining tips on each standoff, and remove the side cover from the monitor.

Circuit Board Removal Squeeze the retaining tips on each standoii, and remove the expander board from the main board.

MAIN C.FC'JIT ?,0APCI STANDOFF 14 PLACES)

///

MAIN BOARD

C.----STANDOFF ITYP 3 PLACES

EXPANDER BOARD

0

8



Tacnometer Maintenance

8 I Monitor Disassembly [Cont]

Front Panel Removal

I N I NG 30REW

ti

SPRING

iNAM

VVVVI

83871-ot

WASHER SLIDING STANDOFF

CONNECTOR

RIBBON CABLE

9




I9 _I Signal Input Relay Module

4.\ WARNING High Voltage present Could cause shock, bums or death. Do Not touch exposed wires or terminals.

The Signal Input Relay Module is on the back of the rack. For relay configuration, see Installation Manual. For field wiring, see Section 29 (Field Wiring Diagrams).

Module Removal Loosen two screws and remove the module.

Module Options

Alert 1 Relay Jumper In Out

Normally Energized Normally De-energized

W3 W4,W1 1

W4,W11 W3

Alert 2 Relay Jumper In Out

Normally Energized Normally De-energized

W2 W1 ,W1 2

W1,W12 W2

Alert Relays

I

0

1-61

: C=3 11=1

IC=3

-

A :- 114

DI Ial E=1

IL=.1 t=3 C=1

Eel ID3

el 1E11

IL-11 L=11 111ii

II=3 IC=3 L=11

11=3

-1 IC -] 11.311

1101

VI V1

VS

V.

113

Vt

VI

Pa1 (.1.1

Co"

rz 1.11

Tachometer Type Dual Satnoint 7ero Sneed Rotor Accel

Alert 1 Relay Alert 2 Relay

RPM Alert I RPM Alert RPM Alert

RPM Alert 2 Zero Speed RPM/MIN Alert Alert

In =c3

10




10 I Monitor Options

Main Board Option Settings All monitor options, except for the Recorder options, are located on the Tachometer Main Board. Table

I shows these options and their jumper positions. Table 1 Option Settings on the Main Board

Option

Jumper Install Remove

Transducer Input:

Transducer A System, Rack Keyphasor 1 W10C W10A,B, 18A (3

* Monitor Signals, 7200 or 3000 Proximitor W10A W10B,C, 18A (31

Monitor Signals, Magnetic Pickup (1) W10A,B, 18A (3) W10C

Transducer B System, Rack Keyphasor 2 W9C W9A,B, 18A (3)

* Monitor Signals, 7200 or 3000 Proximitor W9A W9B,C, 18A (3)

Monitor Signals, Magnetic Pickup (1) W9A,B, 18A (3) W9C

Transducer Conditioning:

Threshold Mode (Note 2) Manual W17C

* Auto W17C

Hysteresis Transducer A 0.2 Volts W11B W11A,C

* 0.5 Volts W11C W11A,B

1.0 Volts W11A W11B,C

2.0 Volts W11A,B,C

Hysteresis Transducer B -

0.2 Volts W8B W8A,C

* 0.5 Volts W8C W8A,B

1.0 Volts W8A W8B,C

2.0 Volts W8A,B,C

* Options as shipped from factory NOTE 1: Do not use Magnetic Pickups for Zero Speed Applications.

NOTE 2: The Zero Speed Tachometer is shipped in the Manual Threshold Mode.

NOTE 3: For the Zero Speed Tachometer, use W18A to select the Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis Band

and not Transducer A or B. Reference Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis Band on page 13.

12




110 1 Monitor Options

TACHOMETER PART NUMBER

TACHOMETER TYPE

3300/50 AA

ALERT RELAYS

BB

AGENCY APPROVAL BARRIERS

CC DD

01 = DUAL SETPOINT 00 = NONE 00 = NOT REQ'D 00 = NO BARRIERS

TACHOMETER 01 = 5 AMP EPDXY 01 = CSA 01 = EXTERNAL

SEALED BARRIERS

02 = ZERO SPEED 02 = BASEEFA 02 = INTERNAL BARRIERS

TACHOMETER 02 = 5 AMP 03 = FACTORY

03 = ROTOR HERMETICALLY MUTUAL

ACCELERATION SEALED .TACHOMETER

The Tachometer has several user-programmable options. The options can be changed by removing

and installing jumpers.

SWI

V16 A S_AOJ J2 5417

A

Ve

VIo

JI

VCV

JI Io

Jumper Locations On Main Circuit Board

11




10 1 Monitor Options

Table 1 Option Settings on the Main Board (Continued)

Option

Jumper Install Remove

Alert Modes:

Alert 1 (See Table 2) * Over Alert

Under Alert * Latching Alert

Non latching Alert

Alert 2 (See Table 2) * Over Alert (Notes 4 and 7)

Under Alert * Latching Alert

Nonlatching Alert

W1 8B W188

W1 8C W1 8C

W180 W180

W1 8E W1 8E

First Out Alert Option: (Note 5)

* First Out Alert Enable First Out Alert Disable

W1 7A W1 7A

Monitor Options: (Note 6)

Alert 1 (See Table 2) Bypass Switch Enable

* Bypass Switch Disable

Alert 2 (See Table 2) Bypass Switch Enable

* Bypass Switch Disable

W14 W14

W15 W15

Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis Band: (Note 8)

0 rpm 1 rpm W18A

5 rpm W178

* 10 rpm W178,18A

W17B,18A W17B W18A

Options as shipped from factory Note 4: W180 has no affect on the Zero Speed Alert. Zero Speed is always an Under /gait

Note 5: All Alerts drive the rack Fimt Out Alert Bus. The Tachometers do not drive the rack Filet out Danger Bus.

Note 6: W14 has no affect on the Dual Selpoint Tachometer. Only the RPM Alert 2 Relay may be Bypassed on the

Dual Setpoint Tachometer. Note 7: W180 has no affect on the Rotor Accei Tachometer. Rotor Accel is always an Over Alen

Note 8: Refer to section 14 for more information about the Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis Band.

13



Tachometer Maintenance 83871 -01

110 I Monitor Options

TABLE 2, ALERTS

Tachometer Type

Dual Setpoint Zero Speed Rotor Accel

Alert 1 RPM Alert 1 RPM Alert RPM Alert

Alert 2 RPM Alert 2 Zero Speed RPM/MIN Alert Alert

'38

<m u G31..0 u- 0 e;ditl :r2g= ;

J5

Jumper Locations on the Recorder Piggy Board

Table 3 Option Settings on the Recorder Piggy Board

Recorder Option Install Jumper

Remove

+4 to +20 mA

+1 to +5 Vdc

0 to -10 Vdc

W1B,C,D W2B,D,E W3A,C W4B,D,E W5B,C,D

W1A,E W2C,F W3A,C W4C,F W5A,E

W1A,E W2A,G W3B,D W4A,G W5A,E

W1A,E .W2A,C,F,G W3B,D W4A,C,F,G W5A,E W6 W7

W1B,C,D W2A,B,D,E,G W3B,D W4A,B,D,E,G W5B,C,D W6 W7

W1B,C,D W2B,C,D,E,F W3A,C W4B,C,D,E,F W5B,C,D W6 W7

14



J Tachometer Maintenance 83871-01

11 1 Monitor Full Scale Range Adjustment

NOTE: Information in [brackets] applies to the Rotor Acceleration (RPM/MIN) Tachometer only.

The Tachometer RPM [and RPM /MIN] Full Scale Range Adjustment allows the RPM [and.RPM/MIN]

Recorder outputs to be property scaled to the expected operating range of the shaft being

monitored. The Tachometer is shipped with a Full Scale Range of 5000 RPM [500 RPM/MIN]. The

Tachometer may be adjusted to any of the following RPM [RPM/MIN] Full Scale Ranges.

Selectable RPM Full Scale Ranges:

100 200 500 1000 2000 5000 10,000 20,000 50,000 99,999

[Selectable RPM/MIN Full Scale Ranges:]

100 200 500 1000 9999

th CAUTION Machine protection will be lost during the full scale adjust procedure.

B C

W16 O 0 O 0 O 0

FS ADJ EAR B EAR A

1. Remove Monitor (Section 7)

2. Remove Monitor side cover (Section 8)

3. Install Full Scale Adjust (FS ADJ) jumper, W16A.

V16 (4- P.. I !AV

4) 7

15




11 1 Monitor Full Scale Range Adjustment (Cant)

83871-01

4. Install Monitor in Rack. The RPM [and RPM /MIN] display will show the current RPM [and RPM/MIN] Full Scale Range.

5. Set Switch 6 (ER) to the "ON" position. The RPM [and RPM /MIND display flash the current RPM [and RPM/MIN] Full Scale Range.

6. To adjust the RPM Full Scale Range, press and hold the right Alert switch on the front panel. The RPM Full Scale Range will remain flashing.

7. Use the (t) or (1)

switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM Full Scale Range.

1260 Ad

A C 1404E1' ER

11 5000

WARNING

. Sai *4401

500 1101/14 IN

(.1 I t\ 2e

me

Lir

ER 0) I

ON OFF 41111111

C

'3 SYSTEM IACti I TCR

16



Tachometer Maintenance 83871.0t

11 Monitor Full Scale Range Adjustment Cont)

[8.) To adjust the RPM/MIN Full Scale Range, press and hold the left Alert switch on the front panel. The RPM/MIN Full Scale Range will remain flashing.

(9.] Use the (r) or (I) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM/MIN Full Scale Range.

33333 . "STEW MCNITCR.

316..

TAO-OmETER

5000 RP./

ARN I NG

500 RPM/MIN

Amummlommo

10. When the correct Full Scale Range has been selected, reset Switch 6 (ER) to the OFF position. This will lock the Full Scale Range into permanent memory.

11. Remove Monitor from Rack.

12. Remove the Full Scale Adjust Jumper, W16A.

13. Install Monitor side cover.

14. Install Monitor in Rack.

rr

rAcK.,ETER

5000

WARNING wow

See 4W-1AL

.500 RPM /MIN

APN

18

26

MB

mi

ER

poreINMS ry NNIOXISMI

17



1, wARNINO

mmilmb

La a...

411111111111.

Tacnometer Maintenance

12 I Events Per Revolution Adjustment

The Events Per Revolution Adjustment allows the Tachometer to observe a rotating shaft at other than one Event per Revolution. This is the case when observing a multi-tooth gear or when observing a shaft driven at some ratio of the actual rotor speed.

83871-01

Events per Revolution Examples:

Example 1:

This example shows both probes observing a one event per revolution Keyphasor. The Tachometer is

to indicate the speed of the shaft on the Keyphasor. In this case, the events per revolution (E/R) is set to 1. The E/R numerator and denominator are both 1.

(1/1 = 1)

Example 2:

In this example both probes are observing a 24

tooth gear. The Tachometer is to indicate the

speed of the shaft on the 24 tooth gear. In this case, the Events per Revolution (E/R) is set to 24.

The E/R numerator is 24 and the denominator is

1. (24/1 = 24)

EVENTS PER REvOLUT'ON

M),IERATOR e.

EVENTS PER REVOLUTION

DENOMINATOR

TACHOMETER iS TO INDICATE n-E SPEED OF THIS SHAFT


NUmERATOR


DENOMINATOR

TACHINETEp is TO INDICATE THE SPEED OF THIS SHAFT

. r addli

TACHOMETER IN SPECIAL EVENTS PER REVOLuTI^. ADJUST MODE

-.CHCMETM

24

MrelyInEll

-C!..CmETER IN SPEC.,..

E,ENTS PER REVOLUTION A0_,L.ST MODE

18



Tachometer Maintenance 8.3871-01

12 I Events Per Revolution Adjustment (Cont)

Example 3:

In this example, both probes are observing an eleven tooth gear being driven from a 24 tooth gear. The Tachometer is to indicate the speed of the shaft on the 24 tooth gear. In

this case, the Events per Revolution (E/R) is

set to 24. Although the probes are observing the eleven tooth gear, they still detect 24 events per one turn of the indicated shaft. The E/R numerator is set to 24 and the denominator is set to 1. (24/1 = 24)

Example 4:

In this example, both probes are observing a one event per revolution Keyphasor on the same shaft with an eleven tooth gear. The eleven tooth gear is driven from a 24 tooth gear. The Tachometer is to indicate the speed of the shaft on the 24 tooth gear. In this case, the Events per Revolution (E/R) is 24/11. For each revolution of the indicated shaft, the Keyphasor will rotate 24/11 revolutions. The E/R numerator is set to 24 and the denominator is set to 11.

E'BENTS PER REVOLUTION

'kuERAT0R-

EVENTS PER PEvOLuTIDN

:ENOmINAT0R

II TOOTH GEAR

i :3 w.

T.0.04-T94

OW 444..

0.0.11111M MINOAN,

TAomOmETER IN SPECIAL EVENTS PER PEVOLuTioN ADJUST WOE

1 3.M TAcHcmETER

E/ENTS PER REVOLUTION

'4.44ERATOR O.


:ENOMINATOR

TACHOMETER IS TO

,NOICATE rHE SPEED. OF THIS SMART

Pqoee

PPOOE 8

E

80TH PRO8ES OBSERVING

erPHAsca

2 r0011.4 GEAR

orrO.ASCO

23

vApml.o

111.0.01M

TAOHOmETER IN SPECIAL

EVENTS PER ?EVOLUTION ADJuSr.w0E

19



Tachometer Maintenance. 83871-01

12 Events Per Revolution Adjustment (Cont)

Example 5:

In this example, both probes are

observing an eighteen tooth gear on the

same shaft with an eleven tooth gear.

The eleven tooth gear is driven from a

24 tooth gear. The Tachometer is to

indicate the speed of the shaft on the

24 tooth gear. In this case, the Events

per Revolution (E/R) must be calculated:

E/R = (24 / 11) x 18 ; E/R = 39.2727

To set the Tachometer to the proper E/R, the closest fraction must be found.

The maximum E/R numerator allowed is

255. The maximum denominator allowed

is also 255. The closest fraction found

which is within these limits is E/R = 157/4. The E/R numerator is 157 and the denominator is 4. (157/4 = 39.25) Since 157/4 equals

39.25 and not 39.2727, a slight error will result. In this particular example, the error is 0.06 %, or 2

RPM at 3600 RPM.

TOOTH GEAR

EVENTS 2ER 2EvOLN NumERATCR

EVENTS 2°_R PEVOLUT!CN

'3ENOMINATOR

rCHOwETER 'S TO INDICATE 1)-E SPEED OF THIS SHAFT

a.oeE A

x?DE1E

ROTH Poems OOSERvim3 le Toon.' GEAR

11\

le TOOTH

24 TOOTH DEAR

,0014111.

157

VAANINO

ow

MI masa

4

.1 7CH4ETER IN SPECIAL EvENTS PER REVOLUTION ADJUST MODE

Notes on Events per Revolution

Depending on the operating speed, the Tachometer is limited to certain

Events per Revolution. The table below must be adhered to for +/- 1 RPM

RPM Full Scale Range Maximum Allowed Events per Revolution

100 RPM 255

200 RPM 255

500 RPM 255

1000 RPM 255

2000 RPM 255

5000 RPM 120

10,000 RPM 60

20,000 RPM 30

50,000 RPM 6

100,000 RPM 1

maximum values for the accuracy.

When operating at speeds below 100 RPM with one Event per Revolution, the update rate and Alert

response time can be extremely slow. Increasing the number of Events per Revolution observed will

speed up the update rate and the Alert response time.

20




1.12 Events Per Revolution Adjustment (Cont

Events per Revolution Adjustment Procedure:

CAUTION Machine protection will be lost during the Events per Revolution Adjust

1. Remove Monitor (Section 7)

2. Remove Monitor side cover (Section 8)

3. Install Events per Revolution jumper, W16C.

NOTE: Jumper W16C (E/R A) adjusts the Events per Revolution for both Transducer A

and B. W1613 (E/R B) is for future enhancements, and has no effect in this monitor. 3oth transducers must observe the same number of Events per Revolution.

FS ADJ E/R B E/R A

4. Install Monitor in Rack. The front panel display will

show the current Events per Revolution (E/R)

numerator and denominator.

5. Set Switch 6 (ER) to the "ON' position. The front

panel display will flash the current E/R numerator

and denominator.

TACKSIETER EVENTS PER REVOLUTION

1 NUMERATOR

1111.7.7.

:1111P EVENTS PER REVOLUTION

DENOMINATOR

21



Tachometer Mairnenance


6. To adjust the E/R numerator, press and hold the right Alert switch on the front panel. The E/R numerator will remain flashing.

7. Use the (r) and (t) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the E/R numerator.

8. To adjust the E/R denominator, press and hold the left Alert switch on the front panel. The E/R denominator will remain flashing.

9. Use the (t) and (1)

switches on the System Monitor to adjust the E/R denominator.

' :3 ""'"

SYS TEU 644:Ni TOR

I

e SOS

83871-01

IM.'

WARNING es =MO

OM .17 Mo.

INMININI

22



Tachometer Maintenance 838714.,


10. When the correct Events per Revolution numerator and denominator have been selected, reset Switch 6

(ER) to the OFF position. This will lock the E/R into permanent memory.

11. Remove Monitor from Rack.

12. Remove the E/R Jumper, W16C.

13. Install Monitor side cover.

14. Install Monitor in Rack.

= 3301110-111

YARNING

Nor wm.

mammas, =WWI

SEE KOCK

111116.

A - I. K.) FTI 2 (."I 1-71

LA

E. CD

ON OFF

23



racticrneter Maienance

13 1 Threshold and Hysteresis Adjustments 8387!-0-.

1

The Tachometer has both Manual and Automatic Threshold modes. The Threshold mode is selected

using option jumper W17C. The Dual Setpoint and Rotor Accel Tachometers are shipped in the Auto Threshold mode. The Zero Speed Tachometer is shipped in the Manual Threshold mode. The events

per revolution into the monitor will determine the minimum RPM which can be used with Auto

Threshold. The Auto Threshold's minimum frequency response is 5 Hertz or 300 RPM at one event

per revolution. The input frequency must be greater than 5 Hertz for the Auto Threshold circuit to

function properly. If the number of events per revolution is increased from 1 to 50, the minimum

Auto Threshold frequency would be 6 RPM. See section 10 (Monitor Options) for Threshold jumper

configuration.

Do not use Auto Threshold if the expected operating range is less than 5 Hertz

(300 RPM at one event per revolution).

The Hysteresis can be selected from 0.2 to 2.0 Volts using option jumpers W8A through W8C and

W11 A through W11C. The Tachometer is shipped with a Hysteresis of 0.5 Volts. See section 10

(Monitor Options) for Hysteresis jumper configuration.

NOTE: If Auto Threshold is used, the following procedure need not be performed.

CAUTION Machine Protection may be lost during the Manual Threshold Adjust Procedure.

Threshold Adjust Procedure:

1. Open and slide over the monitor front panel.

2. Set Switch 5, Manual Threshold (MD, to the ON position. The front panel display flashes the Threshold voltages for Transducers A

and B.

24




13 J Threshold and Hysteresis Adjustments (Cant)

3. When adjusting the Transducer A Manual

Threshold, connect an oscilloscope to the TRIGGER

A Test Point (TA) located behind the front panel.

When adjusting the Transducer B Manual Threshold,

connect the oscilloscope to the TRIGGER B Test

Point (TB).

NOTE: An oscilloscope is helpful, but not necessary.

NOTE: The buffered transducer input signals can be

observed by connecting the oscilloscope to the

coaxial connecters on the front panel.

4. The machinery should be running and the

transducers should be properly connected to the

Signal Input Module (Section 29).

5. To adjust Threshold A,

press and hold the left Alert switch on the front panel. The Threshold A value remains flashing.

6. Use the (t) or (1)

switches on the System Monitor to adjust the Threshold.

7. Adjust Threshold A up or down until the oscilloscope displays the TRIGGER A square wave(approximately 0 to 5 volts) and the TRIGGER OK A LED

comes on.

'3 e TAO-OwETER

2_i

WARN I NO an gilia

1110 10 .011/11.11

83871-01

TRIGGER B TEST POINT

TA

PH

TRIGGER TEST POINT

e

0 0 SUFFERED INPUT SIGNALS

z 8- TAO-OL-TER

0 21."...11

111.1WWIW

25




113 1 Threshold and Hysteresis Adjustments (Cont)

8. Adjust Threshold A UP until the TRIGGER OK A LED extinguishes square wave. Note the Threshold A value at which this occurs.

9. Adjust Threshold A DOWN until the TRIGGER OK A LED comes shows the TRIGGER A square wave. Continue adjusting Threshold A

LED extinguishes and the oscilloscope shows no square wave. Note this occurs.

and the oscilloscope shows no

back on, and the oscilloscope DOWN until the TRIGGER OK A the Threshold A value at which

10. Adjust Threshold A to a value midway between the values obtained in steps 8 and 9 above.

11. To adjust Threshold B,

press and hold the right Alert switch on the front panel. The Threshold B

value remains flashing.

12. Use the ( t) or (1)

switches on the System 'Monitor to adjust the Threshold.

13. Adjust Threshold B up or down until the oscilloscope displays the TRIGGER B square wave (approximately 0 to 5 volts) and the TRIGGER OK B

LED comes on.

14. Adjust Threshold B UP until the TRIGGER OK B LED extinguishes and the oscilloscope shows no square wave. Note the

Threshold B value at which this occurs.

15. Adjust Threshold B DOWN until the TRIGGER OK B LED comes back on, and the oscilloscope

shows the TRIGGER B square wave. Continue adjusting Threshold B DOWN until the TRIGGER OK B

LED extinguishes and the oscilloscope shows no square wave. Note The Threshold B value at which

this occurs.

16. Adjust Threshold B to a value midway between the values obtained in steps 14 and 15 above.

17. Upon completion of the Manual Threshold procedure, reset Switch 5 (MT) to the OFF position. This

will lock the Manual Threshold values into permanent memory.

18. Close the monitor front panel.

26




13 Threshold and H steresis Ad ustments Cont

Hysteresis Adjustment:

The Tachometer is shipped with a Hysteresis of 0.5 Volts. This should work well in most installations.

However, if the above Manual Threshold Adjust Procedure cannot be completed successfully, or the

Auto Threshold does not function in a certain application, then the Hysteresis may require adjustment.

See section 10 (Monitor Options) for the Hysteresis jumper configurations.

Threshold and Hysteresis Adjustment Considerations:

INPUT

TRIGGER OUT

/

THRESH. F HYST. THRESHOLD PROPERLY ADJUSTED

FIGURE 1

Figure 1 shows proper adjustment of Threshold and

Hysteresis, resulting in one pulse for each

Transducer input.

Threshold is the point where the Trigger Out pulse

is turned on. Hysteresis is the difference between

the level the Trigger Out pulse turns on and the

level it turns off.

Figure 2 shows improper selection of Hysteresis,

but still one pulse for each Transducer input.

Figure 3 shows improper Threshold adjustment and

improper Hysteresis selection. There is more

than one pulse for each Transducer input.

INPUT

TRIGGER OUT

THRESH.

HYSTERESIS TOO HIGH BUT OPERATIONAL

FIGURE 2

HYST.

TRIGGER OUT

THRESHOLD AND HYSTERESIS IMPROPERLY ADJUSTED

FIGURE 3

27




1 14 1 Alert Hysteresis

83871-01

ALERT HYSTERESIS DEFINITION

Each alert setpoint in the 3300 tachometers has a hysteresis band associated with it. For over alerts, the hysteresis band is a region below the setpoint where an alert remains annunciated. For under alerts the hysteresis band is a region above the setpoint where an alert remains annunciated.

AMOUNT OF ALERT HYSTERESIS

Alert Dual Setpoint Zero Speed Rotor Acceleration Type (3300/50-01) (3300/50-02) (3300/50-03)

Alert 1 * 10 rpm 10 rpm 10 rpm

Alert 2 ** 10 rpm 0, 1, 5, 10 rpm 10 rpm

* Alert 1 refers to the RPM Alert in the Rotor Acceleration and Zero Speed Tachometers. ** Alert 2 refers to the RPM/MIN Alert in the Rotor Acceleration Tachometer and to the Zero Speed

Alert in the Zero Speed Tachometer.

DUAL SETPOINT ZERO SPEED ROTOR ACCELERATION

28



114 1 Alert Hysteresis


EXAMPLES

Example 1 - Over Alert Hysteresis:

This example applies to all over alerts in the Dual Setpoint, Zero Speed, and Rotor Accel Tachometers.

Conditions - The Alert 1 setpoint is at 3600 rpm. - Alert 1 is an over alarm. - The machine is running at 3600 rpm.

Alarms Status - The ALERT 1 LED is on indicating an Alert 1 alarm.

(e) pawls

A0101ETER

PRP=

Conditions - The machine speed decreases to 3590 rpm. - The machine speed further decreases to 3589 rpm.

Alarm Status - When the machine is running at 3590 rpm, the ALERT 1 LED remains on because 3590 rpm is

inside the alarm hysteresis band. - When the machine speed decreases to 3589 rpm, the

ALERT 1 LED goes off because 3589 is outside the alarm hysteresis band.

AO404E7ER

A

e

29




14 I Alert Hysteresis

Example 2 - Under Alert Hysteresis:

This example applies to all over alerts in the Dual Setpoint, Zero Speed, and Rotor Acceleration Tachometers with the exception of the Zero Speed Alert in the Zero Speed Tachometer.

CONDITIONS CONDITIONS

- The RPM Alert setpoint is at 1000 rpm. - The RPM Alert is under alarm. - The machine is running at 1000 rpm.

Alarms Status

- The RPM ALERT LED is on indicating an RPM 'alert.

- The machine speed increases to 1010 rpm. - The machine speed further increases to 1011 rpm.

Alarm Status

- When the machine is running at 1010 rpm, the monitor remains in an RPM Alert because 1010 rpm is inside the hysteresis band. - When the machine speed increases to 1011 rpm,the RPM ALERT LED goes off because 1011 is outside the hysteresis band.

30




14 I Alert Hysteresis

Example 3 - The Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis (1rpm):

You can set the Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis at 0, 1, 5, or 10 rpm. Section 10 (Monitor Options)

describes how to select the Zero Speed Alert Hysteresis.

Conditions

- The Zero Speed Alert setpoint is at 100 rpm - The machine is running at 100 rpm. - The Zero speed Alert Hysteresis is at 1

rpm.

Alarms status

- The Zero Speed Alert LED is on indicating a Zero Speed Alert.

e- TACHOMETER

100 RPM

LON TPCL I OWILLZI

WARNING as =MO ELM

WM WI ODOM% Maw ONNIMMID MM..=

SEE MAMMA.

ur

Conditions

- The machine speed increases to 101 rpm. - The machine speed further increases to 102 rpm.

Alarm status

- When the machine is running at 101 rpm, the Zero Speed Alert LED remains on because 101

rpm is in the Zero Speed Alert hysteresis band. - When the machine speed increases to 102 rpm, the Zero Speed Alert LED goes off because 102 is outside

the Zero Speed Alert hysteresis band.

TAGS OLETO1

11002

ITIZI MM US

WARNINO a s as. asss sEE hANUAL

an car i Ia

NOTE: The RPM Alert in the Zero Speed Tachometer always has a hysteresis band of 10 rpm.

31




I 15 I Adjust Alert Setpoints (Dual Setpoint Tach.)

1. Open and slide over the front panel.

2. Set Switch 1, Alert Adjust (AA) to the ON position. The RPM display flashes to indicate Alert Adjust Mode.

3. Press and hold the RPM Alert 1 switch (right), to adjust the RPM Alert 1

setpoint. The current RPM Alert 1 setpoint now flashes on the display. The upward pointing arrow indicates an over Alert setpoint. (A downward pointing arrow indicates an under Alert setpoint).

4. Use the (1) or (1)

switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM Alert 1 setpoint.

STSTD 6CN I TOR

../01..01 01

ALT10.1 0

t.. 1111

VI

9

DOM= MAMMON

e

5000 Apw

WARNING et

mu AN

SEE WINO&

32




15 Adjust Alert Setpoints (Dual Setpoint Tach.) (Cont.)

5. Press and hold the RPM Alert 2 switch (left), to adjust the RPM Alert 2 setpoint. The current RPM Alert 2 setpoint now flashes on the display. The upward pointing arrow indicates an over Alert setpoint. (A downward pointing arrow indicates an under Alert setpoint).

6. Use the ( t) or (1)

switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM Alert 2 setpoint.

20000 RPM

YARN I N G

7. Reset Switch 1, Alert Adjust (AA) to the OFF position to lock the Alert setpoints into permanent memory.


"b810.41111

=m1

33



7achometer Maintenance 83871-01

1 16 1 Adjust Alert Setpoints (Zero Speed Tach.)


2. Set Switch 1, Alert Adjust (AA) to the ON position. The RPM display flashes to indicate Alert Adjust Mode.

3. Press and hold the RPM Alert switch (right), to adjust the RPM Alert setpoint. The current RPM Alert setpoint now flashes on the display. The upward pointing arrow indicates an over Alert setpoint. (A downward pointing arrow indicates an under Alert setpoint).

4. Use the (1) or (t) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM Alert setpoint.

e 'AG-PETER

I I 36CC

rf ZERO %DUO

EWA ED

WARNING OM IN=P QUO

ON IV MOM

KC

0 --EPT 0 ; ° 0 .-44 0 6,

.IpT

e

34



Tachometer Maintenance a3871-01

16 I Adjust Alert Setpoints (Zero Speed Tach.) (Cont.)

5. Press and hold the Zero Speed Alert switch (left), to adjust the Zero Speed Alert setpoint. The current Zero Speed Alert setpoint now flashes on the display. The downward pointing arrow indicates an under Alert setpoint. (Zero Speed is always an under Alert setpoint).

6. Use the (1) or (t) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the Zero Speed Alert setpoint.

QI *et

SYSTEM WONI TCR



rAcrGiCIIR

e

35




117

83871-01

Adjust Alert Setpoints (Rotor Accel Tach)


2. Set Switch 1, Alert Adjust (M) to the ON position. The RPM and RPM/MIN display flashes to indicate Alert Adjust Mode.

3. Press and hold the RPM Alert switch (right), to adjust the RPM Alert setpoint. The current RPM Alert setpoint now flashes on the display. The upward pointing arrow indicates an over Alert setpoint. (A downward pointing arrow indicates an under Alert setpoint).

4. Use the ( t) or (1) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM Alert setpoint.

TACIptT EA

3500 PPM

WARN I NC 1 a al,

11*MAI.

500 RN/MI

0 Ii C3

C13

SYSTEM M:P41 TOR

0 nip WV Ilk?

all 01

al0

140 Kee 0 /

'"40 r".41 M

KEW

(0 0 &MOM

A

2

N...) I

ON OFF

36




17 lAdjust Alert Setpoints (Rotor Accel Tach) (Cont)

5. Press and hold the RPM/MIN Alert switch (left), to adjust the RPM/MIN Alert setpoint. The current RPM/MIN Alert setpoint now flashes on the display. The upward pointing arrow indicates an over Alert setpoint. (RPM/MIN is always an over Alert setpoint).

6. Use the (1) or (1) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the RPM/MIN Alert setpoint.

600 Mall



37




18 I Bypass (Dual Setpoint Tach.)

CAUTION Machine protection will be lost while Bypass is on.

Set the 28 (Bypass Alert 2 Relay) Switch to the ON position to bypass the Alert 2 relay. The Bypass

LED will turn on. The monitor will otherwise function normally.

The RPM Alert 1 relay cannot be Bypassed. Switch (1B) has no affect in the Dual Setpoint Tach.

38



1


19 1 Bypass (Zero Speed Tachj

CAUTION Machine protection will be lost while Bypass is on.

Set the 1B (Bypass RPM Alert Relay) Switch to the ON position to bypass the RPM Alert relay. The

RPM Bypass LED will turn on. The monitor will otherwise function normally.

Set the 28 (Bypass Zero Speed Alert Relay) Switch to the ON position to bypass the Zero Speed

Alert relay. The Zero Speed Bypass LED will turn on. The monitor will otherwise function normally.

a.

CD

3300/10

TACHOMETER

3600 RPM

ZERO SPEED ENN3L ED

YARNING rionl MOO OIL.

04 OM err N., CO .0" W PM

owinaml mrlIsr

SEE MANUAL

0 May

0

a kLERT 0 R

ss

m.ERT

OLIFVIED

39




20 B ass Rotor Accel Tach.

/1\ CAUTION Machine protection ,will be lost while Bypass is on.

Set the 1B (Bypass RPM Alert Relay) Switch to the ON position to bypass the RPM Alert relay. The

RPM Bypass LED will turn on. The monitor will otherwise function normally.

Set the 2B (Bypass RPM/MIN Alert Relay) Switch to the ON position to bypass the RPM/MIN Alert

relay. The RPM/MIN Bypass LED will turn on. The monitor will otherwise function normally.

A

® 130111/S

TACHOOAETER

3600 RPM

SEE unst.IAL

500 RPM/MIN

1

le N-)( 28 C,JI

MT

ER 0)

ON OFF

P it *Len 0 R

N ASS

A 9

BLIFFEND

40




21 I Monitor Bypass (Dual Setpoint Tach.)

CAUTION Machine protection will be lost while Monitor Bypass is on.

Set the MB (Monitor Bypass) Switch to the ON position. The Bypass LED will turn on, the Trigger

OK LEDs will turn off, and the RPM display will go to zero.

es 3304/10

TACHOMETER

0

0111 1000 MY 01 11111 10 OM Ws

CO /01 W MI 0011110110

MORO it SEE MANUAL

AA -1 I

B

26 (_/,1

MB

MT

EN! Ulf

ON OFF A

O TV ICA

AL

ALERT I

ASS

ALE" ALERT t

0 SUFFERED

410

41



122 I Monitor Bypass (Zero Speed Tach.)


CAUTION Machine protection will be lost while Monitor Bypass is on.

Set the MB (Monitor Bypass) Switch to the ON position. The Bypass LEDs will turn on, the Trigger

OK LEDs will turn off, and the RPM display will go to zero.

z®»110,111

TACHOMETER

0

ZERO SPEED ENABLED

WARNING

AP

18

28

MB

MT

ER

Ul I 0)

ON OFF

ALERT

ELPTEIReD

42




23 I Monitor Bypass (Rotor Accel Tach.)

/I\ CAUTION Machine protection will be

lost while Monitor Bypass is on.

Set the MB (Monitor Bypass) Switch to the ON position. The Bypass LEDs will turn on, the Trigger OK LEDs will turn off, and the RPM and RPM/MIN displays will go to zero.

(Th

TACHOMETER Iiimmemmir

RPm

0

A

BUFFERED TRANSOXIMS

43




24 Alerts (Dual Setpoint Tach.)

PROXIMITCR A

pRoxlmiToR B

PROBE A

PROBE 8

KEYPHASOR OR GEAR

1. Disconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer A and B terminals on the Signal Input Module.

2. Connect a function generator output to an oscilloscope input. Adjust the function generator output until a sine or

square wave having sufficient amplitude to trigger the

tachometer is displayed.

3. Disconnect the function generator from the oscilloscope. Connect the function generator to the XDCR A and B

terminals on the Signal Input Module.

4. Adjust the function generator frequency until the

Tachometer displays an RPM reading below the over speed

setpoint(s) and/or above the under speed setpoint(s).

5. Press the RESET switch on the System Monitor and verify

that the TRIGGER OK LEDs are on, and the ALERT

1 and ALERT 2 LEDs are off.

A\ CAUTION Test will exceed Alert setpoint levels causing Alerts to activate. This could result in relay contact state change. See Bypass Section 18.

/I\ WARNING

High Voltage present could cause shock, bums or death. Do Not touch exposed wires or terminals.

e rAcHomETER

3600

A

ILA,RFIE)

44




24 1 Test Alerts (Dual Setpoint Tach.) (Cont.)

6. Adjust the function generator frequency until the Tachometer displays an RPM reading above the ALERT 1 over speed setpoint or below the ALERT 1 under speed setpoint.

7. Verify that the ALERT 1 LED turns on (Flashing if the first out option is selected).

8. Verify that the ALERT 1 relay has changed state.

9. Press the RESET switch on the System Monitor and verify that the ALERT 1 LED remains on steady.

10. Adjust the function generator frequency until the Tachometer displays an RPM reading above the ALERT 2 over speed setpoint or below the ALERT 2 under speed setpoint.

11. Verify that the ALERT 2 LED turns on (Flashing if the first out option is selected).

12. Verify that the ALERT 2 relay has changed state. (The Relay will not change state if the Alert 2 Relay has been Bypassed. See section 18)

13. Press the RESET switch on the System Monitor and verify that the ALERT 2 LED remains on steady.


Tachometer displays an RPM reading below the Alert 1 and 2

over speed setpoints or above the Alert 1 and 2 under speed

setpoints.

15. Press the Reset switch on the System Monitor and verify

that the Alert 1 and 2 LEDs go off.

16. Connect all field wiring.

45




25 Test Alerts (Zero Speed Tach.)

0 0

PROX I M I TOR A

KEYPHASOR OR GEAR PROXIMITOR 8

FUNCT I ON GENERATOR

A.11.111 galfE

fitalkINMM

C

CNN. WA' .11LAv mat

1. Disconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer

A and B terminals on the Signal Input Module.

2. Connect a function generator output to an oscilloscope

input. Adjust the function generator output until a sine or



3. Disconnect the function generator from the oscilloscope

input and connect it to the XDCR A and B terminals on the

Signal Input Module.



setpoint or above the under speed setpoint and over the

Zero Speed setpoint.

5. Press the RESET switch and verify that the TRIGGER OK

LEDs are on, and the RPM Alert and Zero Speed Alert LEDs

are off.

A\ CAUTION Test will exceed Alert setpoint levels causing Alerts to activate. This could result in relay contact state change. See Bypass section 19.

/!WARNING High Voltage present could cause shock, bums or death.

Do Not touch exposed wires or terminals.

T A CHNET ER

WARNING

""

0

c.,

0 R

° 0 swags 0 m :ler

tUnTPIED

46




1 25 I Test Alerts (Zero Speed Tach.) (Cont.)

6. Adjust the function generator frequency until the Tachometer displays an RPM reading above the RPM Alert over speed setpoint or below the RPM Alert under speed set point.

7. Verify that the RPM Alert LED turns on (Flashing if the first

out option is selected), and that the RPM Alert relay has changed state. (The Relay will not change state if the Alert 1

Relay has been Bypassed, See section 19.)

8. Press the RESET switch on the System Monitor and verify that the RPM Alert LED remains on steady.

9. Short the Zero Speed Enable contacts on the Signal Input Module.

10. Slowly adjust the function generator frequency until the Tachometer displays an RPM reading below the Zero Speed Alert setpoint. (The Zero Speed Alert provides protection against rapid ramp-down. A Zero Speed Alert will not occur if

the RPM value is bought down too fast. If this occurs, the TRIGGER OK LED(s) will go out to indicate this condition.)

11. Verify that the Zero Speed Alert LED turns on (Flashing if

the first out option is selected).

12. Verify that the Zero Speed Alert relay has changed state.

(The Relay will not change state if the Alert 2 Relay has been Bypassed.)

13. Press the RESET switch on the System Monitor and verify

that the Zero Speed Alert LED remains on steady.


Tachometer displays an RPM reading below the RPM Alert over

speed setpoint or above the RPM Alert under speed setpoint

and above the Zero Speed Alert setpoint.

15. Press the Reset switch on the System Monitor and verify

that the RPM and Zero Speed Alert LEDs go off.


3700

z e TAC'<WIER

7 ROW

rev sfteo 0.81.CD

MISINIMEN . 1111i, el 11

SW 4.11 I

t 0 R

0 "4' O id

0J,TPIED

47




1 26 I Test Alerts (Rotor Accel Tach.)

PROximiToR A PROBE A

PROBE 8

#4*. KEYPHASOR OR GEAR

1. Disconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer A and B terminals on the Signal Input Module.

2. Connect a function generator output to an oscilloscope input. Adjust the function generator output until a sine or



3. Disconnect the function generator from the oscilloscope

input and connect it to the XDCR A and B terminals on the

Signal Input Module.



setpoint or above the under speed setpoint.

5. Press the RESET switch and verify that the TRIGGER OK

LEDs are on, and the RPM Alert and RPM/MIN Alert LEDs

are off.

/N CAUTION Test will exceed Alert setpoint levels causing Alerts to activate. This could result in relay contact state change. See Bypass section 20.

/1.\ WARNING High Voltage present could cause shock, bums or death.


t3 e- TACI-ENETER

3600 WW

500 RPM/MIN

*1%,

R MO ALEY---'7esT 0 R P/I

u ".41 0 4

48



Tachometer Maintenance 83871.01

Test Alerts (Rotor AccelTach.) (Cont.)

6. Adjust the function generator frequency until the Tachometer

displays an RPM reading above the RPM Alert over speed setpoint or below the RPM Alert under speed setpoint.

7. Verify that the RPM Alert LED turns on (Flashing if the first out option is selected), and that the RPM Alert relay has changed state.(The Relay will not change state if the Alert 1 Relay has been

Bypassed. See section 19.)

8. Press the RESET switch on the System Monitor and verify that the RPM Alert LED remains on steady.

9. Adjust the function generator frequency until the Tachometer displays an RPM/MIN reading above the RPM/MIN Alert setpoint.

NOTE: Rotor Acceleration (RPM /MIN) is the rate of change of

Rotor Speed (RPM). Therefore, the RPM/MIN display increases as

the function generator frequency is increased. The RPM/MIN

display returns to Zero if the function generator frequency remains constalt.

10. Verify that the RPM/MIN Alert LED turns on (Flashing if the first out option is selected).

11. Verify that the RPM/MIN Alert relay has changed state.(The

Relay will not change state if the Alert 2 Relay has been

Bypassed. See section 19.)

12. Adjust the function generator until the Tachometer displays

an RPM reading below the RPM Alert over speed setpoint or

above the RPM Alert under speed setpoint. Leave the generator

at this frequency long enough for the RPM/MIN display to settle

back to zero. 13. Press the Reset switch on the System Monitor and Verify that

the RPM and RPM/MIN LEDs go out.


ftf.vmoto.4a4oft

3700 RPAI

WARNING WU.

ON

SEE uNLIAL

500 RPM/MCM

41111111

eurTemto ro50..CEIn

49




127 1 Test Trigger OKs

83871 -01

1

zROXIMITOR A

0

5 I GNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE

KEYPHASOR OR GEAR

7

1. Disconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer A terminals on the Signal Input Module.

2. Verify that the TRIGGER OK A LED turns off.

NOTE: With low RPMs at one event per revolution, it may take up to one minute for the TRIGGER OK LED

to indicate NOT OK

3. Reconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer A terminals on the Signal Input Module.

4. Verify that the TRIGGER OK A LED turns back on.

NOTE: With low RPMs at one event per revolution, it may take up to several minutes for the TRIGGER OK LED

to indicate OK

CAUTION

Machine protection could be lost during the Test Trigger OKs Procedure.

ZLWARNING High Voltage present could cause shock, bums or death.

Do Not touch exposed wires or terrnirals

z e TAcHOmETER

3600

El El

50




27 Trigger OKs (Cont.)

TRANSDUCER A

WIRING

ie

CD


TRANSDUCER B

WIRING

z A C7-401.4E T ER

360G Apia

TIRM401J2130

1. Disconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer B terminals on the Signal Input Module.

2. Verify that the TRIGGER OK B LED turns off.

NOTE: With low RPMs at one event per revolution, it may take up to one minute for the TRIGGER OK

LED to indicate NOT OK

3. Reconnect the COM and IN wiring from the Transducer B terminals on the Signal Input Module.

4. Verify that the TRIGGER OK B LED turns back on.

NOTE: With low RPMs at one event per revolution, it may take up to several minutes for the TRIGGER

OK LED to indicate OK.

51




9 -- T A crocr ER

`w!'!".,

ARN I NG

AM OM 11,11111 *WOE.

set WILIAL

83871-01

/1.\ CAUTION Machine protection will be lost for duration of test.

The monitor has three levels of self tests:

SELF TEST PERFORMED

Power-up

Cyclic

User-Invoked

When the monitor is turned on.

Continuously during normal operation.

When shorting the self test contacts.

SOMPUI

If the monitor detects an error during a Cyclic self test, the following events occur:

Monitoring stops until the problem is resolved. The error code is stored in memory and flashes on the LCD display. The BYPASS LED comes on. The OK LEDs flash at 5 Hz.

If the error is intermittent and goes away, the following events occur:

Monitoring resumes. The OK LEDs flash at 5 Hz to indicate that an

error code has been stored.

if the monitor detects an error during the Power-up or

User-invoked self test monitoring stops until the problem is resolved.

52




28 1 SELF TEST

FOLLOW THESE STEPS TO READ AND CLEAR ERROR CODES:

1. Initiate the User-invoked self test by shorting the two self test pins (ST) with a screwdriver.

All the LEDs and LCD elements come on.

At the end of the self test, the BYPASS LED comes on, the OK LEDs flash at 5 Hz. The "ERROR"

indicator begins to flash and the error is displayed.

s,-- -ACIOMETER

°ALERT 2

m 041-ERT IPIPSS

53




128 I SELF TEST

83871-01

2. Press and hold the right ALERT switch for approximately one second to read any other error codes that have been stored in the monitor.

For example, this monitor contains a second stored error code - number 10.

When you reach the end of the list of error codes, the LCD will display all eights.

You may read through the list again by continuing to press the right ALERT switch.

3. When you reach the end of the list of error codes, press and hold the left ALERT switch for approximately one second to clear the error codes from memory.

After you clear the error codes, the monitor will go through the Power-up self test.

A 'or crr moo I mu

R 0 ALERT 2

°ALERT 1

03 VP A S

e3304/S0

TACHOMETER

88888

WARNING awn 4rt

et Off VW AM 0.4404111 monflorn

SEE WANUAL

8 8888

BUFFERED TRAMSDIXERS

DUAL SETPOINT

® 3304/54

TACHOMETER

3600 RPM

WARNING




128 1 SELF TEST

33 0 0 /10

rAc:--cmETER

°ALERT 2 m °ALERT i

BVPA SS

E G 0

A 8

BUFFERED r8Ar4e00ERS

ERROR CODE

2

3

DESCRIPTION

ROM CHECKSUM HAS FAILED.

EEPROM FAILURE NO. 1.

4 EEPROM FAILURE NO. 2 '6" ADJUST SETPOINTS

5 +7.5V/-VT NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. * 6 +VRH NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

7 +5V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

8 MVREF NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. * 9 +7.5V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

10 +VRL NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

12 +5V/-7.5V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. * 14 RAM FAILURE. *

17 COP WATCHDOG NOT CONFIGURED. *

21 INCORRECT SWITCH OR SWITCH COMBINATION.****

32 AUTO THRESHOLD WITH A ZERO SPEED TACHOMETER.

33 THE PROCESSOR HAS NOT BEEN PROGRAMMED FOR THE TACHOMETER TYPE. **

34 THE INPUT FREQUENCY TO THE TACHOMETER IS TOO HIGH FOR PROPER

OPERA-110N.

Tested only at Power-Up or User-Invoked self test. This error is displayed on the front panel but is not stored in memory.

**

***

****

Tested only ay Cyclic self test. Errors 2, 3, 14 and 33 are nonrecoverable and errors 5

through 12 could be intermittent and recoverable.

Error 4 is a setpoint failure and may be corrected by adjusting all setpoints in the

monitor.

Tested only when monitor is in setup mode.

55




29 1 Field Wring Diagram

The next 18 pages contain the following Field Wiring Diagrams:

DRAWING NAME DRAWING NUMBER

Dual Setpoint Tachometer without External Barriers 100338

Dual Setpoint Tachometer with External Barriers 100339

Dual Setpoint Tachometer with Internal Barriers 125593

Zero Speed Tachometer without External Barriers 100341.

Zero Speed Tachometer with External Barriers 100342

Zero Speed Tachometer with Internal Barriers 125595

Rotor Acceleration Tachometer without External Barriers 100344

Rotor Acceleration Tachometer with External Barriers 100345

Rotor Acceleration Tachometer with Internal Barriers 125594

56



5 4

TO

R

NA

R

EC

OR

DE

R

AT

ER

T

RE

LAY

-

CO

NT

AC

TS

V/

1111

IIIIIP

Mea

1

0 P

RO

TA

AT

OR

S,L

C

ON

NE

CT

OR

P

RO

TE

CT

OR

ION

at I

...O

il 1

0 A

LCM

IM

AM

O

UT

UrS

DU

AL

SE

IPC

INT

IA

CN

OLL

ET

ER

SIG

N/d

. IN

PU

T R

ELA

Y M

OD

ULE

%T

RIM

BA

RR

IER

S

SE

E

SLE

ET

2

sal

osaM

S I

NIN

IOM

S O

WN

S

Lil

.Mgr

--

ALE

RT

y2

RE

lA

-CO

T (A

CT

S

1300

/720

0 P

RO

Vel

l TO

R

OR

TO

PR

OB

ES

0 -I

s w

e

0 ca

m

0 ou

Tpu

r.

3000

P

RO

AN

ICR

us11

1

man

n an

imal

I II

GE

NT

LY

NE

VA

DA

%

...)

FIE

LD R

INK

DiA

CR

AT

A

1.30

0/S

0 D

UA

L. S

EIK

INT

T

AC

TIO

AT

IR

-5-2

10

(3.

I 10

0338

8 6

5 I

4 3

2 1



8 I

7 I

6 I

5 1

4 I

3 2

t. ei

Rui

C R

EC

Cem

EN

DA

MT

S:

Mal

mO

Dui

f T

O

PRO

MIT

OR

S ID

AM

TO

27

AM

SO

u0 C

R

SUM

ME

D

3-M

E S

HE

IDE

D M

TH

WA

ILA

MG

SM

EA

R

SCIT

AL

m

ania

TO

R

EM

ME

RS

MA

IN T

O

22A

M S

CU

D

OR

SI

lbui

DE

D

2-11

K D

IET

BE

D

MD

1 B

ISU

LA

DIC

MC

AR

IRA

TT

SIV

CIE

R

AN

D F

awn

snap

s A

RE

JO

INE

D

AS

SuC

m

AT

D

C 9

CW

1 M

OO

LIE

C

OM

M D

ia.D

S SH

OU

LD

BE

*M

AIM

LIE

30

00 P

M 7

200

PRO

TD

ITO

R C

ASE

S M

UST

B

E

EU

CT

RIC

AL

LY

IS

CE

AT

ID F

RO

M

DIE

E

AR

D1

MO

M. D

EC

TR

CA

E S

MA

RM

SC

OvA

C (

UT

S) m

axim

. IS

OL

AT

ION

CI

PA

100

94-0

1 M

AY

B

E

USE

D

To

sosn

111

E 6

01.A

101

RE

OL

AR

OC

NI.

a, MA

XIM

UM

C

AB

LE

LE

NG

TH

ear

tna

soot

INPU

T M

AT

iT0O

utE

A

M)

PRO

Bei

TO

R

MST

Nor

EX

CE

ID

1000

HD

(30

S M

EW

LS}

S.

TO

ur

emZ

E

CR

ouM

WV

NO

ISE

PR

OB

LE

MS,

A

SI

NG

LE

PO

NT

DA

M (

Act

ed)

(QC

) T

O sr

sum

CO

RM

(C

AM

) C

OM

EC

OC

N 6

RE

CC

eitA

DE

D.

TO

fa

cnac

aty

scuf

f AN

D

PRO

TE

CT

CO

AX

AL

co

atcn

oris

, U

SE

Coe

CC

ToR

aT

MI

401I

3-02

.

DE

wom

bat

IS us

es D

IE

ilwim

soR

Mut

scu

m m

om

DC

m

ud

WH

IM (

MA

R

E p

owE

R e

aPuT

m

OD

uta

DC

A

NO

aL

rftlA

SOR

Rom

sOuC

IA

mu.

OE

CC

eeC

CIE

D

10 D

IE M

ON

ITO

R SO

YA

NU

T M

AT

IC

OM

L

&W

OW

Sto

w f

OR

OU

AI

RE

LA

Y m

Ort

af o

rnom

ne

s O

PTte

t R

AS

Ts0

OPD

T R

EL

AK

001

001

TO

T

IC M

OM

smA

IND

10

1111

11M

O

MI le

a.

-'-...

.-...

..'1"

./Th[

I

MP

S

91E

11

I

2023

0 10

0338

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1



5 3

1

TO

R

PM

RE

CO

RD

ER

ALE

RT

1

RE

LAY

C

OR

TIZ

TS

4/0

KO

= 1

1311

0

Ell

N

MIX

sst 0

INI

*LW

I

sm.1

3If

3

0 A

LLR

I R

ELA

Y

OU

ITU

r3

DU

AL

SE

IPO

ra f

AC

HC

AIE

WR

S

IGN

AL

Id'J

T R

ELA

Y M

OD

ULE

-

RA

ND

ER

S

511

SH

EE

T

2 M

all

OM

AN

I M

EM

O Il

iViM

111

SA

FE

A

RE

A

OR

Z

ON

E

2 O

PA

SO

r 2

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

1121

0

0

3 2

alIM

1 I*

'Il

i

Fe4.

.j3

JALE

RT

2

CO

NT

AC

TS

1.

s&

L4

0 0

PR

O3A

MIC

RS

ZI,

421r

nytr

...1

Icy

lc=

Z

.'

ICI

WE

T I

X

MIN

N

yxR

AS

ION

C

Otu

tEC

IOR

LA

DLE

P

RO

lIC F

OR

111E

MIN

0111

8 -1

111

=E

INE

M W

OO

=

= mom.M

. N

akao

&

M.O

.. I.

MM

.

C

10

PR

OB

ES

a)

BE

N T

LY

.;

A

NE

VA

DA

F

ED

NIR

TR

IG D

IAG

RA

M

1300

/50

DU

AL

SE

IPO

NT

TA

CH

INE

ICK

1003

39

I 6

5 I

4 I

3 2



8 7

6 5

4 I

3

tuun

ut sy

sina

filD

ont

iG N

oTE

S

1.

WO

NG

R

EC

CK

ME

ND

AT

1ON

S:

9CN

AL

WW

1 10

BA

RR

IER

S -

BA

RR

EN

S T

O PR

O/M

OO

R:

14A

NG

T

O

SUN

G

SOL

D O

R

STR

AN

DE

D

3-11

1NE

St

iaD

ED

M

TN

MA

CO

N&

R

EA

D1.

9110

4. M

OD

UL

E

TO

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

IMM

O

TO

22

AII

G S

CU

D O

R

S1R

AN

DE

D

2-1N

RE

99(

1.1E

D 4

1111

91

SUL

A11

NO

Sl

f.A

114.

n IE

EO

IMIE

O

E R

EC

OR

DE

R

SHIE

LD

S A

l D

IE

SIG

NA

L N

OM

E

CO

NA

ION

. SH

IEL

DS

940u

LD

BE

IN

SuL

AT

ED

.

DE

30

00 A

ND

72

00 P

RO

MO

OR

CA

SES

MU

ST

BE

E

LE

CT

RIC

AL

LY

IS

OL

AT

ED

FR

O/

DI

EA

RM

CR

OT

AN

D.

EL

EC

T1O

CA

L SM

AR

M 5

00

VA

C (M

e) 1r

4MW

1.

ISC

LA

D01

Ill

P/11

190

64-0

1 M

AY

1E

USE

D

10 S

AL

TY

ME

&

WO

N R

EC

uME

ME

NT

.

NA

Ium

UM

CA

BL

E L

EII

CO

I B

ET

IED

a T

iOta

lOR

A

ND

PR

OM

MO

OR

M

UST

NO

T W

EE

D

1000

FE

ET

005

ME

TR

ES}

& TO

f.L

EC

ITD

CM

LY

SIA

TE

AN

D

PRO

TE

CT

CO

AX

IAL

00M

4EC

ICK

USE

CO

NN

EC

TO

R N

IT P

/11

4011

3-02

111[

b1C

4410

11

IS U

SIN

G D

E K

EY

INiA

SOR

*V

W 9

0444

IR

ON

R

E S

ISIL

la

1101

410E

(M

A

DE

PO

NE

R

INPU

T m

0Out

E).

L

IEN

N

O al

fttA

SER

1R

AN

SE0E

IR

MIL

01

CO

NN

EC

ID

TO

D

IE M

ON

ITO

R SU

M W

in R

EL

AY

MO

DU

LE

com

mC

nois

ro

N D

ux R

EL

AY

m

oXlii

.E

OM

EN

. M

S 0'

143,

1 H

AS

TK

O

DPW

MA

YS

0341

410N

T

O

DIE

w00

101.

USE

mi.

SWE

TT

BA

ND

ER

PO

I O

NG

BA

2200

0. N

OM

14.

kIR

AK

EIA

TE

KID

S A

RE

JO

NG

) A

S sn

ow t

esm

ears

es A

T B

MW

CR

OW

D.

SHIE

LD

S SH

OU

LD

EE

D

ISIA

TE

D.

te, M

INE

RS

AR

E

RO

AM

ED

10

BA

RR

IER

N

M.

WE

N I

S T

HE

ME

ND

& c

cuA

uzA

nas

sus

KN

EE

N S

YST

EM

CR

OW

° 9.

10 E

MIR

CR

OW

/ 10

WO

RE

GR

OW

.) W

OP

PRO

OL

US.

A

SIN

GL

E

PON

T

EA

RT

H G

RO

UN

D (

NO

) T

O

SYST

IN C

ON

NO

R

(C

l) I

S R

EC

ON

AD

TO

ED

AT

D

IE W

W1

RI&

T

OT

AL

D

AM

117

11.

&N

UA

NC

E M

KT

NO

T M

ID I

OM

. K

NO

W

SIN

GL

E

PON

T C

RO

WD

CO

NT

EC

TO

T

AT

OT

ASS

TS M

oe O

N

DIE

IW

O P

OK

ED

Deu

r W

AA

L

kBA

RR

IER

S L

OC

AT

ED

N

I 01

41:9

011

2 (A

l Z

ON

E 2

MU

MS

AR

EA

S M

UST

B

E

RE

STA

LL

ED

M 1

11.1

1A 4

OR

1P

54 A

PPR

O's

ED

PR

OIE

CT

IVE

HO

USI

NG

S

12_

MO

NIT

OR

S M

UST

B

E

RE

CA

UB

RA

TE

D

MM

BA

NG

S

Di

NN

E

LIM

ES

1



0 E3 A

8 I

7 6

5 4

3 I

2 I

1

YE

SH

EE

1 2

SAFE

A

RE

A

OR

/O

lt 2.

D

M9O

N

2 H

AZ

AR

DO

US

AR

EA

Mae

0141

1 a.

%

10 R

pil

RE

CO

RD

ER

Alt*

11 of

W(I

.' 10

1101

.

PR

oxam

ioR

SQ

C

CH

LO

CIO

R

PRE

HC

CIC

H

N\

y0cR

6)

6)

AD

CR

B

/ E

d is

SIG

NA

L

OU

TPU

TS

AR

C

com

*LA

MA

R

EL

AY

O

UT

PUT

S

DU

AL

SE

IPO

INI

1AO

Rsz

EIE

R

SEC

NA

L M

u! H

OD

utt

NM

*H

ER

M.

BA

RR

IER

S

A WA

RIN

G

IMS

CO

NN

EC

TIN

G

OR

IN

TE

MIL

T1I

NI

CO

NT

AC

T

OF

T

HE

FIE

LD

WR

ING

10

R

AC

K

TE

RM

INA

LS

YA

M

HIG

H

VO

LTA

GE

PO

TE

NT

IALS

C

OU

LD C

AU

SE

A

N

EX

PLO

SIO

N

OR

F

IRE

IN

TH

E

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S A

RE

A

RE

SU

LTIN

G

IN

SE

VE

RE

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

O

R

DE

AT

H.

RE

MO

VE

A

LL

VO

LTA

GE

PO

TE

NT

IALS

F

RO

M

RE

AR

C

F

RA

CK

8 7

6 5

4 3

10

PR

OB

ES

rz...

....z

.,....

.....,

::::=

,..=

.....

Om

. N

I* 0

11

=

1/10

111S

*g

amm

a w

awa

IM.

BE

NT

LY

NE

VA

DA

FIE

LD

WR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/50

DU

AL

SE

1PO

N1

1 A

CH

OM

E I

T I

t

2023

0 12

5593

2 1

0 C

U 1

U A



D I3 A

8 6

5 4

3 2

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

R S

YS

TE

M o

no W

RIN

G

NO

TE

S

I W

IRIN

G

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

10

P

RO

xRN

TO

R:

16A

WG

T

O

I8A

WC

ST

RA

ND

ED

3-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

MT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

10

R

EC

OR

DE

R /R

EA

DO

UT

: ill

Aw

C

10

22A

WG

S

OLI

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2 -W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H I

NS

ULA

TIN

G S

HE

AT

H.

AT

HE

30

00

AN

D

7200

PR

OX

IMIIO

R

CA

SE

S M

US

T B

E

ELE

CT

RIC

ALL

Y I

SO

LAT

ED

F

RC

N

ITIE

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D.

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

ISO

LAT

ION

: 50

0 V

AC

(R

MS

) M

INIM

UM

. IS

OLA

TIO

N

KIT

P

/N 1

9094

-01

MA

Y

BE

U

SE

D 10

SA

TIS

FY

TH

E

ISO

LAT

ION

REQUIREMENT.

3300

P

RO

XIM

ITO

RS

H

AV

E

BU

ILT

IN

C

AS

E

ISO

LAT

ION

. T

HE

33

00

PR

OU

TT

IOR

H

AS

BU

ILT

-I

N I

SO

LAT

ION

.

AM

AX

IMU

M

CA

BLE

LE

NG

IH K

NE

EN

MO

NIT

OR

A

ND

P

RO

wiN

ICR

M

US

T

NO

T E

XC

EE

D

1000

F

EE

( (3

05

ME

TR

ES

)

A SCRE

WS

M

US

T

BE

S

EC

UR

ELY

F

AS

TE

NE

D

KR

P

RO

PE

R

BA

RR

IER

CR

OuN

D CONNECTION.

/5\ 1

0 E

LEC

TR

ICA

LLY

IS

OLA

TE

A

ND

P

RO

TE

CT

C

OA

XIA

L C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S.

US

E

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

1(11

P

/N

4011

3-02

/a\ if

III

E

uuN

iloR

IS

U

SIN

G

DIE

K

ET

PH

AS

OR

IN

PU

T

SIG

NA

L F

RO

M

TH

E

SY

ST

EM

'AM

OU

R

(NA

IN

( P

OK

R I

NP

UT

M

OD

ULE

).

TH

EN

N

O K

YP

HA

SC

O2

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

R

ILL

BE

CO

NN

EC

ILO

10

11

11

woN

uOR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

AC

a4N

IC N

uNS

S

HO

WN

T

OR

D

UA

L R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N

TH

IS O

PT

ION

H

AS

IW

O

DP

OI

RE

LAY

S C

OM

MO

N

10

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

.

/8\ T

ER

MIN

AT

E

TH

E

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

A

T

TH

E

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

C

OM

MO

N

AS

S

HO

WN

.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

AS

EE

A

PP

RO

VA

L D

WG

B

A22

000

OR

C

A22

000

Oal

f1 O

MIIt

MV

O.

ALE

RT

I

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

TS

SIG

NA

L O

uIP

UIS

VA

* (D

I

1

ALE

RT

1

Mitt

2

ALA

RM

IK

LAY

OU

IPU

IS

DU

AL

siT

poN

I IA

OgY

LIT

R

SIG

NA

L N

WT

RE

LAY

B

OW

IE

van

INT

ER

VA

L D

AR

NE

R'S

8 7

6 5

3

ALE

RT

2

ALL

AY

C

IINIA

CIS

2023

0 D

I 2

5'.1

!) 3

"



8 6

5

10 R

PM

RE

OR

DE

R

NU

PLE

AT

MA

Y -

CO

N1.

CT

S

SE

E

SH

EE

T

2

V.

716

111M

I 01

101M

II I

MM

O

t+1

Cal

Ol No

NC

No

A p

DE

M

IIK

ED

4 1

3 1

2

1131

1111

1111

111C

111

PR

OU

ST

OR

11

1121

1111

1111

1111

1211

111

1113

1111

1111

311

TO

(M

EW

L Z

ER

O

SP

EE

D

EN

AB

LE C

ON

TA

CT

S (

uSE

R S

uPP

LCD

)

-Cfa

i-'

ES,

a)

INI

ALE

RT

R

ELA

Y

n

E

0 11

0.A

lf ou

trun

AR

O

SP

EE

D

TA

CN

ON

EIE

R

scam

. re

in M

AT

NO

ME

ol

liOrT

BA

RR

IER

S

3300

/120

0 P

RO

XM

IOR

O

R

01m

M:a

P

RO

UT

OR

10 P

RO

BE

S

0 -I

s 1,

0c

cal

0 ou

wur

3000

P

RO

RN

OO

R

L 11

1:1

I4

IVA

IED

IO

ti S I

12-a

r f-

.4..1

Ora

* 1 11

W

OM

Mft

MM

E

BE

N T

LY

N

EV

AD

A

-r-

11E

LD

MIN

G 0

1AC

RA

N

4300

/50

ZE

RO

SPE

ED

lA

CN

ON

E11

.11

1523

0 1 E

d 10

0341

1

8 7

6 5

4 3

2

0 C o A



8 7

6 5

1 4

i 3

2

CO

NN

EC

TO

R'

PR

OT

EC

TO

R

TO

R

PM

RE

CO

RD

ER

ILA

T

O

EX

TE

RN

AL

ZE

RO

S

PE

ED

ER

AD

d C

ON

TA

CT

S (

uSE

1 9I

PLIE

D)

RP

M A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S

1,LR

O

ED

T S

PE

y C

ON

TA

CT

S

&

ZE

RO

S

PIE

D

IAC

HO

RE

TE

R

SG

RA

L R

tPuT

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

- 11

1TH

B

AR

KE

RS

10

PR

OV

ES

fl

BE

NT

LY

A

NE

VA

DA

0 --

- S

EE

S

HE

ET

2

WO

m

all 0

1111

0111

MO

M

8 7

6

MA

MA

VA

20

230

D

1003

42

1- l

wl

FE

D

*IN

C o

iAcR

ms

1100

/50

ZE

RO

S

PE

ED

TA

CK

ME

TE

R

5 I

4 3

2



8 7

6 5

4 3

1111

1 am

.M. M

OM

, ~M

I

8 7

taB

BE

1 .1

1111

3111

1111

1032

111S

1.

WR

ING

R

Ecc

usfr

oAno

ws.

SE

RPA

. M

OD

UL

E

TO

B

AR

KE

RS

- B

AR

RIE

RS

10

PRO

SEO

R:

14A

1G

10

MA

RC

SOL

D O

R

STR

AN

DE

D

3-11

RE

SH

EIL

ED

IO

M

INSL

IAD

NG

SH

EA

TH

SAC

RA

L

MO

DU

LE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S II

LM

IG

10

22,4

10 5

131)

OR

SI

RA

/C10

2-W

E 9

1EL

IED

M

M W

SLIA

1141

0 Sh

alt

1110

11A

1E D

E R

EC

OR

DE

R 91

1105

AT

DIE

92

IAL

NO

DU

LE

MIE

N 9

11L

IS

SHO

W E

E W

SUU

11(0

.

ON

E 3

000

ArI

O

7L30

PR

Ons

IOR

CA

SES

MU

ST E

E E

LE

CIR

CA

LL

Y I

SOL

AIE

D f

ilCm

RE

E

AR

N C

RO

WD

. E

TE

CIR

ICA

L &

LA

BO

R

500

VA

C

(106

) W

awa

154A

D41

131

PA 1

1109

4-01

M

AT

BE

USE

D

10 S

AB

SPI lt

ISO

LA

DO

N

RE

OuI

RE

ND

IL

Z\ M

AX

IM E

AR

LE

1IN

CD

1 B

E11

1031

1101

110R

A

ND

Pe

CIA

IIT

OR

MU

ST

NO

l E

A=

10

00 f

1E1

DO

S M

ET

RE

S}

10

EL

EC

IRIC

AU

.Y

60L

AT

E A

ND

PR

OT

EC

T C

OA

XIA

L

CC

401E

CT

1016

. U

SE

CO

NN

EC

TO

R K

IT Pi

ta 4

0113

-02.

DE

m

0m10

11 I

S U

914

DE

RE

WN

ASO

R

INPU

T 90

4N.

TR

W llf

515

101

moN

IOR

D

E P

ON

D D

IPuT

mO

DA

E).

T

HE

N

NO

R

ET

PNA

SOR

IR

...M

OW

ER

*t

It

CO

RN

ICE

D

10

DIE

11

0610

11

SEIM

&cu

r R

aAY

RO

NA

L

AC

O/H

CT

ION

S Sa

0v0

TO

R

DU

AL

R

O.A

Y W

OW

Mow

D

os o

PDO

N N

As

DPW

RE

LA

YS

CO

RK

IN

10

TH

E N

OC

K

Z\ U

SE

NIL

SP

IED

BA

RR

CII

PE

R

Dw

G R

A22

000.

NO

M

14.

\ "imam

/all

snaD

s A

RE

AR

O)

AS

SHO

RN

10

110.

014

Al

BA

RK

ER

CR

OuN

D.

STE

WS

SHO

UL

D

BE

MO

WE

D.

k,

BA

RK

ER

S A

RE

W

OO

ED

10

BA

RR

IER

R

At.

MIR

E I

S D

E

POR

MII

AL

E

WA

LIZ

AR

ON

BU

S B

ET

RE

01

S1S1

EN

GR

OU

ND

AN

D

EA

RD

1 M

OR

EL

10

1011

21 C

RO

W)

LO

OP

PRO

BL

INS,

A

DIE

TE

PO

NT

EA

RT

H C

RO

W)

(ON

O)

TO

M

ini

CC

MI1

11 (O

IS PE

CA

MN

OM

ID

AT

D

E

BA

RR

ER

LW

ID

IAL

E

AR

TH

LO

OP

IMPE

ILM

CE

M

UST

NO

T (M

ID 1

W

M R

EN

O*

SAW

PO

NT

C

RO

WD

CoN

NIX

DO

N A

T O

IAS9

S M

ama

Ow

1N

E 3

300

PON

E)

OiN

IT m

OO

UL

L

QE

B

AR

RIE

RS

LO

CA

ND

NI

OD

OM

2 C

l Z

ON

E

2 H

AZ

AR

DO

US

WA

S M

IST

BE

1614

1111

II

ME

NA

4

Cl P

54 A

PPR

OL

ED

Mon

a* is

Out

ileC

S

IT.

Nom

IOR

S M

t It

RE

CA

uOR

AT

ED

D

i DA

MS

M it

istS

.

6 E

. 5

4 I

3 2

1003

42

1" l

ar

1



8 7

6 5

4 3

2 I

1

1

%C

D

WE

AR

EA

OR

/C

NC

2.

Onn

9ON

2

HA

2000

6 A

RE

A

OR

t01.

90

Afi

SOU

C

G

10 (

.1E

RN

A.1

Z

ER

O SP

UD

D

IAB

LE

C

OA

LE

D (

USE

R Su

ff11

0)

SlE

94

[(1

2

tO R

PM

R[C

OPU

R

wai

fs ~

am W

I MO

W

SKA

IAL

pY

IPU

IS

8

AE

C

CO

Y

C

C

C

C C.]

MA

RIA

R

E I

AY

O

JIPU

IS

AR

O S

PEE

D

1/01

0WA

R

Sank

Rw

l K

W(

111,

1 W

IRR

AL

B

AR

RIE

RS

SH(.

10

&

PR

OK

RA

IOR

S

D

DIM

E (L

OB

PR

OI1

C

A WA

RIN

G.

MiS

CO

NN

EC

TIN

G

OR

IN

TE

RT

AIIE

NT

C

ON

TA

CT

O

f 11

11

DU

O

WR

ING

T

O

RA

CK

IE

RM

INA

LS

MT

H H

IGH

V

OLT

AG

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

C

OU

LD C

AU

SE

A

N E

XP

LOS

ION

O

R

EIR

E

IN

TH

E

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

R

ES

OLI

NG

IN

S

EV

ER

E

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

O

R D

EA

N

RE

MO

VE

A

LL

VO

L F

AC

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

F

RO

M

RE

AR

O

F

RA

CK

.

C

10 P

RO

BE

S

I 11

14

4* w

oo s

ox.

se

A

.1.1

17 0

01.1

0.1

1.11

* sm

ola

Innm

e O

W.=

m

w.

BE

NT

E Y

NE

VA

DA

J

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/50

ZE

RO

SP

EE

D

IAC

TIC

AA

EIE

R

=M

ITI.

I C

M W

e..

2023

0 D

1110

,NI

1255

95

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1



8 I

7 4

2

INF

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

R

SY

ST

EM

FIE

LD

WR

ING

tiO

lES

I. W

RIN

G

RE

CO

WE

ND

AD

ON

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

10

P

RO

AR

RIO

R:

16A

NG

10

18

AIV

C

SIR

AN

DE

O

3 -R

AR

E

SH

IELD

ED

W

IN I

NS

ULA

INC

SH

EA

TH

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O R

EC

OR

DE

R /R

EA

DO

UT

: LE

LAW

G

10 22

AIK

SO

UR

O

R

ST

RA

ND

ED

1-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIN

IN

SU

LAT

ING

S

HE

AT

H.

/ l D

IE

3000

A

ND

72

00 P

RO

MM

I1O

R

CA

SE

S

MU

ST

B

E

ELE

CT

RIC

ALL

Y

ISO

LAT

ED

F

RO

M

DIE

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D.

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

SO

O

VA

C

(RM

S)

YW

WU

M.

ISO

LAT

ION

ml

P/N

19

4394

-01

MA

Y B

E

US

ED

10

SA

DS

TY

D

i( IS

OLA

TIO

N R

EC

RIIR

EH

EN

I.

3300

P

RO

MIT

OR

S H

AW

B

UIL

T

IN

CA

SE

IS

CI.A

DC

H.

INC

33

00 P

RO

AN

IOR

H

AS

BU

ILT

-I

N

ISO

LAD

CN

.

73\ 1

1AA

ILIU

M

CA

BLE

LE

NG

TH

KN

EE

N M

CN

I1C

R

AN

D

PR

OX

ILU

IOR

M

US

T N

01

EX

CE

ED

1000

FE

U

(305

WIR

ES

).

/4\ S

CR

EW

S

MU

ST

B

E

SE

CU

RE

LY

FA

ST

EN

ED

F

OR

P

RO

PE

R B

AR

RIE

R

GR

OU

ND

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N

A\ 1

0 E

LEC

TR

ICA

LLY

IS

OLA

TE

A

ND

P

RO

TE

CT

C

OA

XIA

L C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S.

US

E

CO

NN

EC

10R

1(

11

P/N

40

113 -

02

AII

TH

E

m11

NI1

0R

IS

LAS

ING

lit

KE

YP

HA

SO

R v4

Pul

S

IGN

AL

FR

OM

IR

E

SY

ST

EM

LiO

NIU

R

(NA

T

HE

P

OO

R

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

).

111t

H

NO

R

EY

PH

AS

CR

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R W

LL

BE

CO

NT

NC

ILLI

10

N

il m

EN

NIO

R

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

m

CO

uLE

Aco

iwci

.,..6

SH

UN

F

OR

D

UA

L K

im H

OD

utE

O

PT

ION

D

RS

OP

TIO

N H

AS

tw

o

ow R

ELA

YS

C

OM

MO

N 1

0 T

HE

m

orot

oR.

AT

ER

HIN

AIE

T

IM

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

A

l 1H

E

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

C

OIT

ION

A

S

SH

OY

N.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

/9\ S

EE

A

PP

RO

VA

L D

WG

8A

2200

0 O

R C

A22

000

Van

Oba

NG

NI

MO

HO,

8 7

RP

M

ALE

RT

RE

LAY

C

ON

IAC

IS

SIG

NA

L O

ulP

uTS

I eh

I (1

1)

EID

!MI

NC

AR

IL

NO

AR

M

NO

ALA

RM

R

ELA

Y O

UT

PU

TS

AD

O S

PIE

D

fAC

HO

K R

P

SIG

1Ik

HIll

RE

LAY

IN

OU

ti W

ITH

IN

IVO

IN.

Bia

tiRS

6 5

4 7

11 7

01,

1

1111

0 91

110

Al iN

I M

AY

CO

NIA

CIS

2023

u

2

----

F

I ')Y

.P./5

11

/



TO RPN

RECORDER

NPR ALERT

RELAY -

CONTACTS

PROmaTORS&

Ex !E

AS

ON

CONLECTOR

CABLE

PROTECTOR

TO RPM/14mM

RECORCER

ROTOR ACM T

ACNONETER

9GNAL rem RELAY 0001LE

vilITIOUT BARRIERS

SEE Slat 2

WW

1 =

AS

~IO

W M

OR

O

Rpu/VoluE

-ALERT RELAY

CONTACTS

1300

/72c

0 PROxiNiTOR

OR

3000

P

RO

NN

ITO

R

-I-.

12

1491

0 II

71I

2/E

11 ab

lblO

n W

INIO

N1

=E

NS

w

e A

NN

IOM

L .1

B

EN

TL

Y

N

NE

VA

DA

--

- fl

u) M

IRIN

G D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/50

RO

TO

R

AC

EE

L T

AC

IIGN

E T

ER

1211.

Ars

8 7

I 6

1 5

f 4

3 2

2023

0 oa

5 I

1003

44

I-

1

D C 0



8 5

4 3

I. N

AN

G

RE

coLN

EN

DA

noN

s

SO

IL N

OM

A/

TO

P

RO

AN

TIO

RS

. I6

A

TO

N

AN

G S

CU

3 O

R

SIR

AM

X0

3-N

RE

SK

IM)

NM

IN

SU

LAT

ING

S

HE

AT

H.

SO

UL

'sco

w to

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

IWO

TO

22

Als

C S

CIT

O

OR

m

um

2-10

1E S

HIE

LDE

D N

M I

NS

IJLA

ING

S

HE

AR

TR

AN

SO

M:IR

A

ND

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

tiELO

S

AR

E

AH

ED

AS

SH

ON

T

IER

LAN

AIN

G

AT

M

E S

OIL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HO

OS

S

HO

ULD

it

INS

AA

TE

D.

TH

E

3000

A

NO

72

00 P

RO

OM

ITO

R C

AS

ES

M

US

T B

E

Etic

n0C

ALL

Y T

SO

LAT

ED

IR

MA

TH

E E

AR

N G

RO

UN

D.

ELE

CT

MC

AL

60LA

DO

N S

OO

VA

C (A

NS

) is

milL

IN M

AS

ON

O

T P

/11

1001

14-0

1 M

AY

OE

U

SW

T

O S

AT

ISF

Y It

ISO

LAT

ION

R

EO

JIR

EM

EN

T.

11A

3AN

A1

cAal

LE

NG

TH

B

ET

IED

1 %

MA

L N

PU

T R

ELA

Y w

ow N

D P

RO

NN

ITO

R

MA

T N

OT

E

N=

1000

M

T (3

05

M(

S)

S.

ID m

irmei

rE G

RO

uNO

LO

OP

NO

SE

P

RO

BLE

MS

. A

IN

GT

E

PO

NT

C

AR

D, G

wO

uNO

(OW

) 10

511

1131

C

ON

NO

I (C

OW

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

RE

GO

INE

NC

ED

.

to E

lICIR

ICA

ILY

scu

m m

e m

ow c

omm

. co

otac

Ks.

US

E

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

101

P/0

1 40

113-

02.

I' D

IE A

MC

OR

IS

U

SW

TH

E it

WHA

SO

R D

PW

SO

U/

IRO

N

111

SY

ST

EM

Wan

t (W

A A

t P

OP

O S

CU

T

HO

OLI

LE).

M

DT

N

O A

FT

PH

AS

OR

T

RA

wso

uaR

N

il B

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D T

O at

LO

CO

! S

UM

NP

uT M

AY

140

41.

CO

I414

.010

IS W

WI

Rd

OW

L R

OM

WO

W °

Pro

w

NS

mom

IIA

S IM

)

DP

OT

gam

s O

NN

ON

T

O

ME

MIN

IM



8 7

6 I

5 4

3 2

SA

FE

A

RE

A O

R

TO

NE

2

CLA

SO

N

2 N

AZ

AR

Cou

s A

RE

A

Mlu

1.21

,,1

1.

PR

OLA

NT

OR

5a,

Ex

IEN

SIC

N

CA

BLE

TO

R

PL/

R

EC

oRO

CR

TO

R

IVA

AN

uTE

R

EC

OR

DE

R

&A

13

Wu

ME

RL

RE

IM

CO

NT

AC

TS

1RP

AA

NN

ulE

A

LER

T R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

TS

O

Mar

MA

T O

UP

UT

S

RO

TO

R

AC

cEL

IAC

HoN

EIE

R

90A

AL

"Vol

RE

LAY

NO

OLJ

LE -

r1A

1 B

AR

RIE

RS

4E S

LEE

T

2 N

M

ME

ND

IMO

./ 11

1171

1/11

11

8 7

IJE

NIL

Y

NE

VA

DA

V

.-

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

PR

OT

EC

TO

R

M M

OW

FIE

LD M

IRIN

G C

oAC

RA

N

3200

/30

RO

TO

R A

. TA

CT

IouL

TIR

2023

0 61

- 10

0345

6 4

3 2

L. A



a ziglw

it AO g ag.

! 2 1 'ail 1 11 : 1 illii w

iii IN i ll! : t 54 Mil i! ;it i iig ! 1 ip 1 i illii 1

eala g

ill!! rg 1 1 Ill 4 1 ;la

.!. apid 46 X S L 5 62.4 1. la. ii i "1 1 °d il iX ! 10 12131 "s ga vi 10 igi xl 1§ l I; i Wi e:;g ill wi IV 4g 1 Ill 11 r li §1;11 !I

!Li !: lii 1! la Pi 15 5 11 1 " il° 11 !g 11; n !II ik !I i liSti ii

44 4 44 4 4.1 A 4

1



8 I

7

WE

AR

EA

O

R Z

ON

E

2,

Om

SIC

AY

2

MaZ

AR

OO

uS

AR

IA

1 C

OW

EN

P

RO

UN

TO

RS

,&

- LU

N/tI

CIO

N

FR

0110

011

to

RH

A

RE

CO

RD

ER

SE

E S

KI!

2

wat

l. lll

t 1/

1131

11.0

A

® g

)C"

EIN

E-A

ff

[pm

m

i a.

44.

9Cm

at

Oul

PuT

S

la R

OC

CO

m

43±

I

ALA

RM

R

ELA

Y

OU

IPU

IS

RO

TO

R

AC

Ctl.

IA

CR

OB

EIE

R

SO

IAL

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

101N

14

1tal

tot

BA

RR

IER

S

A WA

RM

ING

INS

CO

NN

EC

TiN

G

OR

iN

TE

RT

AIT

TE

NI

CO

NT

AC

T

Of

TH

E

FIE

LD

NtR

iNG

10

RA

CK

1E

RiN

NA

LS

NU

T N

IGH

V

OLT

AG

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

C

OU

LD C

AU

SE

A

N

EX

PLO

SIO

N O

R

FIR

E

IN

TH

E

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

RE

SU

LTIN

G I

N

SE

VE

RE

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

O

R

DE

AT

H

RE

MO

VE

ALL

V

OLT

AG

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

F

RO

u R

EA

R

Of

RA

CK

8 7

6 5

4

10

PR

OM

S

wal

t...

IMA

N, N

I* 0

Ira.

inor

m w

ove

Q

mot

or

,

eon.

.

BE

N T

LY

rN

NE

VA

DA

%

.)

11.1

110

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3100

/50

RO

IL*

AC

CE

L IA

Ctio

ul

R

aso

"u~

2023

i D

_

_ I1

5!94

_



D B A

8 7

6 5

1 4

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

R S

YS

TE

M [C

D W

IRIN

G

N01

15

1 M

IRIN

G

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

:

9CN

AL

MO

DU

LE

TO

P

FIO

XIIR

IOR

: 16

AW

C

10 IR

AK

ST

RA

ND

ED

3

-WIR

E

SH

IELD

ED

W

ITH

IN

SU

LAT

ING

SHEATH.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

10

RE

CO

RD

ER

/RE

AD

C01

: IB

AW

C

10

22A

WC

SO

LID

O

R

ST

RA

ND

ED

2 -M

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

111T

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

TH

E

3000

A

ND

72

00

PR

O/0

1410

R

CA

SE

S

MU

ST

B

E

ELE

CT

RIC

ALL

Y I

SO

LAT

ED

F

RO

M

TH

E

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

E

LEC

TR

ICA

L IS

OLA

TIO

N:

500

VA

C

(IM

S)

MIN

IUM

. IS

OLA

TIO

N

TU

T

P/N

19

094-

01

MA

Y

BE

U

SE

D

10

SA

TIS

FY

T

HE

IS

OLA

TIO

N

RE

QU

IRE

ME

NT

.

3300

P

RO

XIM

ITO

RS

H

AV

E 1

3U11

.1

IN

CA

SE

(S

CU

D/M

. T

HE

33

00 P

RO

XIM

ITO

R

HA

S

BU

ILT

-I

N I

SO

LAT

ION

.

/3\ M

AX

IMU

M C

AB

LE

LEN

GT

H 1

3111

1fE

N M

ON

ITO

R A

ND

P

RO

XIM

ITO

R M

US

T

NO

T

EX

CE

ED

1000

F

EE

T (3

05

ME

TR

ES

).

AS

CR

EW

S M

US

T

BE

S

EC

UR

ELY

F

AS

TE

NE

D F

OR

P

RO

PE

R

BA

RR

IER

GR

OU

ND

C

ON

NE

CT

ION

.

/5\ T

O E

LEC

TR

ICA

LLY

IS

OLA

TE

A

ND

P

RO

TE

CT

CO

AX

IAL

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

. US

E

CO

NN

EC

TO

R K

IT P

/N

4011

3-02

.

/6\ If

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

IS

U

SIN

G

TH

E

XE

YP

HA

SO

R

INP

UT

S

IGN

AL

FR

OM

T

HE

S

YS

TE

M

MO

NIT

OR

(M

A

TH

E

PO

WE

R

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

).

TH

EN

N

O

XE

YP

HA

SC

R

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

WIL

L B

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

10

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

S

TC

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

.

/7\ C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

SH

OW

N

FO

R

DU

AL

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

T

HIS

O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

CIP

OT

R

ELA

YS

C

OM

MO

N

10 T

HE

M

ON

ITO

R.

Z\ T

ER

MIN

AT

E

TH

E

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

A

l T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

A

S

SH

OW

N.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

&S

EE

AP

PR

OV

AL

DW

C B

A22

000

OR

C

A22

000

Wal

l to

ol SS

O

NLN

NN

8 1

7 6

RP

M M

IR 1

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S

3 I

2 L

7'11

1T

SIC

NA

J.

Ou

IPU

IS

®I®

RP

M

NC

AR

IA

NO

NC

AR

IA

NO

Coy

IL

I I

RP

M A

NN

ALA

RM

PIL

AW

O

UIP

IJIS

RO

ICR

A

CM

IA

CN

OW

Ill

SIG

NA

L Ill

RECA

P 1

1001

11I

EN

ION

IN.

BA

RR

IER

S

RP

M/M

INIM

A

IDE

I

RE

LAY

C

UN

IAC

IS

:fI0

-1

:*:_

'-ci5

5:)4

.

-.

1 t:

--

,...)

.. _7

.1.1

.1.-

i.

1 4

1 .5

1

I 1




132 1 Recommended Spare Parts

QTY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

TACHOMETER 3300/50

1 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY 84133-01 Dual Setpoint Tach 84950-01 Zero Speed Tach 84951-01 Rotor Accel. Tach

1 MONITOR CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 82962-01

1 EXPANDER BOARD PWA 81410-01

1 SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE

Dual Setpoint Tach: No Relays 84689-01 No Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843-07 Epoxy Sealed Relays 84140-01 Epoxy Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843-04 Hermetically Sealed Relays 84148-01

Hermetic Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843-01

Zero Speed Tech: No Relays 84690-01

No Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843-08

Epoxy Sealed Relays 84141-01

Epoxy Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843-05 Hermetically Sealed Relays 84147-01

Hermetic Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843-02

Rotor Accel. Tach: No Relays 84691-01

No Relays W/Intemal Barriers 88843 -09' Epoxy Sealed Relays 84142-01

Epoxy Relays W/Intemal Bafflers 88843-06 Hermetically Sealed Relays 84148-01

Hermetic Relays W/Intemal Bafflers 88843-03

1 Spare Jumpers (100 pieces) 88706-01

TO ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS, SPECIFY THE COMPLETE PART NUMBER, 3300/50 -00-00-00-00, AND THE REPLACEMENT PART NUMBER. If the monitor has been modified, specify the modification number

on the parts order. User must set programmable options (reference section 10 of this manual). If in doubt about

the part number, call your BENTLY NEVADA CORPORATION representative before ordering.

PART P43

TACHOMETER

- CID -CD -m - CAT 1CN

...A4101

0-0,01LIP COO

1

S'N DATE

%TAUT r

75




INPUTS

Signal Inputs:

Input Impedance:

Redundant inputs. Any two of the following:

Proximity Probes. 0 to -24 or 0 to -18 Volt.

Magnetic Pickups. (Not allowed for Zero Speed Application)

3300 System (Rack) Keyphasors.

10k Ohm

Input Frequency: 10k Hz Maximum

SIGNAL CONDITIONING

OK Detection:

Transducer Switching:

Input Threshold:

Automatic Threshold:

Hysteresis:

Events per Revolution:

RPM ALERTS

Setpoints:

Requirements:

83871-01

A Transducer is detected as NOT. OK if the RPM reading changes more than 50%

between consecutive input triggers above 100 RPM. A Transducer must have three

consecutive OK readings before it can return to OK from a NOT OK status. A

Transducer is also detected as NOT OK if the RPM value is above 99,999 RPM or

below 1 RPM.

The Tachometer automatically switches to the OK transducer if one should go NOT OK.

The monitor uses the highest RPM reading of the two transducers, when both are OK.

Jumper optioned for Automatic or Manual. (Automatic not allowed on Zero Speed

Tachometers)

Limited to inputs above 5 Hz or 300 RPM at one event per revolution.

Jumper selectable from 0.2 to 2.0 Volts.

255 Maximum, 0.1 Minimum

Adjustable from 1 to 99,999 RPM

Three valid input triggers above an over speed setpoint or below an under speed

setpoint.

Alert Delay: One second or three valid input triggers, whichever is greatest.




133 I Specifications

RPM/MIN ALERT (Rotor Accel Tach Only)

Setpoint: Adjustable from 20 to 9,980 RPM/MIN in 20 RPM/MIN steps.

Requirements: Three valid input triggers above the RPM/MIN setpoint.

Alert Delay: One second or three valid input triggers, whichever is greatest.

ZERO SPEED ALERT (Zero Speed Tach Only)

Setpoint: Adjustable from 1 to 100 RPM

Requirements: External Zero Speed Enable contacts (user-supplied) must be closed. Three valid inputs below the Zero Speed setpoint, or one minute (maximum) without an input

trigger. Both transducers must meet all OK detection requirements as the rotor speed

approaches the Zero Speed setpoint.

Alert Delay: One second or three valid input triggers, whichever is greatest. One minute is required

to declare a Zero Speed Alert when three input triggers are not detected. (Machine rotor

at zero RPM)

RPM DISPLAY

Range: 1 to 99,999 RPM

Resolution: +/- 1 RPM

Accuracy: +/- 1 RPM @ 25°C.

Over/Under Indicators: One of two arrows indicates whether an RPM setpoint is an over or under Alert. The

over arrow flashes to indicate an over range condition.

RPM/MIN DISPLAY (Rotor Accel Tach Only)

Range: -9,999 to 9,999 RPM/MIN

Resolution: +/- 1 RPM/MIN

Accuracy: +/- 20 RPM/MIN 25°C.

Over Indicator. The over arrow flashes to indicate an over range condition.

77



Tachometer Maintenance 53871.01

1 33 1 Specifications (Cont)

ZERO SPEED DISPLAY (Zero Speed Tach Only)

"ZERO SPEED": Indicates Zero Speed Monitor (Always on during monitoring)

"ENABLED": Indicates when the Zero Speed Enable contacts (user-supplied) have been closed.

"ALERT:

LEDs

Green:

Red:

CONTROLS

Front Panel:

Internal:

External:

OUTPUT

Recorder:

Indicates when a Zero Speed Alert setpoint is being read or adjusted.

Annunciates the TRIGGER OK condition or monitor OK condition.

Annunciates ALERTS and BYPASS conditions.

Front panel switches (3) for reading the ALERT setpoints, PEAK HOLD value, and

probe gap voltage.

Switches on circuit board for setpoint adjustment, Relay Bypass, Monitor Bypass, and

monitor set-up.

External remote controls: Reset, Inhibit, setpoint, full scale and hysteresis adjust (t and

Output proportional to selected full scale RPM (and RPM/MIN) ranges. Output is

protected against continuous short circuit to ground: +4 mA to +20 mA, +12 Vdc compliance. +1 Vdc to +5 Vdc, 100 Ohm minimum output impedance. 0 Vdc to -10 Vdc, 100 Ohm minimum output impedance.

Transducer. Power: -24 Vdc or -18 Vdc per option selected in Power Supply. Output is short circuit

protected.

Alerts and OK: Relay drives for Alerts and monitor (system) OK.

RELAY CONTACT RATINGS

Relays: 5 Amps (44 120 Vac 50/60 Hz.

5 Amps © 28 Vdc.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature: Operating +32°F to +149°F (0°C to +65°C).

Storage -40°F to +185°F (-40°C to +85°C).

Humidity: 0 to 95%, noncondensing.

78




53871-01

331 Index

ALERT ALERT BYPASS

32-37 38-40

ALERT RELAYS 45, 47, 49

BUFFERED OUTPUTS 4, 5, 6, 24, 25, 26, 27

CYCLIC TEST 52-55

ERROR CODE

55

..EVENTS PER REVOLUTION 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23

FIRST OUT

45, 47, 49

,FIRST OUT ALERT 45, 47, 49

FRONT PANEL

4, 5, 6

"FULL SCALE

11, 15, 16, 17

GAP

4, 5, 6

HYSTERESIS

24, 25, 26, 27

MONITOR BYPASS 41, 42, 43

MONITOR OK

50, 51

OPTIONS

11

OK RELAY

50, 51

PART NUMBER

11

POWER-UP TEST 52, 54

PROBE GAP VOLTAGE 4, 5, 6

RECORDER GUTPUT

11

ROTOR ACCEL ALERT 36, 37, 48, 49

ROTOR ACCELERATION 36, 37, 48, 49

ROTOR SPEED MONITORING 32, 33, 44, 45

RPM ALERT

32, 33, 44, 45

SELF TEST

52, 53, 54, 55

S ETPOI NT

32-37, 44-49

SPARE PARTS

75

THRESHOLD

24, 25, 26, 27

TRIGGER OK

50, 51

USER -INVOKED TEST

52, 53

WIRING DIAGRAMS

56 - 74

ZERO SPEED

34, 35, 39, 42, 46, 47

ZERO SPEED ALERT 34, 35, 46, 47

79






8.3 Vibration Monitor

The following publication entitled 3300/55 Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance Manual (Part No 130748-01 Rev C) is prepared by Bent ly Nevada for plant personnel who install and maintain the system. It provides a detailed description of the maintenance and adjustment procedures for the of the Dual Velocity module.


8.3.1 Dual Velocity Monitor System

8.3.2 Front Panel Features

8.3.3 Monitor Removal

8.3.4 Monitor Disassembly



8.3.7 Main Board Jumper Locations

8.3.8 PK-PK Filter Board Jumper Locations

8.3.9 RMS Filter Jumper Locations

8.3.10 First Out, Alarm Delays

8.3.11 Alert Mode, Danger Mode

8.3.12 Danger Relay Voting

8.3.13 Buffered Transducer Output Option

8.3.14 Transducer Channel Units Input Option

8.3.15 Transducer Type Option

8.3.16 Channel A Full Scale Range Option

8.3.17 Channel B Full Scale Range Option

8.3.18 Barriers, Trip Multiply Options

8.3.19 Alarm Setpoint Adjustment

8.3.20 Bypass Monitor Channel

8.3.21 Danger Bypass







8.3.22 Test Channel Alarms

8.3.23 Test OK Limits

8.3.24 Calibrate Channels

8.3.25 Filter Programming

8.3.26 Self Test

8.3.27 Field Wiring Diagram

8.3.28 Recommended Spare Parts


8.3.30 Index




3300/55 DUAL VELOCITY MONITOR

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

BENTLY NEVADA

PART NO. 130748-01 REVISION, C

APRIL 1997

a a a 0



130748-01 Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance

NOTICE

READ THE FOLLOWING BEFORE INSTALLING OR OPERATING EQUIPMENT

,I15ently Nevada Corporation has attempted to identify areas of risk created by improper installation and/or operation of this product,. These areas of information are noted as WARNING or CAUTION for your protection for the4afe.and effective operation of this eciuipment. .-130:04-alrinatniCtiOns

. .,,.... befor9.instatting:er,o erating this product Pay particular attention to thos e... are as!designated : the following ymbqs

2-;:*

High VO)ioie::,pie'seht:.;: Contact could cause

ishisdk; burns, or death._ ..

_S

Maéhine rcti6r during uroti

=

0 t *

=4i . -

t...1:1;41_111r: z /110.1. 7 011 A

, 7

pfrig.ht.inf.1146-e-meht-..isla--;ten'o-ut...Atilte, a. e

Uflited States of America and rprOigtopyright

1 - . -



Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance 130748-01

FOREWORD

This document is intended for personnel who maintain the 3300 Monitoring System. The procedures are presented in step-by-step graphic format.

RELATED DOCUMENTS




3300/12 Power Supply, 89602-01


3300/55 Dual Velocity Monitor Operation, 130747-01

Dynamic Data Manager 2/Transient Data Manager 2 User's Guide, 102191-01

Keyphasor® is a registered trademark of Bently Nevada Corporation

Velomitor® is a registered trademark of Bently Nevada Corporation

Proximitora is a registered trademark of Bently Nevada Corporation

HTVS is an abbreviation for High Temperature Velomitor® System

In this document procedures are given only for channel A. Procedures for channel B are similar except for the obvious substitution of corresponding switches, terminals, and indicators.

SYMBOLS Special symbols are used in the manual to illustrate specifics in the step-by-step processes. For example:

PRESS FLASHING CONNECT DISCONNECT OBSERVE SCREWDRIVER

iii




CONTENTS

SECTION TITLE

1 DUAL VELOCITY MONITOR SYSTEM

2 FRONT PANEL FEATURES

3 MONITOR REMOVAL

4 MONITOR DISASSEMBLY

5 SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE

PAGE

1

2

3

4,5

6 - 9

6 MONITOR OPTIONS 10 - 13

7 MAIN BOARD JUMPER LOCATIONS 14

8 PK-PK FILTER BOARD JUMPER LOCATIONS 15

9 RMS FILTER BOARD JUMPER LOCATIONS 16

10 FIRST OUT, ALARM DELAYS, NOT-OK MODE OPTIONS .17

11 ALERT MODE, DANGER MODE, RECORDER OUTPUT OPTIONS 18

12 DANGER RELAY VOTING, TIMED OK/CHANNEL DEFEAT, DANGER BYPASS OPTIONS

19

13 BUFFERED TRANSDUCER OUTPUT. OPTION 20,21,22

14 TRANSDUCER CHANNEL UNITS INPUT OPTIONS 23

15 TRANSDUCER TYPE OPTION 24

16 CHANNEL A FULL SCALE RANGE OPTIONS 25,26

17 CHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE OPTIONS 27,28

18 BARRIERS, TRIP MULTIPLY OPTIONS 29

iv




CONTENTS (CONT.)

20 ALARM SETPOINT ADJUST

21 BYPASS MONITOR CHANNEL 32

31

22 DANGER BYPASS 33

23 TEST CHANNEL ALARMS 34 - 37

24 TEST OK LIMITS 38 - 40

25 CALIBRATE CHANNEL 41 - 44

26 FILTER PROGRAMMING 45 26.1 Filter Configuration 46,47 26.2 Filter/Integrator Interface 48 26.3 Set High Pass Corner Frequency 49 - 53 26.4 Set Low Pass Corner Frequency 54 - 58 26.5 Bandpass Filtering 59 26.6 Test Filter Settings 60 - 65

27 SELF TEST 66 - 68

28 FIELD WIRING DIAGRAMS 69 - 80

29 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS 81

30 SPECIFICATIONS 83

31 INDEX 85




THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

vi



Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance

1 I DUAL VELOCITY MONITOR SYSTEM

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE LOCATION

3300 RACK

CHANNEL A RECORDER OUTPUT

ALERT RELAY CONTACTS

CHANNEL A VELOCITY TRANSDUCER

SIGNAL I NPUT RELAY MODULE

130748-01

CHANNEL B CHANNEL B VELOCITY RECORDER TRANSDUCER OUTPUT -Th

DANGER RELAY CONTACTS




2 I FRONT PANEL FEATURES

Bar graph - indicates velocity or displacement value

Transducer OK LED

DANGER LED

ALERT LED

3300/55

DUAL

VELOCITY MONITOR

Channel BYPASS LED

Read Monitor Danger Setpoints

Read Monitor Alert Setpoints

Coaxial Connector for Buffered Transducer Output

1.0-2

V= e

= .8- o= c=

I =

n /_ s=

-4.0-

EV e

=,9 I

=o 1c

t y

=An z

s =e

c

OK

DANGER 0 A

ALERT Q B BYPASS 0

ANGER ALERT

A


2




3 I MONITOR REMOVAL

1. Loosen two screws. 2. Pull monitor from rack.

As, CAUTION

The machine is not protected when the monitor is removed from the rack.

3




4 I MONITOR DISASSEMBLY

Side Cover Removal Squeeze the retaining tips on each standoff, and remove the side cover from the monitor.

Circuit Board Removal Squeeze the retaining tips on each standoff, and remove the plug-in board from the main board.

MAIN PWA STANDOFF

PLUGIN BOARD

SIDE COVER

4




4 I MONITOR DISASSEMBLY (CONTINUED)

Front Panel Removal

RETAINING SCREW SPRING

VVVV1

VVV\A

WASHER SLIDING STANDOFF

CONNECTOR

RIBBON CABLE

5



5 I SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE, DUAL RELAY I


WARNING High Voltage present. Could cause shock, burns or death.

Do Not touch exposed wires or terminals.



Module options 1. Seismoprobe® SIRM with epoxy or hermetically

sealed dual relays.

si

-31

Alert Relay Jumper In Out

Normally Energized Normally De-energized*

W3 W4,W11 W4,W11 W3

Danger Relay Jumper In Out


W2 W1 ,W12 W1 ,W12 W2

OR Bus Jumper In Out

No Options* Alert & Danger Bus 1

Alert & Danger Bus 2

W5 W8 - W6,W8 W5,W7 W5,W7 W6,W8

@I

II of

III

5

* Denotes shipped as options

6




SIRM, DUAL RELAY (CONTINUED)

2. Velomitor® and HTVS SIRMs with epoxy sealed dual relays.

Alert. Relay Jumper In Out


W3 W4,W6 W4,W6 W3



W1 W2,W5 W2,W5 W1




--- W7 - W10 W8,W9 VV7,W10 W7,W10 W8,W9

-00 00 00 00 00 00

V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 VI

1

3. Velomitor® and HTVS SIRMs with hermetically sealed dual relays.

Alert Relay Jumper In Out


W3 W4,W9 W4,W9 W3



.W2 W1 ,W10 W1,W10 W2




W5 - -W8 W6,W8 W5,W7 W5,W7 W6,W8

00 00 00 00

Vl V2 W3 W4

* Denotes shipped as options.

7




5 I SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE, QUAD RELAY I

WARNING High Voltage present. Contact could cause shock, burns, or death.




Module options 1. Seismoprobe® SIRM with quad relay.

Alert Relays Jumper In Out

Normally Energized

Normally De-energized*

W3A,W4C W2,W3C W3D,W4D

W2,W3C W3A,W4C W3D,W4D

Danger Relays Jumper In Out

Normally Energized


W4B,W4 W1 ,W3B W4A,W4E

W1 ,W3B W4B,W4F W4A,W4E

L+

[1. 8

m- r;

Cod

tJ

c-

HI

,IMOrICLI>

On CO>

00 * Denotes shipped as options

8




5 1 SIRM, QUAD RELAY (CONTINUED)

2. Velomitor ® and HTVS SIRMs with quad relays.

Alert Relays In

Jumper Out

Normally Energized W1,W4C VV2,W4D W3A,VV3B

Normally De-energized* W2,W4D VV3A,W3B

W1,W4C

Danger Relays In

Jumper Out

Normally Energized


W4A,W4E

VV3C,VV3D W4B,W4F

W3C,W3D W4B,W4F

W4A,W4E


on m>

fl 0o C

as

9



1-30748-01 Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance

6 I MONITOR OPTIONS

DUAL VELOCITY MONITOR

PART NUMBER 3300/55 AA

TRANSDUCER INPUT CHANNEL UNITS option 01 Dual velocity inputs channels A and B indicate in peak velocity units.

02 Dual velocity inputs, channel A indicates in peak velocity units, channel B indicates in peak to peak displacement units.

03 Dual velocity inputs, channel A and B indicate in peak to peak displacement units.

04 Dual velocity inputs, channel A and B indicate in RMS velocity units.

05 Single velocity input, channels A and B

indicate in peak velocity units.

06 Single velocity input, channel A indicates in

peak velocity units, channel B indicates in

peak to peak displacement units.


indicate in peak to peak displacement units.


indicate in RMS velocity units.

BB

TRANSDUCER TYPE option

01 Benny Nevada 9200 or 74712 velocity transducer, 500 mV per inch per second.

02 Bent ly Nevada 47633-01 velocity transducers, 500 mV per inch per second.

03 Bell and Howell CEC 4 - 126 velocity transducers 145 mV per inch per second.

04 Bent ly Nevada 330500 Velomitor® transducer. 100mV per inch per second.

05 Bent ly Nevada 330550 HTVS and 330750 transducer. 145 mV per per second.

CC

CHANNEL A FULL SCALE RANGE option 01 0 to .5 inch per second peak

02 0 to 1 inch per second peak


04 0 to 5 mils

05 0 to 10 mils

06 0 to 20 mils

07 0 to .5 inches per second RMS

08 0 to 1 inch per second RMS

09 0 to 2 inches per second RMS

11 0 to 10 millimeters per second peak



14 0 to 100 micrometers



17 0 to 10 millimeters per second RMS



DD

CHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE option 01 0 to .5 inch per second peak



04 0 to 5 mils

05 0 to 10 mils

06 0 to 20 mils

07 0 to .5 inches per second RMS

08 0 to 1 inch per second RMS

09 0 to 2 inches per second RMS








18 0 to 20 millimeters . per second RMS


10




6 I MONITOR OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

DUAL VELOCITY MONITOR PART NUMBER (CONTINUED)

EE FF GG HH

AGENCY APPROVAL BARRIERS USED ALARM RELAY TRIP MULTIPLY options option option

00 Not required 00 No 00 No relays 00 None

01 CSA /NRTL 01 External barriers, 01 Epoxy sealed dual 01 2x Trip multiply Seismoprobe® relays

02 BASEEFA 02 3x Trip multiply 02 Internal barriers, 02 Hermetically sealed Seismoprobe® dual relays

03 External barriers, 03 Epoxy sealed quad Velomitor®, HTVS relays

04 Velomitor®, no relays

05 Velomito®, epoxy sealed dual relays

08 Velomitor®, hermetically sealed dual relays

07 Velomitor®, epoxy sealed quad relays

08 HTVS, no relays

09 HTVS, epoxy sealed dual relays

10 HTVS, hermetically sealed dual relays

11 HTVS, epoxy sealed quad relays

11



130748-01. Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance

6 I MONITOR OPTIONS

FIELD PROGRAMMABLE options:

* denotes shipped as options. for transducer options 04 (Velomitor ) and 05 (HTVS), a 3.0 kHz low pass filter is used in the signal input module.

First Out *Enabled Disabled

Alarm Delays 1 Second

* 3 Seconds 6 Seconds

Not-OK Mode Latching, (Timed OK Channel Defeat

may not be used.) *Non-Latching

Alert Mode *Latching Non-Latching

Danger Mode *Latching Non-Latching

Recorder Outputs * +4 to +20 mA

+1 to +5 Vdc 0 to - 10 Vdc

Danger Relay Voting *OR Voting for Relay Drive AND Voting for Relay Drive

Danger Bypass *Disabled Enabled

Two Pole High Pass Filter, Channel A *None

1 of 450 possible frequencies from 3 to 400 Hz

Two Pole High Pass Filter, Channel B *None


Two Pole Low Pass Filter, Channel A** *None

1 of 500 possible frequencies from 24 to 3000Hz

12




6 I MONITOR OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

Two Pole Low Pass Filter, Channel B** *None


Timed OK Channel Defeat *Enabled, (Must have Non-Latching

Not-OK Mode Selected.) Disabled

Integrator / Filter Positioning Channel A Integrator After Filtering Integrator Before Filtering

Integrator / Filter Positioning Channel B

Integrator After Filtering Integrator Before Filtering

Buffered Transducer Filtering,Channel A *No Filtering Filtered

Buffered Transducer Filtering,Channel B

*No Filtering Filtaed

The Dual Velocity Monitor has a number of ordered options and a variety of field (user) programmable options. The ordered and field programmable options are presented on the preceding two pages and are further described on the following pages. In general the ordered options affect the hardware configuration of the monitor whereas the field programmable options do not. For example, if Transducer Input Channel Units option (option AA) 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, or 07 is ordered then the plug-in board will be the Peak-Peak Filter Board. If Transducer Input Channel Units option 04 or 08 is ordered then the plug-in board will be the RMS Filter Board.

Ordered options can be changed, providing the correct hardware is installed, by removing and installing jumpers on the main circuit board and/or the plug-in circuit board. The field programmable options can be changed simply by installing or removing jumpers on the main circuit board and/or the plug-in circuit board.

The location of the option jumpers on the circuit boards and a jumper configuration guide for the monitor options is shown in the following sections. Note that many monitor options require installation or removal of jumpers on both the main board and the plug-in board.

13




7 I MAIN BOARD, JUMPER. LOCATIONS

Jumper Locations on Main Board Jumpers located on the main board are numbered W1 through W39.

0 I I%

r3-'0

X..1

.(11

t.I1 5ne

en]

Roza oz]

ow _c_ .a.1 . C4.1

- a:1320 ;=1

1%02 9im CIA

77

,..<19.01.

k k - - 4¢,044.0

9 CAME

m

3 ECM

*Location on old Main Board 83641-01 **Location on new Main Board 129958-01

14




LUPEAK-PEAK FILTER BOARD, JUMPER LOCATION4

130748-01

Jumper Locations on Peak-Peak Filter Board

Jumpers located on the Peak-Peak Filter Board are numbered from W39 - W55.

1139 CND

J4

140 M41 A rI A

8

M46

o o C

o o 8

o 0 A

III O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

A

8

C

0

M42 o o o o

A

143 A

C

D

G

H

O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

111 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

1150

A.

8

C

0

H

0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

A

B

C

F

K

153 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 -0 O 0

W55

A

8 C

0

H

O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

A

B

C

D

J

.0 0

O 0 0 0 O 0 O 0

145

IIM4 4 to °I

M49 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

A

C

0

1152 O 0 O 0 O 0

'54 O 0 O 0 O 0

A

8

C

8 C

PEAK - PEAK FILTER BOARD (83657-01)

NOTE: The Peak-Peak Filter board must be

(option M) 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, and

The filters are located on the plug-in boards.

installed for Transducer Input Channel Units options

07.

boards for both the peak-peak and rms plug-in

15




I RMS FILTER BOARD, JUMPER LOCATIONS

Jumper Locations on RMS Filter Board

Jumpers located on the RMS Filter Board are numbered W39 - W73

J4

s

0)

0 3 ;CI

W42 1456

A B

E F

H

A B C D E F

H

,444 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 o o

O 0

W58

A B C D E F

H.

A B C

F

H

O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

W65 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 o o

W70 O 0 o o O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0

C=3 W45

S./ 49 50

0 0 0

W46 0 0 0 0 51 W47 0 0 0 0 52 W48 0 0 0 0 53

0 o\4 54 o 014 55

W60 W59 1=3 C=I

W66

1'0'701

W71

C=3

V77

1/62 W63 1464

1461 lo of

O 0 0_0 O 0

W68 o o o o

W69

W73 10 of

RMS FILTER BOARD (83649-01)

NOTE: The RMS Filter Board must be installed for Transducer Channel Units options (option AA)

04 and 08.

16




10I FIRST OUT,ALARM DELAYS,NOT-OK MODE

The jumper configuration for the First Out, Alarm Delays, and Not-OK Mode options are shown

below.

OPTION SETTING INSTALL REMOVE

First Out Enabled * W36C

W36C Disabled

Alarm Delay 3 Seconds * W35B W35C 1 Second W35C W35B

6 Seconds W35B,C

Not-OK Mode Option Latching (see note) VV35G,W36D Non-Latching * W35G

NOTE: If Timed OK/Channel Defeat is enabled, Not-OK Mode must be non-latching.


17




11 i ALERT MODE,DANGER MODE,RECORDER OUTPUll The jumper configurations for the Alert and Danger Modes, and the jumper configuration for the recorder output options are shown below.


Alert Mode

Danger Mode

Latching * Non-Latching

Latching * Non-latching

* Denotes Shipped As Options

W35F

W35E

W35F

W35E

Recorder Output Options To set the recorder output, first remove all jumpers from headers W15C-E, W16, W17, W18C-E, W23A -D, W24A -D, W30A-E, VV31A-B, W34A -E. Install the jumpers specified below.

Recorder Output +4 to +20mA * +1 to +5 Vdc 0 to -10 Vdc

W15D W15E W15C W16 W16 W17 W18D W18E W18C W23A,D W23B W23C VV24A,D W24B W24C VV30A,C,D VV30B,E VV30B,E VV31A VV31A W31B W34A,C,D W34B,E W34B,E


18




1 12 DANGER VOTING, TIMED OK/CHANNEL DEFEAT, DANGER BYPASS

The jumper configuration for the Danger Relay Voting, Timed OK/Channel Defeat, and Danger

Bypass options is shown below.


Danger Voting OR * AND

Timed OK/Channel Defeat Enabled * (see note) Disabled

Danger Bypass

W36B

W36D

Enabled W35D Disabled *


W36B

W36D,W35G

W35D

NOTE: When Timed OK/Channel Defeat is enabled the Not-OK Mode must be non-latching.

19



113I BUFFERED TRANSDUCER OUTPUT OPTION I


The Buffered Transducer Output circuit provides the buffered transducer signal to the front panel coaxial connectors and to the signal input relay module. If integration of the velocity signal to displacement is performed then the buffered transducer signal for that channel will be the displacement signal.

If the transducer signal is integrated and then filtered, then the buffered transducer out path can be optioned for either the filtered or unfiltered transducer signal. If the transducer signal is filtered and then integrated, then the buffered transducer out path must be optioned for the filtered transducer signal. See Section 26.2 for the filter/integrator position options.

The jumpers to configure the buffered transducer out circuit depend on which plug-in board is installed, if the channel is velocity or displacement, and the transducer type. (See Monitor options AA and BB Section 6.0). The jumpers are shown in the next three tables.

The abbreviation "BTA" is used for the channel A buffered transducer output, and the abbreviation "BTB" is used for the channel B buffered transducer output.

Jumpers, for configuring the Buffered Transducer Output option to be either filtered or unfiltered, are shown in the table below (jumpers are located on main board, see Section 7).

BUFFERED TRANSDUCER FILTERING OPTIONS

INSTALL

BTA unfiltered * BTA filtered

BTB unfiltered * BTB filtered

* Denotes Shipped As Option

W12B W12A

W11A W11B

REMOVE

W12A W1 2B

W11B W11A

NOTE: The Buffered Transducer Output can only be filtered if filtering is being performed on the signal for that particular channel. If filtering is not performed on a channel signal then the unfiltered Buffered Transducer Output option is installed.

20



113I BUFFERED TRANSDUCER OUTPUT, (CONY) Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance 130748-01

As stated previously, the jumpers to configure the Buffered Transducer Output circuit depend on

which plug-in board is used (pk-pk or RMS), if the channel is velocity or displacement, and the

transducer type. The following table shows the proper jumper configuration for your particular monitor options (jumpers are located on main board, see section 7).

IF YOU HAVE AN RMS FILTER BOARD:

MONITOR OPTION INSTALL REMOVE

Velomitor® Transducer W5B,W5D,W6B,W6D W5A,W5C,W5E W6A,W6C,W6E

All other transducer options W5B,W6B W5A,W5C,W5D,W5E W6A,W6C,W6D,W6E

IF YOU HAVE A PK-PK PLUG-IN BOARD:

MONITOR OPTION INSTALL REMOVE

Velomitor®, Channel A Displacement

W6A,W6C W6B,W6D,W6E

Velomitor®, Channel A Velocity

W6A,W6C,W6E W6B,W6D

Velomitor®, Channel B

Displacement

W5A,W5C W5B,W5D,W5E

Velomitor®, Channel B

Velocity

W5A,W5C,W5E W5B,W5D

All other transducer options, Displacement & Velocity

W6A,W6C W5A,W5C

W6B,W6D,W6E W5B,W5D,W5E

21




13I BUFFERED TRANSDUCER OUTPUT OPTION

The Scale Factor of the Buffered Transducer Output for different transducer options is shown below:

TRANSDUCER INPUT BUFFERED OUTPUT SCALE FACTOR Velocity Seismoprobe® 500 mV/in/sec

9200 Velocity Seismoprobe® 500 mV/in/sec

47633 and 86205

VELOCITY DISPLACEMENT 500 mV/in/sec

(19.685 mV/mm/sec) 200 mV/mil

(7.874 mV/mm)

Velomitor® 100 mV/in/sec 100mV/in/sec 200mV/mil

Velocity (non-standard) 145 mV/in/sec HTVS 145 mV/in/sec

145 mV/in/sec (5.709 mV /mm/sec)

200 mV/mil (7.874 mV/mm)

Note 1: Revisions B, A & NC of the 3300/55 Main Board (BNC P/N 129958-01) yield 500mV/in/sec for the Buffered Transducer Output (velocity) when used with the Velomitor® Transducer (BBoption 04). To be consistent with earlier versions, revisions C and later of the Main Board when used with Velomitor® Transducer can be configured to yield 500 mV/in/sec at the Buffered Transducer Output. This can be accomplished by selecting the jumper settings for "all other transducer options" from the tables on page 21.

Note 2: The dynamic signal present at the Buffered Transducer Outputs will swing around signal ground except in the case of an unfiltered configuration on the RMS/Filter Board. In this case, the Buffered Transducer Outputs will be biased at -1.4 Vdc (-7.0 Vdc if the Main Board revision is NC, A, or B).

22



114I TRANSDUCER INPUT CHANNEL UNITS OPTIONS


TRANSDUCER INPUT CHANNEL UNITS option (option .AA) Configuration of this option requires installation and/or removal of jumpers located on both The main board and the plug-in board. See Sections 7 and 8 or 9 for jumper locations.

Before configuring this option remove the jumpers from the following headers: MAIN BOARD: W8, W9, W19-W22 PK-PK FILTER BOARD: W40A, W41A,B, W43G,H, W49A RMS FILTER BOARD: W49, W57

OPTION TRANSDUCER INPUT INSTALL JUMPERS CODE CHANNEL UNITS Main Board Plug -in. Board

01 Dual Velocity Inputs W9, W20, W22 W41A,B, W43H Channel A - Peak Velocity Channel B - Peak Velocity

02 Dual Velocity Inputs W9, W20, W22 W41A,B, W43G Channel A - Peak Velocity Channel B - Peak-Peak Displacement

03 Dual Velocity Inputs W9, W20, W22 W40A, W41B, W43G Channel A - Peak-Peak Displacement Channel B - Peak-Peak Displacement

04 Dual Velocity Inputs W9, W19, W21 W57 Channel A - RMS Velocity Channel B - RMS Velocity

05 Single Velocity Input' W8, W20, W22 W41A, W43H, W49A Channel A - Peak Velocity Channel B - Peak Velocity

06 Single Velocity Input " W8, W20, W22 W41A, W43G, W49A Channel A - Peak Velocity Channel B - Peak-Peak Displacement

07 Single Velocity Input W8, W20, W22 W40A, W43G, W49A Channel A - Peak-Peak Displacement Channel B - Peak-Peak Displacement

08 Single Velocity Input W8, W19, W21 W49

Channel A - RMS Velocity Channel B - RMS Velocity

NOTE: FOR OPTIONS 01 - 03, AND 05 - 07 THE PEAK-PEAK FILTER BOARD IS INSTALLED. FOR OPTIONS 04 AND 08 THE RMS FILTER BOARD IS INSTALLED.

NOTE: REFER TO FILTER PROGRAMMING, SECTION 26.0, TO COMPLETE CONFIGURATION.

SINGLE VELOCITY TRANSDUCER MUST BE CONNECTED TO CHANNEL A

23



115I TRANSDUCER TYPE OPTION


TRANSDUCER TYPE option (option BB) Configuration of this option requires installation and/or removal of jumpers located on both the main board and the plug-in board. See Sections 7 and 8 or 9 for jumper locations.

Before configuring this option remove all the jumpers from the following headers: MAIN BOARD: W10, W14, W26, W28, W39A-D PK-PK FILTER BOARD: W47E RMS FILTER BOARD: W43

OPTION CODE

TRANSDUCER TYPE Main Board

INSTALL JUMPERS Pk-pk Board RMS board

01 Bently Nevada Corp. 9200 or W14, W28 74712 Hi Temp 500 mV per inch per second Velocity

** W39A,W39C

Transducers

02 Bently Nevada Corp. 47633 W10, VV26 W47E W43 500 mV per inch per second ** VV39A,VV39C Velocity Transducers

03 Bell and Howell CEC 4 - 126 W14, W28 145 mV per inch per second ** W39A,W39C Velocity Transducers

04 * Velomitor, Bently Nevada Corp. W10, W26 W47E W43 330500 100 mV per inch per second Velocity

*** VV39B,VV39D

Transducers

05 * HTVS, Bently Nevada Corp. W10, W26 W47E W43 330550 145 mV per second ** W39A,W39C Velocity Transducers

* THE VELOMITOR AND THE HTVS REQUIRE THE -24 VDC POWER SUPPLY OPTION. ** W39A -D apply ONLY to new Main Board, _129958-01.

Option valid ONLY when using NEW SIMs/SIRMs. Otherwise, install W39A,W39C. Refer to Section 29 (Recommended Spare Parts)under "Old to New Spares Update List."

For further TRANSDUCER TYPE options, such as Bently Nevada Corp. three wire transducers, contact Bently Nevada Corp.

CAUTION Subjecting the Bently Nevada Velomitor® (option 04) to a mechanical impulse will result in a high output low frequency response.

24




161 CHANNEL A FULL SCALE RANGE OPTIONS

CHANNEL A FULL SCALE RANGE option (option CC)

Configuration of this option requires installation and/or removal of jumpers located on both the main

board and the plug-in board. See Sections 7 and 8 or 9 for jumper locations. Configuration of this

option depends on the TRANSDUCER TYPE option selected.

Channel A Full Scale Range options for Transducer Type options 01, 02 and 04

Before configuring this option remove all the jumpers from the following headers:

MAIN BOARD: W1, W2 PK-PK FILTER BOARD: W47A - D, W39 RMS FILER BOARD: W39, W40

OPTION CODE

01

02 03

04 05 06

07' 08' 09'

11

12 13

14

15 16

17' 18* 19*

CHANNEL A FULL SCALE RANGE OPTION

INSTALL JUMPERS Main Board Plug-in Board

0 - .50 inch/second peak velocity WIB W47A,C

0 - 1.0 inch/second peak velocity W1A W47A,C

0 - 2.0 inch/second peak velocity W1A W47C

0 - 5 mils pk-pk displacement W1A W47A,C

0 - 10 mils pk-pk displacement WIA W47C

0 - 20 mils pk-pk displacement WIA W47A

0 - .50 inch/second rms velocity WIC W39

0 - 1.0 inch/second rms velocity W1B W39

0 - 2.0 inch/second rms velocity W1A W39

0 - 10 mm/second peak velocity W1B W47B,C

0 - 20 mm/second peak velocity W1A W47B,C

0 - 50 mm/second peak velocity W1A W47C

0 - 100 micrometers pk-pk displacement W1A W47B,C

0 - 200 micrometers pk-pk displacement W2C W47C

0 - 500 micrometers pk-pk displacement WIA W47A

0 - 10 mm/second rms velocity WIC W40

0 - 20 mm/second rms velocity WIB W40

0 - 50 mm/second rms velocity WIA W39

These options require installation of the rms filter board, all others require installation of the peak-peak

filter board.

NOTE 1: This table applies only if transducer type option 01, 02 or 04 is selected.

NOTE 2: Changing a full scale range option requires recalibration of the monitor.

NOTE 3: Changing the inputs from velocity to displacement or from displacement to velocity will require jumper

changes in the Transducer Input Channel Units Option (see section 14).

25



161 CHANNEL A FULL SCALE RANGE OPTIONS (CONTI


The Channel A Full Scale Range options for Transducer Type options 03, Bell and Howell CEC 4 - 126 145 mV per inch per second velocity transducer, and 05 HTVS 145 mV per inch per second velocity transducer, are shown below.

Channel A Full Scale Range options for Transducer Type options 03 and 05

Before configuring this option remove all the jumpers from the following headers: MAIN BOARD: W1, W2 PK-PK FILTER BOARD: W47A - D, W39 RMS FILTER BOARD: W39,W40

OPTION CHANNEL A FULL INSTALL JUMPERS CODE SCALE RANGE OPTION Main Board Plug-in Board

01 0 - .50 inch/second peak velocity W2A W47A,C 02 0 - 1.0 inch/second peak velocity W2A W47C 03 0 - 2.0 inch/second peak velocity W2A W47A

04 0 - 5 mils pk-pk displacement W1A W47A,C,W39 05 0 - 10 mils pk-pk displacement W1A W47C,W39 06 0 - 20 mils pk-pk displacement W1A W47A,W39

07 0 - .50 inch/second rms velocity W2A 08 0 - 1.0 inch/second rms velocity W2A VV39 09 0 - 2.0 inch/second rms velocity W2B W39

11 0 - 10 mm/second peak velocity W2D W47A,C 12 0 - 20 mm/second peak velocity W2D W47C 13 0 - 50 mm/second peak velocity W2D

14 0 - 100 micrometers pk-pk displacement W1A W47B,C,W39 15 0 - 200 micrometers pk-pk displacement W2C W47C,W39 16 0 - 500 micrometers pk-pk displacement W1A W47A,W39

17 0 - 10 mm/second rms velocity W2D 18 0 - 20 mm/second rms velocity W2D W39 19 0 - 50 mm/second rms velocity W2B W39

These options require installation of the rms filter board, all others require installation of the peak-peak filter board.

NOTE 1: This table applies only if transducer type option 03 or 05 is selected. NOTE 2: Changing a full scale range option requires recalibratlon of the monitor. NOTE 3: Changing the inputs from velocity to displacement or from displacement to velocity will require jumper


26




171 CHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE OPTIONS

CHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE option, (option DD)

Configuration of this option requires installation and/or removal of jumpers located on both the main board and the plug-in board. See Sections 7 and 8 or 9 for jumper locations. Configuration of this option depends on the TRANSDUCER TYPE option selected.

Channel B Full Scale Range options for Transducer Type options 01, 02, and 04

Before configuring this option remove all the jumpers from the following headers: MAIN BOARD: W3, W4 PK-PK FILTER BOARD: W46, W43C RMS FILTER BOARD: W41, W42

OPTION CODE

CHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE OPTION

INSTALL JUMPERS Main Board Plug-In Board

01 0 - .50 inch/second peak velocity W4B W46A,C

02 0 - 1.0 inch/second peak velocity W4C W46A,C

03 0 - 2.0 inch/second peak velocity W4C W46C

04 0 - 5 mils pk-pk displacement W4C W46A,C

05 0 - 10 mils pk-pk displacement W4C W46C

06 0 - 20 mils pk-pk displacement W4C W46A

07' 0 - .50 inch/second rms velocity W4A W42

08* 0 - 1.0 inch/second rms velocity W4B W42

09* 0 - 2.0 inch/second rms velocity W4C W42

11 0 - 10 mm/second peak velocity W4B W46B,C

12 0 - 20 mm/second peak velocity W4C W46B,C

13 0 - 50 mm/second peak velocity W4C W46C

14 0 - 100 micrometers pk-pk displacement W4C W46B,C

15 0 - 200 micrometers pk-pk displacement W3B W46C

16 0 - 500 micrometers pk-pk displacement W4C W46A

17* 0 - 10 mm/second rms velocity W4A W41

18* 0 - 20 mm/second rms velocity W4B W41

19* 0 - 50 mm/second rms velocity W4C W42

These options require installation of the rms filter board, all others require installation of the peak-peak filter

board.

NOTE 1: This table applies only if transducer type option 01, 02, or 04 is selected.

NOTE 2: Changing a full scale range option requires recalIbration of the monitor.

NOTE 3: Changing the inputs from velocity to displacement or from displacement to velocity will require jumper


27




17ICHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE OPTIONS (CONT)

The Channel B Full Scale Range options for Transducer Type options 03, Bell and Howell CEC 4 - 126 145 mV per inch per second velocity transducer, and 05, HTVS 145 mV per inch per second velocity transducer, are shown below.

Channel B Full Scale Range options for Transducer Type options 03 and 05

Before configuring this option remove all the jumpers from the following headers: MAIN BOARD: W3, W4 PK-PK FILTER BOARD: W46, W43C RMS FILTER BOARD: W41, W42

OPTION CODE

CHANNEL B FULL SCALE RANGE OPTION

INSTALL JUMPERS Main Board Plug-in Board

01 0 - .50 inch/second peak velocity W3C % '46A,C 02 0 - 1.0 inch/second peak velocity W3C W46C 03 0 - 2.0 inch/second peak velocity W3C W46A

04 0 - 5 mils pk-pk displacement W4C W46A,C, W43C 05 0 - 10 mils pk-pk displacement W4C W46C, W43C 06 0 - 20 mils pk-pk displacement W4C W46A,W43C

07* 0 - .50 inch/second rms velocity W3C 08" 0 - 1.0 inch/second rms velocity W3C W42 09* 0 - 2.0 inch/second rms velocity W3D W42

11 0 - 10 mm/second peak velocity W3A W46A,C 12 0 - 20 mm/second peak velocity W3A W46C 13 0 - 50 mm/second peak velocity W3A

14 0 - 100 micrometers pk-pk displacement W4C W46B,C, W43C 15 0 - 200 micrometers pk-pk displacement W3B W46C, W43C 16 0 - 500 micrometers pk-pk displacement W4C W46A, W43C

17* 0 - 10 mm/second rms velocity W3A 18* 0 - 20 mm/second rms velocity W3A W42 19* 0 - 50 mm/second rms velocity W3D W42

These options require installation of the rms filter board, all others require installation of the peak-peak filter board.

NOTE 1: This table applies only if transducer type option 03 or 05 is selected. NOTE 2: Changing a full scale range option requires recalibratIon of the monitor. NOTE 3: Changing the inputs from velocity to displacement or from displacement to velocity will require jumper


28




118I BARRIERS, TRIP MULTIPLY

BARRIER option, (option FF)

Barriers may be utilized with the monitor. Installation of barriers affects jumper configuration on the

main board as shown below. Recalibration is required when Barriers are installed, (see section 25).

Jumper Configuration Guide for Barriers

OPTION CODE

TRANSDUCER / BARRIERS JUMPERS (Located on Main Board)

00 NONE REMOVE: W7, W13, W25, W27

01 SEISMOPROBE, EXTERNAL INSTALL: W7, W13, W25, W27

02 SEISMOPROBE, INTERNAL INSTALL: W7, W13, W25, W27

03 VELOMITOR, HTVS, EXTERNAL REMOVE: W7,W13,W25, W27

TRIP MULTIPLY option, (option HH)

The Trip Multiply Jumpers are shown below. CAUTION Each trip multiply option requires hardware

component changes on the main board. Do not change the trip multiply option jumpers unless the

corresponding hardware changes are also made. (Consult your local sales representative.)

Trip Multiply Jumpers

OPTION TRIP JUMPERS

CODE MULTIPLY (Located on Main Board) INSTALL. REMOVE

00 NONE W15A, W18A W35A, W36A

01 2X W15B, W18B, W35A W15A,W18A,VV36A

03 3X W15B, W18B, W36A W15A,W1 eA, VV35A

29



119I METER SCALE REPLACEMENT


The Monitor meter scales can be replaced for operation with different full scale ranges. The replacement meter scales are located in the back of this manual.

To replace a meter scale:

1. Set the monitor full scale range. (See Section 6, Monitor options, and Sections 16, 17, Full Scale Range options)

2. Cut the meter scale from the back of this manual. Be sure to cut along the marked outline so the meter scale will fit properly.

3. Insert the meter scale in the front panel.

METER SCALE

MONITOR FRONT PANEL

PLASTIC LCD HOLDER

METER SCALE SLIDES IN

SLOT BEHIND LCD

VIEW ROTATED FOR CLARITY

30




201 ALARM SETPOINT ADJUST

1. Open front panel.

2. Set switch AA (Adjust channel A) or AB (Adjust channel B) to the left (ON).

3. To adjust ALERT or DANGER setpoints, press and hold ALERT or DANGER switch on the front panel.

4. Use the (up arrow) or (down arrow) switches on the System Monitor to adjust the setpoint level up or down.

5. Reset AA ( or AB) to the right (OFF); close front panel.

31




1 1 BYPASS MONITOR CHANNEL

Set BA (Bypass Channel A) or BB (Bypass Channel B) switch to the left (ON). The corresponding Bypass LED goes on, the OK LED goes off, and the channel reading is clamped to Zero.

A\ CAUTION

Machine Protection will be lost while Channel Bypass is on.

NOTE When Channel Bypass is switched on, channel alarms are cleared.

3304,5s


BA BB DB

AA AB ui

on of f o OK 0 0 cuvizR Q

ALERT Co B

BYPASS

CANCER ALERT

® A


32




I 22 DANGER BYPASS

Set DB (Danger Bypass) switch to the left (ON). Both channel Bypass LEDs go on. The Danger alarm LEDs on the front panel can go on but the danger relay drive will not be activated if a Danger Setpoint is exceeded.

A\ CAUTION

Machine Protection will be lost while Danger Bypass is on.

3300/55

DUAL

VELOCITY MONITOR

C

t I

YF

_

s

10

BA BB DB AA AB

o Cft o O DANCel

A o ALERT o wrpms

RANGER

on of F

ALERT

lc?

33




2 I TEST CHANNEL ALARMS

MULTIMETER tNOT REWO)

000 0 0 0

VEL OC I 7 Y

TRANS DUC ER

1300 OHM

9

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY

MODULE

HOUS ING V

SHAFT

CAUTION

Tests will exceed alarm set point levels causing alarms to activate. This could result in relay contact to change state. See Danger Bypass section 22.

WARNING High Voltage present. Contact could cause shock, burns, or death.


1. Disconnect A and B wiring from the channel A terminals on the Signal Input Relay Module.

2. For Seismoprobe:

Connect the multimeter, function generator, and the 1300 ohm resistor. Set Frequency at 6,000 RPM (100 Hz). If filtering then set: Freq = SQR(FH x FL). In both cases, set a -7.5 Vdc offset.

SQR = Square Root. FH = High Pass Corner Freq. FL = Low Pass Corner Freq.

If no High Pass use FH = 120 CPM (2 Hz). If no Low Pass use FL = 600,000 CPM (10,000 Hz).

34



00 1-11-77,


231 TEST CHANNEL ALARMS (CONY)

VELOM I TOR 110US I NG

+ 11111,460011001$

(E) .

MA

muLTImETER (NOT REO'D) 7

4. 0K SIGNAL

INPUT RELAY PCOULE

3. For Velomitor ®, HTVS, and 330750:

Connect the multimeter, function generator, the 4000 ohm resistor, and the 10 OF capacitor. Set Frequency at 6,000 RPM (100 Hz). If filtering then set: Freq = SQR(FH x FL). A 3.0 kHz low pass filter is used in the signal module. In both cases, set offset voltage to 0 Vdc.

If no High Pass use FH = 270 CPM (4.5 Hz).

If no Low Pass use FL = 180,000 CPM (3,000 Hz).

4. Adjust the function generator sinewave so that the

reading on the monitor front panel is below the

alarm setpoint.

SHAFT

FUNCTION GENERATOR

C 11 IOUF

+

ELK VELOCITY MONITOR

`11M11111

o .... 0

'

0' ::, 4... 0

0 0 11.0000

35




231 TEST CHANNEL ALARMS (CONT)

5. Wait for the Timed OK/Channel defeat delay to elapse then press the RESET switch and verify the OK LEDs are on, and the ALERT and DANGER LEDs are off.

6. Adjust the function generator amplitude past the alert setpoint level and verify that the ALERT LED comes on (Flashing if the first out option is selected).

7. Verify that the ALERT RELAY changed state.

8. Press the RESET switch on the system monitor and verify that the ALERT LED remains on steady.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude past the DANGER setpoint level and verify that the DANGER LED goes on (Flashing if first out option is selected).

10. Verify that the DANGER Relay changed state. If DANGER 'AND' voting logic is selected, the relay will not change states until both channels exceed their DANGER setpoints. AND voting is not active if either channel is bypassed; Also, the Relay will not change states if the Danger Bypass is on.

36




I 231 TEST CHANNEL ALARMS (CONT)

11. Press RESET switch on system monitor. Verify that ALERT and DANGER LEDs remain on and steady.

fe) morn

DUAL VELOCITY WIN I TOR 111

Mk, 44

4

1, o

c. 0 awe. 0 scum 0

0 DO ..C2)

111.1.003)

12. Reduce the function generator amplitude to below the alarm set points and observe that the ALERT and DANGER LEDs go off (if non-latching alarm jumper is installed). Press RESET switch on system monitor to reset latching alarms.

13. If Monitor Trip Multiply Option (HH) is 01 or 02 (see section 6), this test must be repeated with Trip Multiply activated. (See Trip Multiply LED on System Monitor). Alarm Setpoint levels are multiplied by 2X or 3X when Trip Multiply is activated.

14. For Dual Transducer Input repeat steps 1 through 12 for the Channel B alarms. For Single Transducer Input (Dual Path Mode) repeat steps 5 through 12 for the Channel B alarms.

15. If Danger Bypass was turned on before carrying out the tests, it should be turned off before monitoring resumes.

37




241 TEST OK LIMITS

VELOCITY TRANSDUCER

MULTIMETER 1300 OHM

V

V] I L=11

SIGNAL INPUT RELAY

MODULE

HOUSING

SHAFT

POWER SUPPLY

/-

/7

A\ CAUTION

Tests will exceed alarm setpoint levels causing alarms to activate. This could result in relay contact to change state. See Danger Bypass section 22.

WARNING High Voltage present. Contact could cause shock, burns, or death. Do not touch exposed wires or terminals.

1. Disconnect Transducer input wiring A and B from the channel A terminals on the Signal Input Relay Module.

2. For Seismoprobe ®:

Connect the muttimeter, power supply and 1300 ohm resistor. Adjust the power supply voltage for -7.5 Vdc.

38




124I TEST OK LIMITS (CONY)

L.__

MULTIMETER (NOT REGT) 7

000

j -IC

0000

130748-01

VELDMITOR

O ala MIMS

ow

a

cam

SHAFT


HOUSING

POWER SUPPLY

1/- O

3, For Velomitor®, 330750, and HTVS: Connect the multimeter and power supply. Adjust the power supply voltage for -12 Vdc.

4. Wait for the Timed OK/Channel defeat delay then press the RESET switch and verify the OK LED is on.

5. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED goes off (upper limit). Verify that the upper OK limit is between -10.1 and -10.3 Vdc for transducer options 01 or 03, between -9.6 and -9.85 Vdc for transducer option 02 and between -18.7 and -21.1 Vdc for transducer option 04 and 05.

6. Verify that the OK relay changes states (de-energized). Note: all other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed in order for the relay to change states.

1

39



130748-01


7. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.5 Vdc for Seismoprobe e, -12Vdc for Velomitor ®, 330750, or HTVS, and verify that the OK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. If the Not-OK Mode is latching it must be reset using the system reset button on the System Monitor. If Timed OK/Channel Defeat is enabled the OK LED will be flashing when it comes on.

8. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OK LED turns off (lower limit). Verify that the lower OK Limit is between -6.35 Vdc and -6.65 Vdc for transducer options 01 or 03, between -6.25 Vdc and -6.60 Vdc for transducer option 02, and between -4.3 and -6.7 Vdc for transducer option 04 and 05.

9. Verify that the OK relay de-energizes.

10. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.5 Vdc for Seismoprobe, e -12 Vdc for Velomitor ®, 330750, or HTVS, and verify that the OK LED comes back on and the OK relay. energizes.

11. For Dual Transducer Inputs repeat steps 1 through 10 to test the Channel B OK Limits. For Single Transducer Input (Dual Path Mode) repeat steps 3 through 10 to test the Channel B OK Limits.

12. When finished, disconnect the power supply and multimeter and reconnect A and B wiring to the transducer input terminals on the Signal Input Relay Module. Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.



e3300/55


DANCER ALERT

0 0 A 8


40




251 CALIBRATE CHANNEL

-.1111111111M

FUNCTION GENERATOR

Ca=

1. Disconnect transducer input wiring A and B from the channel A terminals on the Signal Input Relay Module.

A\ CAUTION

Procedure will exceed Alarm Set Point levels causing Alarms to Activate and Relays to change state. See Danger Bypass section 22.

A\ WARNING

High voltage present. Contact could cause shock, bums, or death.


2. For Seismoprobeel: Connect function generator, multimeter, and 1300 ohm resistor. Adjust function generator sinewave to 63.66 Hz with -7.5 Vdc offset for Transducer Type options 01 and 02. Adjust function generator to 219.5 Hz with -7.5 Vdc offset for Transducer Type option 03.

A) Transducer Type Options 01 and 02 (500mV/in/sec transducers) 1 in/sec peak = 1 V pk-pk 1 mm/sec peak = 39.37 mV pk-pk 1 in/sec rms = 1.414 V pk-pk 1 mm/sec mis = 55.67 mV pk-pk 1 mil pk-pk = 200 mV pk-pk @ .63.66 hz 1 micrometer pk-pk = 7.87 mV pk-pk @ 63.66 hz

B) Transducer Type Option 03 (145 mV/in/sec transducer) 1 in/sec peak 1 mm/sec peak 1 in/sec mis 1 mm/sec rms 1 mil pk-pk 1 mircometer pk-pk

= 290 mV pk-pk = 11.42 mV pk-pk = 410 mV pk-pk = 16.14 mV pk-pk = 200 mV pk-pk @ 219.5 hz = 7.87 mV pk-pk @ 219.5 hz

41





L._

MULTIMETER (NOT REQ'D)

000 rinn

A

4.0K SIGNAL

INPUT RELAY MODULE

C II IOUF

FUNCTION GENERATOR

I-1 °

3. For Velomitor®, 330750, and HTVS: Connect function generator, multimeter, 4000 ohm resistor, and 10 OF capacitor. Adjust function generator sinewave to 63.66 Hz with 0 Vdc offset for Transducer Type options 04. Adjust function generator sinewave to 219.5 Hz with 0 Vdc offset for Transducer Type option 05.

A) Transducer Type Option 1 in/sec peak 1 mm/sec peak. 1 in/sec rms 1 mm/sec rms 1 mil pk-pk 1 micrometer pk-pk

04 (100mV/in/sec transducer) = 200 mV pk-pk = 7.874 mV pk-pk = 282.8 mV pk-pk = 11.13 mV pk-pk = 40 mV pk-pk @ 63.66 hz = 1.57 mV pk-pk @ 63.66 hz

B) Transducer Type Option 05 1 in/sec peak 1 mm/sec peak 1 in/sec rms 1 mm/sec rms 1 mil pk-pk 1 micrometer pk-pk

(145mV/in/ sec transducer) = 290 mV pk-pk = 11.42 mV pk-pk = 410 mV pk-pk = 16.14 mV pk-pk = 200 mV pk-pk @ 219.5 Hz = 7.87 mV pk-pk @ 219.5 Hz

42




2 I CALIBRATE CHANNEL (CONT)

Example

Given: Transducer Type Option is 01. Full scale range is 2 in/sec pk.

From 2A above: 1 in/sec peak = 1 Vpk-pk, therefore the full scale peak to peak input voltage amplitude is 2 V pk-pk.

The Multimeter reads an AC voltage as an rms voltage, Vrms, where:

Vrms = (.707/2) x( V pk-pk), for a sinewave input

When the full scale signal, (2 V pk-pk), is applied, the Multimeter will read:

Vrms = (.707/2) x ( 2 V pk-pk) = .707 Vrms

4. Open front panel. Slide front panel to right and measure proportional signal output at appropriate signal output testpoints, TP 22 (BPPLA) for Channel A and TP 21 (BPPLB) for Channel B.

PROPORTIONAL OUTPUT =

NO TRIP MULTIPLY +5.00 Vdc

2X TRIP MULTIPLY +2.50 Vdc

3x TRIP MULTIPLY +1.67 Vdc

43




I CALIBRATE CHANNEL (CONT)

5. Adjust potentiometer (GA (gain adjust A) for channel A, and GB for channel B) for 100% of full scale voltage.

GAIN A ADJUST

CHANNEL A TP

CHANNEL B ADJUST

CHANNEL B TP


A-

tE

1

t v

si 2C

FD

omax-a

ALERT 0 a 0 ("ASS 0

El El ALERT

A

WAVERED

MULTIMETER

ODD 1-11-11-1

0 0 0 0 ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6. Close front panel. Disconnect test equipment and reconnect the transducer wiring A and B to Channel A terminals. Verify that the Alert and Danger LED's go out if Alarms are non-latching. Use system reset on System Monitor if Alarms are latching. Verify the OK LED is on. If Timed OK/Channel Defeat is enabled the Not-OK Mode must be non-latching, in this case the OK LED will come on and flash. Pressing the system reset (on the System Monitor) will cause the OK LED to stop flashing and remain on. If the Not-OK Mode is latching, the OK LED will remain off until the system reset is pressed.


44



I26.01 FILTER PROGRAMMING


OVERVIEW

The two optional plug-in boards , Peak-Peak Filter Board and RMS Filter Board, both have identical two pole low pass and two pole high pass programmable filters on each channel, Programming the filters is done by installing and removing jumpers on the respective plug-in board. In the following description of filter programming take care to use the tables which correspond to the plug-in board installed in your monitor system. If the ordered Transducer Input Channel Units option is 01, 02, 03,

05, 06, or 07 then the Peak-Peak Filter Board is installed. If "Transducer Input Channel Units Option" is 04 or 08 then the RMS Filter Board is installed. See section 6.

The steps required to program the monitor for operation with or without filters are as follows: 1) Set Filter Configuration (see section 26.1). The Options are:

A.) High Pass (HP) B.) Low Pass (LP) C.) Bandpass (Both HP and LP) D.) No Filters

2) Set Filter/Integrator Interface (see section 26.2). This option is only to set the filter position with respect to the integrator. If integration without filtering is desired see 1 D above and

section 26.1. The Filter/Integrator Interface Options are: A.) Filter after Integrate B.) Filter before Integrate C.) Filterwithout integration (filtered peak velocity signal)

3) Set Filter Corner Frequency A.) HP Filter only (see section 26.3) B.) LP Filter only (see section 26.4) C.) Bandpass Filter (see section 26.5)

4) Test Filter Settings, (not required if configuration is for no filters) see section 26.6.

A FILTER CONFIGURATION OPTION MUST BE SET FOR MONITOR OPERATION WITH OR

WITHOUT FILTERS. THIS OPTION MUST BE CONFIGURED WHETHER INTEGRATION IS

PERFORMED OR NOT.

FILTER/INTEGRATE INTERFACE OPTIONS ARE ONLY APPLICABLE IF THE PEAK-PEAK

BOARD IS INSTALLED.

FOR TRANSDUCER OPTION 04 (Velomitor ®), A 3.0 kHZ LOW PASS FILTER IS USED IN THE

SIGNAL MODULE.

Note: CPM (cycles per minute) = 60 x (frequency in Hertz)

45




26.11 FILTER CONFIGURATION

1) Remove Monitor from rack (see section 3).

2) Remove the sheet metal cover (see section 4).

3) Install and Remove jumpers on the appropriate plug-in board as indicated in Tables I and II. For jumper locations see section 8 for the Peak-Peak Fitter Board and section 9 for the RMS Filter Board.

Table I

FILTER CONFIGURATION OPTIONS FOR PEAK-PEAK FILTER BOARD

Configuration Install Remove

LP ONLY, CHAN A LP ONLY, CHAN B

HP ONLY, CHAN A HP ONLY, CHAN B

W49G,W52B, W54B, W55A

W49E, W52A W54A, W55E

BANDPASS, CHAN A W49E,F, W52B BANDPASS, CHAN B W54A,C, W55A

*NO FILTERS, CHAN A *NO FILTERS, CHAN B

* DENOTES SHIPPED AS OPTION

W49B, W42B W43A,E

W49E,F, W52A W54A,C, W55E

W49G,F, W52B W54B,C, W55A

W49G, W52A W54B, W55E

W40B, W42A, W 9C,D W43B,D,I,F

46



Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance 130748-0.1

26.1 FILTER CONFIGURATION (CONT)

4) (Cont) Table II shows the jumpers to be installed or removed to set the filter configuration option

on the RMS Filter Board, (see section 9 for board jumper locations).

Table II

FILTER CONFIGURATION OPTIONS FOR RMS FILTER BOARD

Configuration Install Remove

LP ONLY, CHAN A LP ONLY, CHAN B

HP ONLY, CHAN A HP ONLY, CHAN B

BANDPASS, CHAN A BANDPASS, CHAN B

*NO FILTERS, CHAN A *NO FILTERS, CHAN B

* DENOTES SHIPPED AS OPTION

W50,W52,W54,W55 W56,W62,W64,W69

W47,W48,W50,W52 W56,W62,W63,W73

W46,W48,W50,W52,W55 W56,W62,W64,W68,W73

W51 W61

W46,W47,W48,W51 W61,W63,W68,W73

W46,W51,W54,W55 W61,W64,W68,W69

W47,W51,W54 W61,W63,W69

W50,Vt'52 W56,W62

5) If the monitor was configured for no filters then re-assemble the monitor and install in the rack. If

the monitor was configured with filters then continue to section 26.2 to set filter/integrator interface or continue to section 26.3 to set corner frequency option.

47




26.21 FILTER/INTEGRATOR INTERFACE

NOTE: THIS SECTION APPLIES ONLY TO MONITOR SYSTEMS WHICH HAVE THE PEAK- PEAK FILTER BOARD INSTALLED. IF YOUR MONITOR HAS THE RMS FILTER BOARD INSTALLED (MONITORS RMS VELOCITY) THEN THIS SECTION IS NOT APPLICABLE, GO TO SECTION 26.3

To set the filter position before or after the integrator or to set the filters without integration install and remove the jumpers indicated in Table III. (See section 8 for board locations of the jumpers).

Table HI

FILTER/INTEGRATOR INTERFACE

FILTERED INTEGRATED VELOCITY. (DISPLACEMENT)

F1LT/INTEGINTRFC INSTALL REMOVE

CHANNEL A FILTER AFTER INTEGRATE FILTER BEFORE INTEGRATE

CHANNEL B FILTER AFTER INTEGRATE FILTER BEFORE INTEGRATE

W40B,W42A,W49B W42B,W49C,D

W43A,D,F W43B,E,I

W42B,W49C,D W40B,W42A,W49B

W43B,E,I W43A,D,F

FILTERED VELOCITY

CHANNEL A

CHANNEL B

W40B,W42A,W49B

W43A,D,F

W42B,W49C,D

W43B,E,I

48




26.31 SET HP CORNER FREQUENCY

1. Determine whether the Peak-Peak Filter Board or the RMS Filter Board is installed. See section 6

and che.ck your ordered options. If Transducer Input Channel Units Option is 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, or

07 then the Peak-Peak Filter Board is installed. If the Transducer Input Channel Units Option is 04

or 08 then the RMS Filter Board is installed.

2. Verify the Filter Configuration (see section 26.1).

3. If the Peak-Peak Alter Board is installed then verify the filter /integrator interface (see section

26.2).

4. On the respective plug-in board install and remove jumpers according to the selected HP corner

frequencies shown in Tables IV and V. Board locations of the jumpers are shown in sections 8

and 9. For special applications, jumper settings not listed in Tables IV or V can be determined

using the procedure described at the end of this section.

5. Test Filters. (See section 26.6.)

49




126.31 SET HP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONY)

Table IV Jumper Settings for Select High Pass Corner Frequencies, Peak-Peak Filter Board

FREQUENCY CH A Hz CPM CH B

W44 .

W55D W45 W55L

W48H W55J

W48G W55G

W48F W55H

W48E W55I

W48D W55F

W48C W55K

W48B W55C

W48A W55B

3 4 5

181 a

242 302

R

R

R

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

I

R

R

I

I

R

R

I

R

I

I

6 363 R R I I R I I R I I

7 423 R R I I R I R I R I

8 484 R R I I R R I I I I

9 544 R R I I R R I R R I

10 605 R R I I R R R R I I

13 756 R R I R I I R I R R

15 907 R R I R I R R I R I

18 1058 R R I R R I R I I R

20 1210 R R I R R R R I I I

23 1361 R R R I I I I R R R

25 1512 _R R R 1 I R I R R I

28 1663 R R R I R 1 1 R I R

30 1804 R R R I R R I I R R

33 1955 R R R R I I I I R I

35 2117 R R R R I R I I R 1

38 2268 R R R R R I I I I R

40 2419 R R R R R R I I I I

46 2754 I I I I I R I R R R

50 2994 I I I I I R R I I R

60 3593 I I I I I R R R R I

66 3952 I I I I R I I I I R

70 4192 I I I I R I I I R R

76 4551 I I I I R I I R R 1

82 4910 I I I I R I R I I R

100 5988 i 1 I 1 R R I 1 R 1

116 6946 I I I I R R R I R 1

148 8862 I I I R I I R I R 1

170 10,180 I .1 I R I R I R I R

210 12,575 I 1 I R R I R I 1 R

224 13,413 I I I R R R I I 1

250 14,970 I I I R R R R R I R

273 16,407 I I R I I I R I I R

299 17,964 I I R I I R 1 R R I

349 20,958 I I R I R I R R R R

399 23,952 I I R R I I R I I I

* NOTE : R = REMOVE JUMPER, I = INSTALL JUMPER

50




26.31 SET HP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONT)

130748-01

Table V Jumper. Settings for Select High Pass Corner Frequencies, RMS Filter Board

FREQUENCY HZ CPM

CH A CH B

W59 W71

W60 W72

W58H W7OH

W58G W7OG

W58F W7OF

W58E W70E

W58D W7OD

W58C W70C

W58B W7OB

W58A W70A

3 181 * R R I I I R I I R I

4 242 R R I I I R R I I I

6 363 R R I I R I I R I I

7 423 R R I I R I R I R I

8 484 R R I I R R I I I

9 544 R R I I R R I R R I

10 605 R R I I R R R R I I

13 756 R R I R I I R I R R

15 907 R R I R I R R I R I

18 1058 R R I R R I R I I R

20 1210 R R I R R R R I I I

23 1361 R R R I 1 1 1 R R R

25 1512 R R_ R I I R I R R I

28 1663 R R R I R I I 'R I R

30 1801 R R R I R R I I R R

33 1955 R R R R I I I I R I

35 2117 R R R R I R I I R I

38 2268 R R R R R I I I I R

40 2419 R R R R R R I i i t

46 2754 1 I I I I R I R R R

50 2994 I I I I I R R I I R

60 3593 1 I I I I R R R R I

66 3952 I I I I R I I I I R

70 4192 1 1 I I R I I I R R

76 4551 I I I I R I I R R I

82 4910 I I I I R I R I I R

100 5988 I I I I R R I I R I

116 6946 I I I I R R R I R I

148 8862 I I I R I I R I R I

170 10,180 I I I R I R I R I R

210 12,575 I I I R R I R I I R

224 13,413 1 1 1 R R R I I I I

250 14,970 I I I R R R R R I R

273 16,407 I I R I I I R I I R

299 17,964 I I R I I R I R R I

349 20,958 I I R I R I R R R R

399 23,952 I I R R I I R I I I


51




26.31 SET HP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONT)

For applications where corner frequencies given in Tables IV or V are not adequate, .use the following procedure.

For a specific corner frequency use the formula below and follow these steps: select the appropriate frequency range (R), calculate the multiplier (D), round off (D) to the nearest integer, convert the integer (D) value to 8 bit binary format and install or remove jumpers using the Tables VI and VII.

D = /R

where: Fc = Corner Frequency

R = Frequency Range Low Range (3hz - 42hz): R = 0.168 High Range (42hz - 400hz): R = 1.996

*D = Integer multiplier (decimal). Must be converted to a 8 bit binary for jumper code.

NOTE: THE 8 BIT BINARY CODE DETERMINES WHICH OF 8 JUMPERS ARE INSTALLED AND REMOVED TO SET THE CORNER FREQUENCY ON A CHANNEL. INSTALLING A (D) JUMPER = LOGIC LOW ( 0 ), REMOVING A (D) JUMPER = LOGIC HIGH ( 1 ).

* FOR THE LOW FREQUENCY RANGE (D) MUST BE 18 TO 255.

FOR THE HIGH FREQUENCY RANGE (D) MUST BE 21 TO 255.

52




126.31 SET HP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONY)

Table VI

HP CORNER FREQUENCY (D) JUMPERS FOR PEAK-PEAK FILTER BOARD

CHANNEL R = 0.168 R = 1.996 (MSB) (LSB)

REMOVE INSTALL D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO

A W44, W45 W44, W45 W48H W48G W48F W48E W48D W48C W48B W48A

W55D,W55L W55D,W55L W55J W55G W55H W55I W55F W55K W55C W55B

Table VII

HP CORNER FREQUENCY (D) JUMPERS FOR RMS FILTER BOARD




B W71,W72 W71,W72 W7OH W70G VV7OF W70E W70D W70C W7OB W70A

EXAMPLE: For a desired corner frequency of 62 hz:

1. Choose frequency range, R , ( high range, R = 1.996).

2. Calculate D, according to:

D = F, /R = 62/1.996 = 31.06

3. Round to nearest integer (31)

4. Convert to 8 bit binary: 0001 1111

5. Install jumpers ( installed jumper = logic low).

6. The jumper configuration for a monitor with a pk-pk filter board is shown below for Channel A:




*I I

* I = INSTALL, R = REMOVE

53




126.41 SET LP CORNER FREQUENCY

1*. Determine whether the Peak-Peak Filter Board or the RMS Filter Board is installed. See section 6 and check your ordered options. If Transducer Input Channel Units Option is 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, or 07 then the Peak-Peak Filter Board is installed. If the Transducer Input Channel Units Option is 04 or 08 then the RMS Filter Board is installed.


3. If the Peak-Peak Filter Board is installed then verify the filter/integrator interface (see section 26.2).

4. On the respective plug-in board install and remove jumpers according to the selected LP corner frequencies shown in Tables VIII and IX. Board locations of the jumpers are shown in sections 8 and 9. For special applications, jumper settings not listed in Tables VIII or IX can be determined using the procedure described at the end of this section.


FOR TRANSDUCER OPTIONS 04 ( VELOMITOR ®) AND 05 (HTVS and 330750 ), A 3.0 kHz LOW PASS FILTER IS USED IN THE SIGNAL INPUT MODULE.

54




126.41 SET LP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONY)

Table VIII Jumper Settings for Select LP Corner Frequencies, Peak-Peak Filter Board


W51 W53A

W52C W53B

W5OH W53I

W5OG W53H

W5OF W53G

W50E W53F

W5OD W53E

W50C W53D

W5OB W53C

W50A W53J

24 1463 * R R I I I I I R R 45 2682 R R I I I I R I R R

57 3413 R R I I I I R R R

61 3657 R R I I I I R R R R

73 4388 R R I I I R 1 1 R 85 5119 R R I I I R 1 R 1 R

102 6094 R R 1 I I R R I I R

122 7313 R R I I I R R R R

142 8532 R R I I R I I I R R

163 9751 R R I I R I R

183 10,970 R R I I R I R R I R

199 ' 11,945 R R I I R R 1 I I R

223 _. 13,408 R R I I R R I R R R

252 15,114 R R I I R R R R R

301 18,040 R R I R I I R I R 349 20,965 R R I R I R I R R 398 23,890 R R 1 R R I I I R

500 29,985 R R I R R R R 1 R R

601 36,079 R R R I I R I R

699 41,930 R R R I R I R R

800 48,025 R R R R I I I R I R

898 53,875 R R R R I R R R I R

999 59,970 R R R R R R I R R

1103 66,174 1 I I R I R R R 1199 71,928 I I I R R I I R

1295 77,682 I I I R R I R R

1402 84,156 1 I I R R R I R I R

1498 89,910 I I I R R R R R I R

1594 95,664 I I R I I I I R I R

1702 102,138 I I R I I I R R R I

1798 107,892 I I R I 1 R 1 R R I

1894 113,646 I I R I I R R R R I

2002 120,120 1 I R I R I I R R R

2194 131,628 I I R I R R I R R R

2398 143,856 I I R R I I R I I I

2601 156,084 I I R R I R R I 1 R

2805 168,311 I I R R R I R I R I

2997 179,820 I I R R R R R I R I

NOTE : R = REMOVE JUMPER, I = INSTALL JUMPER

55




26.41 SET LP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONT)

Table IX Jumper Settings for Select LP Corner Frequencies, RMS Filter Board


W45 VV66

W53 VV67

W44H VV65H

W44G VV65G

W44F VV65F

W44E VV65E

W44D VV65D

W44C W65C

W44B VV65B

W44A VV65A

24 1463 ' R R I I I I I R R 45 2682 R R I I I I R I R R 57 3413 R R I I I I R R R

61 3657 R R I I I I R R R R 73 4388 R R I I I R I I R 85 5119 R R I I I R I R I R 102 6094 R R I I I R R 1 I R

122 7313 R R I I I R R R R

142 8532 R R I I R I I I R R

163 9751 R R I I R I R I I

183 10,970 R R I I R I R R I R

199 11,945 R R I I R R I I I R

223 13,408 R R 1 I R R I R R R

252 15,144 R R I I R R R R R

301 18,040 R R I R I I R I R 349 20,965 R R I R I R I R R 398 23,890 R R I R R I I I R 500 29,985 R R 1 R R R R I R R 601 36,079 R R R I I R I R 699 41,930 R R R I R I R R

800 48,025 R R R R I 1 I R I R

898 53,875 R R R R I R R R I R

999 59,970 R R R R R R I R R 1103 66,174 I I I R I R R R 1199 71,928 I I I R R 1 I R 1295 77,682 I I I R R I R R

1402 84,156 I I I R R R I R I R

1498 89,910 I I I R R R R R I R

1594 95,664 I I R I I 1. R I R

1702 102,138 I I R I I I R R R I

1798 107,892 I I R I I R I R R I

1894 113,646 I I R I I R R R R I

2002 120,120 I I R I R I I R R R

2194 131,628 I I R 1 R R I R R R

2398 143,856 I I R R I I R I I I

2601 156,084 I I R R I R R I I R

2805 168,311 I I R R R I R I R I

2997 179,820 I I R R R R R I R


56




26.41 SET LP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONY)

For applications where corner frequencies given in Tables VIII or IX are not adequate, use the following procedure.

For a specific corner frequency use the formula below and follow these steps: select the appropriate frequency range (R), calculate the multiplier (D), round off (D) to the nearest integer, convert the integer (D) value to 8 bit binary format and install or remove jumpers using Tables X and XI.

D = /R

where: Fc = Corner Frequency

R = Frequency Range Low Range (24hz - 1000hz): R = 4.063 High Range (1000hz -3000hz): R = 11.988

*D = Integer multiplier (decimal). Must be converted to a 8 bit binary number for jumper code.

NOTE: THE 8 BIT BINARY CODE DETERMINES WHICH OF 8 JUMPERS ARE INSTALLED AND

REMOVED TO SET THE CORNER FREQUENCY ON A CHANNEL. INSTALLING A (D)

JUMPER = LOGIC LOW ( 0 ), REMOVING A (D) JUMPER = LOGIC HIGH ( 1 ).

* FOR THE LOW FREQUENCY RANGE (D) MUST BE 6 TO 255.

FOR THE HIGH FREQUENCY RANGE (0) MUST BE 83 TO 255.

57



I26.41 SET LP CORNER FREQUENCY (CONT)

i30748-01 Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance

Table X LP CORNER FREQUENCY (D) JUMPERS FOR PEAK-PEAK FILTER BOARD

CHANNEL. R =4.063 R = 11.988 (MSB) (LSB) REMOVE INSTALL D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO

A W51, W52C W51, W52C W5OH W5OG 'W5OF W50E W500 W50C W5013' W50A

B W53A.W53B W53A,W53B W53I W53H W53G W53F W53E W530 W53C W53J

Table XI LP CORNER FREQUENCY (D) JUMPERS FOR RMS FILTER BOARD

CHANNEL R =4.063 R = 11.988 (MSB) (LSB) REMOVE INSTALL D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO

W45, W53 W45, W53 W44H W44G W44F W44E W44D W44C W44B W44A

W66,W67 W66,W67 W65H W65G W65F W65E W65D W650 W65B W65A

EXAMPLE: For a desired corner frequency of 562 hz:

1. Choose frequency range, R , ( Low range, R = 4.063). 2. Calculate D, according to:

D = FdR = 562/4.063 = 138.32

3. Round to nearest integer. (138) 4. Convert to 8 bit binary: 1000 1010 5. Install jumpers ( installed jumper = logic low). 6. The jumper configuration for a monitor with a pk-pk filter board is shown below for Channel A:

CHANNEL R =4.063 R = 11.988 (MSB) (LSB) REMOVE INSTALL D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO

A W51, W52C W51, W52C W44H W44G W44F W44E W44D W44C W44B W44A R R

* I = INSTALL, R = REMOVE

58



I26.5 BANDPASS FILTERS


Bandpass filtering is implemented by cascading the High Pass and Low Pass fitters. To set up the

monitor for Bandpass filtering follow the procedure below.

1. Determine whether the Peak-Peak Filter Board or the RMS Filter Board is installed. See section 6

and check your ordered options. If Transducer Input Channel Units Option is 01, 02, 03, 05, 06,

or 07 then the Peak-Peak Filter Board is installed. If the Transducer Input Channel Units Option

is 04 or 08 then the RMS Fitter Board is installed.


3. If the Peak-Peak Filter Board is installed then verify the filter/integrator interface (see section

26.2).

4. Select the High and Low Pass corner frequencies, and calculate the center frequency of the

pass band according to the following: (an example is given at the end of section 26.6)

A.) The High and Low pass corner frequencies must be at least one decade apart, i.e. the

LP corner should be at least 10X the HP corner.

B.) The center frequency of the pass band is given by:

Fhp = SQR(Fhp x Flp)

where: Fa, = Center frequency of pass band Fhp = High pass corner frequency Fro = Low pass corner frequency SQR = Square Root function

4. On the respective plug-in board install and remove jumpers according to the selected LP corner

frequencies shown in Tables VIII or IX. Install and remove jumpers according to the selected HP

corner frequencies shown in Tables IV or V. Board locations of the jumpers are shown in

sections 8 and 9. For special applications Low Pass jumper settings not listed in Tables VIII or

IX can be determined using the procedure described at the end of section 26.4, and High Pass

jumper settings not listed in Tables IV or V can be determined by the method described at the

end of section 26.3.


59




26.61 TEST FILTER SETTINGS

VELOCITY TRANS OXEN HOUS I NO

le MI OM EMI

MULTIMETER (NOT REO'DI

1300 01-11V FUNCTION GENERATOR

A\ CAUTION

Tests will exceed alarm setpoint levels causing alarms to activate. This could result in relay contacts to change state. See Danger Bypass section 22.

A.VVARNING High Voltage present. Contact could cause shock, burns, or death.


To verify the filter settings re-assemble the monitor and install it in the rack. Follow the procedure below to test filter settings. The procedure is described for channel A.

1. Disconnect transducer input wiring A and B from the channel A terminals on the Signal Input Relay Module.

2. For Seismoprobe Connect function generator (use sinewave), multimeter, and 1300 ohm resistor. Set up function generator with a -7.5 Vdc offset.

60




I 26.61 TEST FILTER SETTINGS (CONT)

130748-01

VELOM I TOR HOUSING

MULTIMETER (NOT RE0'01

to

SHAFT

FUNCTION GENERATOR

°

DOD SIGNAL

I NPUT RELAY ACICILLE

=

C

II IOUF

I +

3. *For Velomitor ®, HTVS, and 330750: Connect function generator (use sinewave), multimeter, 4000 ohm resistor and 10 OF capacitor.

Set up function generator with a 0 Vdc offset.

4. To test the filter settings the input frequency must be adjusted to the corner frequency (or

frequencies if bandpass filtering). With the input frequency set at a corner frequency and a full

scale input signal the front panel meter scale should be between 60% and 70% of full scale

(providing the monitor is calibrated, see section 25). To set the full scale amplitude for a peak

velocity or rms velocity go to step 5. To set the full scale amplitude for mils peak-peak or

micrometers peak-peak skip step 5 and go to step 6.

* FOR TRANSDUCER OPTIONS 04 (Velomitor ®) AND 05 (HTVS and 330750), A 3.0 kHz LOW

PASS FILTER IS USED IN THE SIGNAL INPUT MODULE.

61




26.61 TEST FILTER SETTINGS (CONT)

5. Calculate full scale amplitude for peak velocity or rms velocity meter full scale using the following scale factors.

A.) Transducer Options 01 and 02 (500mV/in/sec transducers) 1 in/sec peak = 1.V pk-pk 1 mm/sec peak = 39.37 mV pk-pk 1 in/sec rms = 1.414 V pk-pk 1 mm/sec rms = 55.67 mV pk-pk

B.) Transducer Options 03 and 05 (145 mV/in/sec transducer) 1 in/sec peak = 290 mV pk-pk 1 mm/sec peak = 11.42 mV pk-pk 1 in/sec rms = 410 mV pk-pk 1 mm/sec rms = 16.14 mV pk-pk

C.) Transducer Options 04 (100mV/in/sec transducer) 1 in/sec peak = 200 mV pk-pk 1 mm/sec peak = 7.87 mV pk-pk 1 in/sec rms = 282.8 mV pk-pk 1 mm/sec rms = 11.13 mV pk-pk

6. The amplitude of the integrated velocity signal (displacement) is a function of both the amplitude and frequency of the velocity signal. To calculate the full meter scale signal for mils peak-peak or micrometers peak-peak at a specific frequency use the formula shown below to find the equivalent velocity and then use the conversion factors in step 5 to determine the peak-peak input voltage.

Velocity in/sec peak = (mils peak-peak full scale)(.003142)(Frequency in Hz)

Velocity mm/sec peak = (micrometers pk-pk full scale)(.003142)(Frequency in Hz)

62



Dual Velocity Monitor Maintenance, 130748-01

26.61 TEST FILTER SETTINGS (CONT)

7. Input the full scale signal at the corner frequency.

8. Read meter, the value should be 60% to 70% of full scale.

9. If Danger Bypass was turned on before carrying out the tests, it should be turned off before

monitoring resumes.

3300/SS

DUAL

VELOCITY MONITOR

1.0- -i.0

a a

k

OK

O DANGER 0 A

ALERT 0 8 O BYPASS 0

ALERT DANGER

0 A


63



130748-01

126.61 TEST FILTER SETTINGS (CONY)

An example is given below for channel A :

Example

Given: a) b) c)


Transducer Type Option is 01. Full scale range is 2 in/sec peak (peak-peak filter board installed). Bandpass filtering is desired with the High Pass corner at 10 Hz (600 CPM) and the Low Pass corner at 1000 Hz (60,000 CPM). (LP corner is more than *10X the HP corner.)

d) The monitor options other than those covered under Filter Programming have been configured.

e) The monitor has been calibrated according to section 25.

1) Configure the monitor for bandpass filtering on channel A by installing W49E, W49F, and W52B and removing W49G and W52A according to section 26.1, Table I. Jumpers are on the pk-pk filter board.

2) Configure the Filter/Integrator Interface, (must be done whether integrating or not), for filtered peak velocity by installing W40B, W42A, and W49B and removing W42B, W49C, and W49D according to section 26.2, Table III. Jumpers are on the pk-pk filter board.

3) To set the HP corner frequency examine Table IV in section 26.3. The jumper configuration is given for a HP corner of 10.08 Hz, assuming this is adequate we can install and remove jumpers as shown in the table to set the HP corner. Jumpers are on the pk-pk filter board.

4) To set the LP corner frequency examine Table VIII in section 26.4. The jumper configuration is given for a LP corner of 999 Hz, again assuming this is adequate we can install and remove jumpers as shown in the table to set the LP corner. Jumpers are on the pk-pk filter board.

5) Test the Filter Settings:

a) Follow step 1 through 3 in section 26.6, Test Filter Settings. b) From 5A in section 26.6 the full scale input is 2 V pk-pk. Since the measurement of

the input signal is made using the AC (rms) voltage function of the Multimeter, the full scale pk-pk voltage must be converted to a mis voltage:

Vrms = (.707/2) x ( 2 Vpk-pk) = .707 Vrms

c) Set the function generator to 10 Hz and adjust the amplitude to .707 Vrms. Observe the front panel meter scale. The amplitude should be 70% to 60% of full scale.

d) Set the function generator to 1000 Hz and adjust the amplitude to .707 Vrms. Observe the front panel meter scale. The amplitude should be 70% to 60% of full scale.

64




26.61 TEST FILTER SETTINGS (CONY)

The frequency response curve is shown below:

1 0

-,. 0 707

< 0.5

0 -3 db 01

10 Hz (600 CPM)

...---..-----'---s.\\ 3 db 01 ---"----- -

1000 Hz (60000 CPM:

160 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200

FREQUENCY I n HERTZ

( CPM = 60 x(Freq in Hz) )

65




127 I SELF TEST

THE MONITOR HAS THREE LEVELS OF SELF TESTS:

POWER UP TEST: CYCLIC TEST: USER INVOKED TEST:

3300/55

DUAL

VELOCITY MONITOR 1117111011071W

I.0

0

:La

;aei

at

2C p

IOC k IOC

0 0 DANGER

A U ALERT

0 BYPASS

DANGER ALERT

® ® BLFFERED TRANSDUCERS

PERFORMED ONLY WHEN MONITOR IS TURNED ON. PERFORMED CONTINUOUSLY. PERFORMED ONLY WHEN INITIATED BY USER.

IF ERRORS ARE DETECTED DURING CYCLIC SELF TESTS:

MONITORING IS ABORTED UNTIL THE ERROR IS RESOLVED.

ERROR CODE IS STORED IN MEMORY AND FLASHED ON THE LCD BARGRAPH DISPLAY.

BYPASS LED GOES ON AND OK LED FLASHES AT 5 HZ.

IF ERROR IS INTERMITTENT AND GOES AWAY, MONITORING IS RESUMED AND OK LED FLASHES AT 5 HZ.

ERROR CODE IS STORED. USER INVOKED TEST DISPLAYS AND CLEARS ERROR.

IF ERRORS ARE DETECTED DURING POWER UP TEST OR USER INVOKED SELF TEST:

MONITORING IS ABORTED UNTIL USER ACTION RESOLVES PROBLEM.

TEST CAN BE RERUN WITH MONITOR POWER UP OR USER INVOKED TEST.

66




127 SELF TEST

INITIATE USER INVOKED TEST BY SHORTING ACROSS TWO SELF-TEST (ST) PINS.

z e mons

DUN. VELOCITY MONITOR

INI.M111,

o I.' o WOW

0 KP o- (3 IM.SS

/!\ CAUTION

Machine protection will be lost for duration of test.

AT THE COMPLETION OF THE USER INVOKED SELF TEST THE MONITOR WILL RECALL STORED ERROR CODES, IF ANY. THESE ERROR CODES MUST BE READ AND CLEARED WITH USER INTERACTION TO ALLOW MONITORING TO CONTINUE.

NOTE ALTHOUGH BOTH COLUMNS ON THE BARGRAPH FLASH, THE ERROR CODE IS ONLY THE SUM OF THE BAR GRAPH SEGMENTS DISPLAYED IN ONE COLUMN. EXAMPLE SHOWS ERROR CODE 5.

STEP THROUGH EACH STORED ERROR CODE BY

PRESSING AND HOLDING THE ALERT SWITCH FOR APPROXIMATELY 1 SECOND. ERROR CODE DESCRIPTIONS ARE FOUND ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE.

AFTER THE FINAL STORED ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED,

THE LCD BARGRAPH WILL DISPLAY ALL SEGMENTS. TO REREAD THE CODES, PRESS THE ALERT SWITCH. TO CLEAR THE CODES FROM MEMORY, PRESS AND HOLD

THE DANGER SWITCH FOR APPROXIMATELY 1 SECOND.

67




27 I SELF TEST

*

**

***

e3300 /55

CUAL

VELOCITY MONITOR 1111111/

'-a :t.

M

o CK o O OMOCK 0

AU" 0 a

o PPAss 0

El El DANDER KERT

0) ii.FFERFD

ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION

2 ROM CHECKSUM HAS FAILED. *

3 EEPROM FAILURE NO. 1.

4 EEPROM FAILURE NO. 2. ADJUST S ETPOINTS

5 +7.5V/-VT NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE.

6 +VRH NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

7 +5V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

8 MVREF NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

9 +7.5V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

10 +VRL NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

11 MVREF/-6.0V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE.**

12 +5V/-7.5V NODE OUT OF TOLERANCE. **

13 THE CLOCK OK VOLTAGE IS OUT OF TOLERANCE.**

14 RAM FAILURE. *

17 COP WATCHDOG NOT CONFIGURED.*

* *

** *

**

Tested only at Power Up or User Invoked self test. This error is displayed but is not stored in memory.

Tested only at Cyclic self test. Errors 2,3 and 14 are non-recoverable and could be intermittent and recoverable.

on the front panel

errors 5 through 13

Error 4 is a Set Point Failure and may be corrected by adjusting all set points in the monitor.

68




28 I FIELD WIRING DIAGRAMS

Drawing Number No. of Sheets

103627 2

103628 2

103633 2

103634 2

129422 2

The 330550 HTVS and 330750 transducers are wired in the same manner as the Velomitor transducers. For more details refer to your Operation Manual (104143-01) for the 330500, or (135090-01) for the 330750.

69




70



8 I

7 I

6 I

5 4

3 1

SE

E

SH

EE

T

2

,L

KM

* M

tn O

IKIS

E W

OO

8 I

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

CH

AN

NE

L A

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

,a,

7 I

6 I

5 I

KW

IC%

O

N

altl~

eV

INC

P

CR

12

2041

CH

AN

NE

L B

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

TO

P

VIE

W

MO

ISIN

INI

OM

, ..,

_:

a ...

......

...

BE

N T

LY

( 'L

ir"

NE

VA

DA

N

J .,-

,-.4

....

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/55

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

76..7

30

VII D

OM

%a

...

1036

27

1...

1(17

3 I

2 I

1



8 7

6 5

4 2

1

NO

N-B

AR

RIE

R

SY

ST

EM

F

IELD

W

IRIN

G N

OT

ES

1.

WIR

ING

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

S:

IRA

K T

O

22A

WG

S

OU

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

IRE

SH

IELD

ED

W

ITH

IN

SU

LAT

ING

S

HE

AT

H.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

18A

WG

T

O

22A

WG

S

OLI

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

IRE

SH

IELD

ED

W

ITH

IN

SU

LAT

ING

S

HE

AT

H.

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

A

ND

R

EC

OR

DE

R S

HIE

LDS

A

RE

JO

INE

D

AS

S

HO

WN

T

ER

MIN

AT

ING

AT

T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

S

HO

ULD

B

E

INS

ULA

TE

D.

3.

TO

MIN

IMIZ

E

GR

OU

ND

LO

OP

NO

ISE

P

RO

BLE

MS

. A

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D

(GN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

OM

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ED

.

MA

XIM

UM

C

AB

LE

LEN

GT

H

BE

TW

EE

N

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

AN

D

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

MU

ST

N

OT

EX

CE

ED

10

00

FE

ET

(3

05

ME

TR

ES

).

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

F

OR

D

UA

L R

ELA

Y M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

. T

HIS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

DP

DT

RE

LAY

S

CO

MM

ON

T

O

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

SH

OW

N

FO

R

OU

AD

R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS O

PT

ION

H

AS

TW

O

SP

OT

RE

LAY

S

FO

R

BO

TH

C

HA

NN

EL

A

AN

D

CH

AN

NE

L B

A

LAR

M.

FO

UR

R

ELA

YS

T

OT

AL.

A FOR

S

ING

LE

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

S.

CO

NN

EC

T T

HE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

TO

T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

'A -I

NP

UT

O

NLY

. T

HE

CH

AN

NE

L Y

INP

UT

C

AN

NO

T

BE

U

SE

D

IN

TH

E

SIN

GLE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R C

ON

FIG

UR

AT

ION

.

ALE

RT

R

ELA

Y _

CO

NT

AC

TS

DA

NG

ER

R

ELA

Y

CO

N 'A

CT

S

NO

M.

MIS

% 0

1140

1111

3t M

OM

)

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

WIT

H

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

CH

AN

NE

L A

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

CH

AN

NE

L A

D

AN

CE

R

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

8 '

7 6

5

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

DU

LE

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

QU

AD

R

ELA

YS

4

PU

.SO

CH

AN

NE

L 8

ALE

RT

R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

T

CH

AN

NE

L B

D

AN

GE

R

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

Mom

* S

EE

S

HE

ET

1

2023

0 I

-a 10

3627

N

OW

O

en

7of2

2 1



8 7

1 6

5 1

4 3

SA

FE

A

RE

A

OR

Z

ON

E

2,

DIV

ISIO

N

2

SE

E S

HE

ET

2

war

V

ain

01K

1111

111

1

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H E

XT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

RS

7 6

5

2 1

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S A

RE

A

RH

OO

a I-

ta

1010

1 O

at

A

WC

C

CO

'S

2629

0,

2629

1

8 D

ELE

TE

D W

AR

NIN

G

LAB

EL

JC

J1

C

INC

P

CR

12

2041

JC

FL

00.

011

4 3

CH

AN

NE

L A

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

CH

AN

NE

L B

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

TO

P

ME

W

1010

010/

1 00

110

00 0

1

1000

0112

.241

M

OM

b. 1

0 do

rm 0

004

0110

.011

1014

at

It I

ulaa

l tal

i at

Ona

ala

1 P

fa

pay

faat

ti. M

a W

Y 0

e a al

N

ames

wan

t1 a

t ta

n* na

ttaM

S e

K

aty.

M

aIla

afa

tail

ID n

u A

mor

ave

.

. W

WI .

0_c

1101

011

0111

7000

10.

00

my.

10

.1.1

11

1011

0 O

w

JO

BE

NT

LY

NE

VA

DA

J

ule

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/55

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

Man

It.

N

cHE

sa

l I

K 2

0101

11

1036

28

D A



8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

EIA

BE

ILLS

ISIF

ILB

ELI

Lida

ltial

=

I. W

IRIN

G

RE

CO

MM

EN

DA

TIO

NS

:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O B

AR

RIE

RS

-

BA

RR

IER

S

70

SE

ISA

IOP

RO

BE

: I4

AW

G

TO

I8

AW

G

SO

LID

O

R

ST

RA

ND

ED

2 -W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G S

HE

AT

H.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

18A

WG

T

O

22A

WG

S

OLI

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

RE

S

HIE

LDE

D

MA

IN

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

AT

ER

MIN

AT

E T

HE

R

EC

OR

DE

R

SH

IELD

S A

T T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

ZI\M

AX

IMU

M C

AB

LE

LEN

GT

H B

ET

WE

EN

M

ON

ITO

R AND SEISMOPROBE MUST NOT EXCEED

1000 FEET (

305

METRES).

CONNECTIONS

SH

OW

N

FO

R

DU

AL

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

. T

HIS

O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

DP

DT

R

ELA

YS

CO

MM

ON

T

O

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

F

OR

O

UA

D

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

. T

HIS

O

PT

ION

H

AS

T

WO

S

PO

T

RE

LAY

S F

OR

B

OT

H

CH

AN

NE

L A

A

ND

C

HA

NN

EL

8 A

LAR

M.

FO

UR

R

ELA

YS

T

OT

AL.

AB

AR

RIE

RS

A

RE

M

OU

NT

ED

T

O

BA

RR

IER

R

AIL

W

HIC

H

IS

TH

E

PO

TE

NT

IAL

EQ

UA

UZ

AT

ION

BU

S

BE

TW

EE

N

SY

ST

EM

G

RO

UN

D

AN

D

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

. T

O

MIN

IMIZ

E

GR

OU

ND

LO

OP

P

RO

BLE

MS

.

A S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D (

GN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

OM

) IS

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ED

AT

T

HE

B

AR

RIE

R R

AIL

. T

OT

AL

EA

RT

H

LOO

P

IMP

ED

AN

CE

M

US

T N

OT

E

XC

EE

D

I O

HM

. R

EM

OV

E

A

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

GR

OU

ND

C

ON

NE

CT

ION

A

T

CH

AS

SIS

G

RO

UN

D

ON

T

HE

33

00

PO

WE

R

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

.

\ US

E

MIL

SA

FE

TY

B

AR

RIE

R

PE

R D

X B

A22

000.

k TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

S

HIE

LDS

AR

E

JOIN

ED

A

S

SH

OW

N

TE

RM

INA

TIN

G

AT

B

AR

RIE

R

GR

OU

ND

.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

AA

BA

RR

IER

S L

OC

AT

ED

IN

D

INS

ION

2

OR

Z

ON

E

2 H

AZ

AR

DO

US

A

RE

AS

M

US

T

BE

INS

TA

LLE

D

IN

NE

MA

4

OR

IP

54

AP

PR

OV

ED

P

RO

TE

CT

IVE

HO

US

ING

S.

10.

MO

NIT

OR

S

MU

ST

B

E

RE

CA

UB

RA

TE

D

WIT

H

BA

RR

IER

S

IN

TH

E

UN

ES

.

A FO

R

SIN

GLE

. TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

NS

. C

ON

NE

CT

T

HE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

TO

T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

°A.

INP

UT

ON

LY.

TH

E

CH

AN

NE

L .B

" IN

PU

T

CA

NN

OT

BE

U

SE

D

IN

TH

E

SIN

GLE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N.

ootts

l ta

us' o

nom

it Im

am

8 7

6

ALE

RT

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

TS

CH

AN

NE

L A

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

T

A

CH

AN

NE

L A

DA

NG

ER

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

W

IN

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

5

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

MA

TH

O

UA

D

RE

LAY

S

3

SE

E K S

HE

ET

1.

IMAIWM

WIC.

DA

NG

ER

R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

TS

CH

AN

NE

L B

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

CH

AN

NE

L B

D

AN

CE

R

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

20230

I

Ns°

10

3628

2 1

D 0 A



SE

E

SH

EE

T

2

MOM WIUSWOONWASKOAM

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

CH

AN

NE

L B

VE

LOM

ITO

R

CH

AN

NE

L A

VE

LOM

ITO

R

7 6

wr

SW

IM

104.

1l

.+1

OM

INC

P

CR

12

2041

VE

LOM

ITO

R

TO

P

VIE

W

graf

t um

WIL

SM

ION

MIR

DI.

NO

M .1

11.1

41

11/1

1011

M

MA

m

WM

A

~4

Mos

BE

N T

LY

NE

VA

DA

./

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/55

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

1036

33

INV

1 OF 2

4 3

2 1

C 0



8

L

ALE

RT

R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

TS

-"

7 6

5 1

4 3

NO

N-B

AR

RIE

R

SY

ST

EM

F

IELD

W

IRIN

G

NO

TE

S

1.

WIR

ING

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

VE

LOM

ITO

RS

: I8

AW

G T

O

22A

WG

S

OLI

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D N

M I

NS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

,

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

18A

NC

TO

22

AW

G S

OLI

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G S

HE

A*,

A TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

A

ND

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

AR

E

JOIN

ED

A

S

SH

OW

N

TE

RM

INA

TIN

G

AT

T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE

CO

MM

ON

. S

HIE

LDS

S

HO

ULD

B

E

INS

ULA

TE

D.

3.

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D

LOO

P

NO

ISE

P

RO

BLE

MS

. A

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

(GN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M C

OM

MO

N

(CO

M)

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N I

S

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D.

& MA

XIM

UM

C

AB

LE

LEN

GT

H B

ET

WE

EN

S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

AN

D

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

MU

ST

N

OT

E

XC

EE

D

1000

F

EE

T

(305

ME

TR

ES

).

& CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

SH

OW

N

FO

R

DU

AL

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

OP

DT

R

ELA

YS

C

OM

MO

N T

O

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

F

OR

O

UA

D

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

SP

OT

R

ELA

YS

F

OR

B

OT

H

CH

AN

NE

L A

AN

D

CH

AN

NE

L B

ALA

RM

. F

OU

R R

ELA

YS

T

OT

AL.

FO

R

YE

LOM

ITO

R,

US

E

CA

BLE

S

9571

, 84

661

OR

89

477.

T

HE

W

HIT

E

WIR

E C

ON

NE

CT

S

TO

A

. T

HE

B

LAC

K W

IRE

C

ON

NE

CT

S

TO

V

. A

ND

T

HE

G

RE

EN

W

IRE

C

ON

NE

CT

S

TO

"CO

M"

AT

T

HE

S

IGN

AL

MO

DU

LE.

Z%

FO

R'S

ING

LE

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

S,

CO

NN

EC

T T

HE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

TO

T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

"A"

INP

UT

O

NLY

. T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

V IN

PU

T

CA

NN

OT

BE

U

SE

D

IN

TH

E

SIN

GLE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R C

ON

FIG

uRA

TiO

N,

DA

NG

ER

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

TS

may

m

ass

omvr

est

IRM

O)

8

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

NIT

OR

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

7

CH

AN

NE

L A

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

CH

AN

NE

L A

DA

NG

ER

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

T

5

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

MO

DU

LE

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

W

ITH

Q

UA

D

RE

LAY

S

4 3

2 M

MIH

M

KO

VN

O

A

SE

E

SH

EE

T

1

CH

AN

NE

L B

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

CH

AN

NE

L B

DA

NG

ER

R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

T

MR

2023

0 6'

.."

1 10

3633

2 I

1



8 I

7 6

5 j

4 3

1

AR

EA

O

R

ZO

NE

2

OP

AS

ION

2

HA

ZA

RD

. S

A

RE

A

(.00

0-1

er-"

reite

l, --

i.)11

1111

/-0N

r T

O

CH

AN

NE

L -4

1140

F

11

.41;

I T

O

CH

AN

NE

L B

RE

CO

RD

ER

R

EC

OR

DE

R

SE

E

SH

EE

T 2

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

M

ON

ITO

R

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

EX

TE

RN

AL

BA

RR

IER

S

MO

IL&

IM

ISS

OW

N(

tnet

nal

8 7

6 5

4

CH

AN

CE

B

Vtl.

CA

CT

OR

3

PC

INW

IN

sae

Men

a A

IN

C

CC

O'S

26

290.

26

291

58

B

RE

MS

ED

N

OT

E

11

JC 12

JT

C

INC

C

CO

12

2041

JC

D

INC

P

CR

12

3769

JE

1.7

CH

AN

NE

L A

VE

LOIA

TO

R

VT

.1.0

61T

IOR

TO

P

NE

W

LIT

22.

;.7.2

4,=

=

7 L.

...2.

.1 .1 16

s 2r

. 0

ma

wo.

./.1%

ark

wel

l Mom

mol

l m

ama*

aaaa

m

ma.

a

'al

I O

f 2

BE

NT

LY

N

4111

01

1111

04

nas

NE

VA

DA

.)

~

An

amow

n

FIE

LD

WIR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/55

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

M

ON

ITO

R

7721

0 1 6

I

"'"

1036

34

2 1

1



8 6

5 4

3 2

1

BA

RR

IER

ITIT

EIL

EIE

LELN

RIti

ctlic

aES

1.

WIR

ING

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O B

AR

RIE

RS

- B

AR

RIE

RS

T

O

VE

LOIA

ITO

R:

I4A

WG

T

O

18A

WG

SO

LID

O

R

ST

RA

ND

ED

2-

WIR

E

SH

IELD

ED

W

ITH

IN

SU

LAT

ING

S

HE

AT

H.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

RE

CO

RD

ER

S:

I8A

WG

T

O

22A

WG

S

OLI

D

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

LS,

TE

RM

INA

TE

T

HE

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

A

T

TH

E

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

C

OM

MO

N.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

MA

XIM

UM

C

AB

LE

LEN

GT

H

BE

TW

EE

N M

ON

ITO

R

AN

D

VE

LOM

ITO

R M

US

T

NO

T E

XC

EE

D

1000

F

EE

T (

305

ME

TR

ES

).

,A CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

S

HO

WN

F

OR

D

UA

L R

ELA

Y M

OD

ULE

O

PT

ION

. 11

415

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

DP

DT

RE

LAY

S

CO

MM

ON

T

O

TH

E

MO

NIT

OR

.

AC

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

SH

OW

N

FO

R

QU

AD

R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

SP

OT

RE

LAY

S F

OR

B

OT

H C

HA

NN

EL

A

AN

D

CH

AN

NE

L B

A

LAR

M.

FO

UR

RE

LAY

S

TO

TA

L.

,L BA

RR

IER

S A

RE

M

OU

NT

ED

T

O

BA

RR

IER

RA

IL

WH

ICH

IS

T

HE

PO

TE

NT

IAL

EO

UA

UZ

AR

ON

BU

S

BE

TW

EE

N

SY

ST

EM

G

RO

UN

D

AN

D

EA

RT

H G

RO

UN

D.

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D L

OO

P

PR

OB

LEM

S.

A

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

EA

RT

H

GR

OU

ND

(C

ND

) T

O

SY

ST

EM

C

OM

MO

N

(CO

M)

IS

RE

CO

MM

EN

DE

D

AT

T

HE

B

AR

RIE

R

RA

IL

TO

TA

L E

AR

TH

LO

OP

IM

PE

DA

NC

E

MU

ST

N

OT

E

XC

EE

D

I O

HM

. R

EM

OV

E

A

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

GR

OU

ND

C

ON

NE

CT

ION

A

T

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

O

N

TH

E

3300

PO

WE

R

INP

UT

M

OD

ULE

.

US

E

NIL

SA

FE

TY

B

AR

RIE

R

PE

R

DW

G

0A22

000.

4\ TRA

NS

DU

CE

R

SH

IELD

S

AR

E J

OIN

ED

A

S

SH

OW

N

TE

RM

INA

TIN

G

At

BA

RR

IER

GR

OU

ND

.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

AA

BA

RR

IER

S L

OC

AT

ED

IN

D

PA

SIO

N 2

O

R

ZO

NE

2

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

S M

US

T

BE

INS

TA

LLE

D

IN

NE

MA

4

OR

IP

54

AP

PR

OV

ED

P

RO

TE

CT

IVE

H

OU

SIN

GS

.

10.

MO

NIT

OR

S

MU

ST

BE

R

EC

AU

BR

AT

ED

W

ITH

B

AR

RIE

RS

IN

T

HE

LI

NE

S.

A FO

R

VE

LOA

IITO

R.

US

E

CA

BLE

95

71,

8466

1 O

R

6947

7. T

HE

W

HIT

E

WIR

E

CO

NN

EC

TS

TO

"A

-,

AN

D

TH

E

BLA

CK

W

IRE

C

ON

NE

CT

S

TO

T

.

A FOR

S

ING

LE

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

IN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

S,

CO

NN

EC

T

TH

E

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

TO

T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

.A.

INP

UT

O

NLY

. T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

'T IN

PU

T

CA

NN

OT

BE

U

SE

D

IN

TH

E

SIN

GLE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R C

ON

FIG

UR

AT

ION

.

was

. w

as en

c.'s

/ wor

n

8

1100

1101

la

11

1111

10.0

ALE

RT

RE

LAY

_

CO

NT

AC

TS

CH

AN

NE

L A

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

CH

AN

NE

L A

D

AN

GE

R

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

7 6

5 4

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

DU

AL

RE

LAY

S

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

RE

LAY

M

OD

ULE

W

ITH

O

UA

D

RE

LAY

S

3

SE

E

SH

EE

T

I

z\

DA

NG

ER

R

ELA

Y

CO

NT

AC

TS

CH

AN

NE

L B

A

LER

T

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

CH

AN

NE

L B

D

AN

GE

R

RE

LAY

CO

NT

AC

T

0411

.0

20230

5' I

"1"

1036

34

2 1



2 1

WE

AR

EA

OR

Z

ON

E 2.

O

DA

9ON

2

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S A

RE

A

MO

WS

IN

NS

OM

AN

I 91

0/11

3)

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

M

ON

ITO

R

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

MO

DU

LE

WIT

H

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

RS

A WA

RN

ING

MIS

CO

NN

EC

TIN

C O

R

INT

ER

MIT

TE

NT

C

ON

TA

CT

OF

T

HE

FIE

LD

WR

ING

T

O

RA

CK

T

ER

MIN

ALS

W

ITH

H

IGH

V

OLT

AG

E

PO

TE

NT

IALS

CO

ULD

C

AU

SE

A

N E

XP

LOS

ION

O

R

FIR

E

IN

NE

HA

ZA

RD

OU

S

AR

EA

RE

SU

LTIN

G I

N

SE

VE

RE

PE

RS

ON

AL

INJU

RY

OR

D

EA

TH

. R

EM

OV

E

ALL

VO

LTA

GE

PO

TE

NT

IALS

F

RO

M

RE

AR

O

F

RA

CK

.

CH

AN

NE

L A

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

CH

AN

NE

L B

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

CO

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

41

..1=

= am

.?

r.:1

7,21

:14

1=11

°..."

o

me,

MN

. Ms.

. O

M.

MC

. 0.0

0111

1 IN

OP

IED

70 MI

NIM

172

N

EW

AP

0112

M

ena

GE

NT

LY

NE

VA

DA

"S

""M

'aa°

"

FIE

LD

WR

ING

D

IAG

RA

M

3300

/55

DU

AL

VE

LOC

ITY

.sk

ICY

K

W

I O

r

low

2023

0 5

11

1294

22

8 7

6 5

4 3

2 1

C

CV

Cn

CV



D

C

B

A

7 6

5 4

3 2

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

R

SY

ST

EM

F

IELD

W

IRIN

G

NO

TE

S

1.

WIR

ING

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

AT

ION

S:

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

T

O

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

S:

I4A

WG

TO

18

AW

C

SO

LID

OR

S

TR

AN

DE

D

2-W

IRE

S

HIE

LDE

D

WIN

IN

SU

LAT

ING

S

HE

AT

H.

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

10

R

EC

OR

DE

R/R

EA

DO

UT

: 18

AW

G

TO

22

AW

G

ST

RA

ND

ED

2 -W

IRE

WE

LDE

D

WIT

H

INS

ULA

TIN

G

SH

EA

TH

.

AM

AX

IMU

M

CA

BLE

LE

NG

TH

B

ET

WE

EN

M

ON

ITO

R

AN

D

SE

ISM

OP

RO

BE

M

US

T

NO

T

EX

CE

ED

1000

F

EE

T (3

05

ME

TR

ES

).

1.

TO

M

INIM

IZE

G

RO

UN

D

LOO

P

NO

ISE

P

RO

BLE

MS

. A

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D

(GN

D)

TO

S

YS

TE

M

CO

MM

ON

(C

OM

) C

ON

NE

CT

ION

IS

R

EC

OM

ME

ND

ED

.

AC

ON

NE

CT

ION

S S

HO

WN

F

OR

D

UA

L R

ELA

Y

MO

DU

LE

OP

TIO

N.

TH

IS

OP

TIO

N

HA

S

TW

O

DP

DT

R

ELA

YS

C

OM

MO

N T

O

BO

TH

C

HA

NN

ELS

. O

NE

F

OR

A

LER

T

AN

D

ON

E

FO

R

DA

NG

ER

.

Z\ S

CR

EW

S

MU

ST

B

E

SE

CU

RE

LY

FA

ST

EN

ED

F

OR

P

RO

PE

R

GR

OU

ND

. B

AR

RIE

RS

A

RE

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

T

O

TH

E

INT

ER

NA

L B

AR

RIE

R G

RO

UN

D

RA

IL

AT

T

HIS

PO

INT

. S

EE

P

OW

ER

S

UP

PLY

MA

NU

AL

FO

R

PR

OP

ER

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

GR

OU

ND

C

ON

NE

CT

ION

B

ET

WE

EN

B

AR

RIE

R

GR

OU

ND

A

ND

E

AR

TH

G

RO

UN

D A

T

TH

E

PO

WE

R I

NP

UT

M

OD

ULE

.

6.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D N

OR

MA

LLY

D

E-E

NE

RG

IZE

D.

''NC

" IS

C

LOS

ED

A

ND

N

O"

IS

OP

EN

IN

A

N

ON

-ALA

RM

ST

AT

E.

IF

RE

LAY

S

HA

VE

B

EE

N

CO

NF

IGU

RE

D

NO

RM

ALL

Y

EN

ER

GIZ

ED

, 'N

C'

IS

OP

EN

A

ND

14

0. I

S

CLO

SE

D

IN

A

NO

N-A

LAR

M S

TA

TE

.

,A T

ER

MIN

AT

E

TH

E

RE

CO

RD

ER

S

HIE

LDS

A

T

TH

E

SIG

NA

L M

OD

ULE

C

OM

MO

N A

S

SH

OW

N.

SH

IELD

S

SH

OU

LD

BE

IN

SU

LAT

ED

.

B.

SE

E

AP

PR

OV

AL

DR

AW

ING

B

A22

000

OR

C

A22

000.

FO

R

SIN

GLE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

INS

TA

LLA

TIO

NS

, C

ON

NE

CT

TH

E

TR

AN

SD

UC

ER

TO

T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

'A IN

PU

T O

NLY

. T

HE

C

HA

NN

EL

V IN

PU

T

CA

NN

OT

BE

U

SE

D

IN

TH

E

SIN

GLE

T

RA

NS

DU

CE

R

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N.

110R

1 1.

01n0

010

1011

00 0

0000

10

TO

C

HA

NN

EL

A

RE

CO

RD

ER

ALE

RT

RE

LAY

C

ON

TA

CT

S

N E

C

BU

F

A R

CO

Y

AR

N

C

ALE

RT

D

AN

GE

R

5 f

4

ALA

RM

R

ELA

Y

OU

TP

UT

S

DU

AL

YE

LOO

TY

11C

NT

OR

S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

RE

LAY

MO

DU

LE

NT

H D

UA

L R

ELA

YS

1

211

1100

1Ins

.

SE

E

SH

EE

T

1

10 C

HA

NN

EL

B

RE

CC

RD

ER

DA

NC

ER

- R

ELA

Y C

ON

TA

CT

S

0201

1013

0 10

1

2023

0 S

I

I 12

9422

=

re

NO

NE

so

n T

OE

]

7 6

3 I

2 I

1




I RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS

OTT PER 11011101 OESCRIPTION PAR1 1010E1

1 DUAL VELOCITY MONITOR

3300133 co.m_cacacricacp.0:3 SIGNAL INPUT RELAY MODULE:

NO RELAYS 14137-01 ED EPDXY SEALED 3 AMP DUAL REALY 14143-01 CD HERMETICALLY SEALED 3 AMP 04143.01 CB DUAL RELAY

EPDXY SEALED I AMP QUAD RELAY

04134.01 OB

VE1011701 NO RELAYS 130731.01 CD VEL0141701 EPDXY SEALED 130730-01 Oil 3 AMP DUAL RELAY

1 VII :MIMI HERMETICALLY SEALED 3 AMP 130733-01 Oil DUAL REALY

VELOM(TOR EPDXY SEALED 130732-01 CCI 1 AMP QUAD RELAY

H15 NO RELAYS 130733-01 CD

HEYS EPDXY SEALED 130)34.01 Eil 3 AMP DUAL RELAYS

MTVS HERMETICALLY SEALED S AMP 130737.01 Oil DUAL RELAYS

1705 EPDXY SEALED 130736-01 ED I AMP QUAD RELAYS

I JUMPER TIRES 16706-01 (100 PIECES)

To order replacement parts, specify the complete part number according to this table as indicated on identification decal. If the monitor has been modified, specify the modification number on the parts order. Customer must set programmable options - monitor shipped as shown in section 6. If in doubt about the part number, call your Bent ly Nevada Corporation representative before ordering the part.

0

0

OVAL VELOCITY ."'" ,,,,, CO- CD- OD- OD - CO- CO- CO- OD 10...1. M.. I I we $or mom. I

CL6,0100 ItOd. SCA. 'AMP worm. MAP I

34. Ma M

81




29 I RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS (CON'T)

OLD TO NEW SPARES UPDATE LIST

Definition of terms: SIM - Signal Input Module. SIRM - Signal Input Relay Module.

Old and new SIM/SIRM part numbers, associated with 3300/55 monitor are listed below. Part number changes only involve the 3300/55 main board, HTVS and Velomitor SIMs/SIRMs. From the Recommended Spare Parts Table, 3300/55 filter boards, front panel assembly, and Seismoprobe SIMs/SIRMs are not involved with this change.

DESCRIPTION OLD PART# NEW PART#

Main Board 83641-01 129958-01

EPDXY SPAREs

Velomitor 89590-01 130730-01

Velomitor SIM 89589-01 130731-01

HTVS SIRM 109759-01 130734-01

HTVS SIM 109758-01 130735-01

QUAD SPAREs

Velomitor SIRM 89592-01 130732-01

HTVS SIRM 109761-01 130736-01

HERMETIC SPAREs

Velomitor SIRM 89588 -01. 130733-01

HTVS SIRM 109760-01 130737-01

NOTE: Using an old main board (83641-01) with a new SIM/SIRM is not a problem; however, if a

new main board (129958-01) is used with an old SIM/SIRM, the main board must be configured to use the old OK circuitry.

82




301 SPECIFICATIONS

INPUTS

Signal Inputs: Two channels, velocity transducer input, 10 kohm or 24.9 kohm input impedance.

Signal Scale Factors: 500 mV/inch/sec, 145 mV/inch/sec or 100mv/in/sec, 0 to peak.

SIGNAL CONDITIONING

Monitor Range: Full scale meter range selected per Option Table.

Accuracy: +/-.33% of full scale error typical at 77°F (25°C).

+/-1.0% of full scale error maximum at 77°F (25°C).

+/-2.0% of full scale error maximum at 77°F (25°C) when 2X trip multiply used.

+/-3.0% of full scale error maximum at 77°F (25°C) when 3X trip multiply used.

FILTER RESPONSE *

Without Fitter: -3db at 2.8 Hz, upper corner frequency at 10 kHz

With Filter: High pass and low pass filter frequencies are jumper programmed independently on each channel.

Corner Frequencies: High Pass selectable from 3 to 400 Hz (180 to 24,000 CPM).

Low Pass selectable from 24 to 3000 Hz (1,440 to 180,000 CPM).

Filter Quality: High and Low Pass Filters are 2 pole (40db/decade, 12db/octave) with a Butterworth response. -

3db corner frequency at F, predicted.

For transducer options 04( Velomitor ) and 05 (HTVS and 330750), a 3.0 kHz low pass filter is

used in the signal Input module.

ALARMS

Alarm Set Points: Alert/Danger alarm levels (adjustable from 0 to 100% of full scale).

Alarm Delay:

DISPLAYS

Meter:

Alarm delay times are user-programmable per options.

LCD bar graph, dual scale with outside scales marked per monitor full scale range, and bargraph

resolution of 1.6% of full scale.

83



I30 I SPECIFICATIONS (CON'T)


LED's: Green LEDs annunciate transducer OK condition, red LEDs annunciate DANGER alarm, ALERT alarm, and BYPASS conditions.

CONTROLS

Front Panel: Front panel switches (2) for reading ALERT and DANGER set point levels.

Internal: Switches on circuit board for set point adjustment, Danger Bypass, Channel Bypass.

External: External remote controls: Reset, Inhibit, Trip Multiply and Set Point adjust (up arrow and down arrow).

OUTPUT

Recorder. Output proportional to selected full scale monitor range and protected against continuous short circuit to ground:

+4 mA to +20 mA, +12 Vdc compliance.

+1 Vdc to +5 Vdc, 100 Ohm maximum output impedance.

0 Vdc to -10 Vdc, 100 Ohm maximum output impedance.

Alarms and OK: Relay drives for ALERT, DANGER, and System OK.

RELAY CONTACT RATINGS

Dual Relays: 5 A @ 120 Vac 50/60 Hz.

5 A @ 28 Vdc.

Quad Relays: 0.6 A @ 120 Vac 50/60 Hz.

2 A @ 30 Vdc.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature: Operating +32°F to +149°F (0°C to +65°C).

Storage -40°F to +185°F (-40°C to +85°C).

Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing.

84



1

130748-01

I 311 INDEX


AlarmDelay

Alarm Setpoint Test

Alert Mode

Alert Relay

Alert Setpoint

Barrier

Buffered Transducer Output

Bypass Channel

Channel A Full Scale Range

Channel B Full Scale Range

Circuit Board Removal

Cyclic Test

Danger Bypass

Danger Mode

Danger Relay

Danger Relay Voting

Danger Setpoint

Dual Relay Module

Error Code

Filters

Bandpass Filtering

Filter Configuration

Filter/integrator Interface

6,

6,

7,

7,

Page

17

34

18

8, 9, 37

31

29,71

20

32

25,26

27,28

4

66

19,33

18

8, 9, 36

19

31

70

66,67

45

59

46,47

48

85




31 I INDEX (CON'T) Set High Pass Corner Frequency 49

Set Low Pass Corner Frequency 54

First Out 17

Front Panel Removal 5

Jumper Locations 14-16

Main Board 14

Meter Scales 30

Not-OK Mode 17

OK Circuit 38,70

OK Relay 38

Options 10-12

Part Number 10,73

Peak-Peak Filter Board 15

Power Up Test 66

Quad Relay Module 7,70

Recorder Outputs 18

Replacement Parts 77

RMS Fitter Board 16

Self Test 65

Shipped as Options 12

Side Cover Removal 4

Signal Input Relay Module 6

Specifications 83

Timed OK Channel Defeat 19

Transducer Input Channel Units Option 22

86




31 INDEX (CON'T)

130748-01

Page

Transducer Type Option 24

Trip Multiply 29,37

User Invoked Test 65,66

Wiring 68

Velomitor ® 24,69,71

87



Dual Velocity Maintenance Manual 130748-01

88






Section 9 Fault Protection and Rectification

9.1 Alarm Protection and Safety Devices

Alarm and trip setpoints are provided for the temperature, speed and vibration monitors in the form of voltage free contacts to the BCC control system. A summary of the setpoints is shown in drawing WD4358.

9.2 Trouble Shooting

The field sensors do not require any specialised procedures other than normal electrical checks.

The Bently Nevada 3300 Monitoring System does require a systematic approach to identify potential problems. The following publication entitled 3300 System Trouble Shooting (Part No 80173-01 Rev C) has been prepared by Bently Nevada for plant personnel who operate and maintain the system. It provides a detailed description of the basic trouble shooting procedure in case of system malfunction.




3300 SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING

BENTLY NEVADA

PART NO. 80173-01 REVISION C,

NOVEMBER 1993



80173 System Troubleshooting

NOTICE

Read the following before installing or operating equipment

Bent ly Nevada Corporation has attempted to identify areas of risk created by improper installation and/or operation of this product. These areas of information are noted as WARNING or CAUTION for your protection and for the safe and effective operation of this equipment. Read all instructions before installing or operating this product. Pay particular attention to those areas designated by the following symbols.

WARNING

High voltage present could cause shock bums or death


Keyphasor® is a registered trademark of Bent ly Nevada Corporation

Proximitor® is a registered trademark of Bent ly Nevada Corporation

*CAUTION


CO Copyright Bent ly Nevada Corporation 1987,1988,1989,1990,1991,1992, 1993 All Rights Reserved

No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner,

Bent ly Nevada Corporation P.O. Box 157


Telex 354437 Telemail 7400983 BNC UC

Fax 702-782-9253

Copyright infringement is a serious matter under United States of America and foreign copyright laws.

ii

a.



System Troubleshooting 80173

FOREWORD

This document is for maintenance personnel who maintain the 3300 Monitoring System. The guidelines are presented in step-by- step graphic format that should aid service personnel to isolate common faults in a typical 3300 System. Additional fault isolation procedures are provided in the manuals describing the individual monitors.

RELATED DOCUMENTS

3300 System Overview, 80171

3300 System Installation Instructions, 80172

3300/12 AC Power Supply, 89602-01

3300/14 DC Power Supply, 101256-01


SYMBOLS Special symbols are used in the manual to illustrate specifics in the step-by-step process. For example:

PRESS FLASHING CONNECT

TEST EQUIPMENT (Recommended)

DISCONNECT OBSERVE SCREWDRIVER

Digital Multimeter Function Generator

4 1 / 2-Digit Display O to 1000 vac/Vac O to 10 rnegonms

Frequency Range 0.1 to 3 MHZ Offset = X10 Vc1c




iv




I TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES

NOTE The machine should be running during most of this procedure. If machine is down, simulate running machine with inputs from

function generator or TK3 test kit.

*CAUTION Test could exceed alarm setpoint levels causing alarms to activate. This could cause relay contacts to change state.

1. Inspect outside of rack for physical damage.

z,N,L,1 _._

'® 0 o a a

1 0 3 0 1 0 1 0 z 0 1 0 ....... - - - -

. (:)(!) 0 . .

9 0

0 . o

90

8 0 0

0000 0 0

06. 0 0 0

0

. 0 0

00

0 0 0 0

0

0 . 0

00

6---6 0 0 0

0

0 0 0

0

GO TO NEXT STEP

REPORT DAMAGE TO CARRIER AND BENTLY NEVADA CORPORATION

1




1 I TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES {CONT.}

. 2. Observe that SUPPUES OK LED on system monitor is on.

*WARNING High voltage present could cause shock burns or death.


*..,.. ...7

Y

0

S7 2000

70

i 943

10

III

o o0

321

ill OmM

ro

oa

:1 Um.

oo @

30

il Mun

no P

30

Om. 00

0

30

Um. o

0

o

ON GO TO STEP 3

CHECK RACK PRIMARY INPUT POWER AND FUSE AT POWER INPUT MODULE (REAR OF RACK)

0 0 0 CD CD CD CD CD 0 10 CD CD

USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY

110/220VAC 1.0/0.75 AMP 50-60 HZ

T603/DYNAMIC

(oo

0 L_I

F USES V) FM WI

M.O. RTA.L. NILS O a 0.f llialati al, VMS!

11 1

tili1

110/220 Voc POWER SOURCE

PRIMARY FUSE

REPAIR POWER SOURCE NOT

OK

OK REFER TO POWER SUPPLY MANUAL

2




I TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES {CONT.} 3. Actuate RESET switch and observe monitor ALARM LEDs. Latched monitor ALARM LEDs

should go off if their inputs are not currently exceeding the alarm level.

N .

'.

0

tr31:z

e

1

0 0 0 0

30 30 30 30 30 30 IIMENNIP IMII INIMMINW MNIMMI INIII

0 00 11

00 00 El__

00 00 0

0 o e @e 0; oDe

e oLt

0 cPe

g oo

e 7 NOTE

To gather troubleshooting information continue to next test even if alarm LEDs fail to go out.

4. Observe that OK and ALARM LEDs go on in accordance with current input and setpoint levels.

NOTE

To gather troubleshooting information continue to next test even if alarm LEDs do not agree with input and setpoint levels.

,.Z 0

:32,z1

0

Ze

0 0 0 0

30 30 10 30 a e I e 1I IIII INIMINII II

°

II

§ § § § ilia § §

0°0 0

§ §

ill § § ii 0°0

e

§ § i 0 ,3

e a 0;

0 0;

0 0

GO TO NEXT STEP

3




1 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES CONT.

5. Check Alarm setpoint levels on all monitors.

'NI '

x

:

0 0 0 0 0

'

§

vammr

§

iii

... . IMIIMM

1 0 1I

0 00 00 00 00 00 0

NOT OK REFER TO APPLICABLE MONITOR MANUAL AND THE TEST ALARMS SECTION.

6. Observe monitor OK LEDs and monitor front panel display while actuating GAP switch on each monitor. Refer to applicable monitor manual for gap OK limits.

7

7 016301030303030

:-....11

0

0 0 0 0 - .

11I

§ §§

qlf,

§§

limmimp

.

§§ i %MIMI /

§§ i

s 0 00 00000 00 00 00 00 0

e \. MONITOR OK !

REFER TO APPLICABLE MOM TOR

MANUAL AND

THE TEST OK LIMITS SECTION

4



I TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES {CONT.1


7. Measure voltage at applicable monitor front panel BUFFERED TRANSDUCER coaxial cable connector. Monitor front panel gap display reading should agree with multimeter reading (set multimeter to DC volts).

'',..... -4 '/ 0

=3 0

7 9

0 e e G

:a za

H

:a

11

:0

.

3 0 1 0

9 p 0 c

1 0 1 0 ..ouo. .

0/A i I

CO TO NEAT STEP

PEEP TO APPLICABLE upscrOR 1PANuAL ANO TOE CALIBRATE CHANNEL SECTION

5




II 1 I TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES {CONT.}

8. Measure Proximitor/Accelerometer Interface Module power at signal module PWR terminal. The - acceptable voltage range depends on what transducer voltage the supply is configured for. If

the supply is configured for -24V, the acceptable range is -23.28 to -24.40 VDC. If the supply is

configured for -18V, the acceptable range is -17.48 to -18.40 VDC.

VOLTAGE

IN TOLERANCE GO TO STEP 10

VOLTAGE

OUT OF

TOLERANCE

9. Disconnect Proximitor/Accelerometer, Interface Module power field wire at signal. module PWR

terminal and remeasure voltage at signal module PWR terminal.

cuC /0 & CCC&O

CH A

e 0 31

03

P*17

ca.

IN

El.)" BUF

CHB

VOLTAGE OUT OF TOLERANCE

VOLTAGE

IN TOLERANCE

RECONNECT

PWR

GO TO NEXT STEP

19

PROBLEM IS WITH MONITOR OR SIGNAL MODULE. REPLACE MONITOR AND REMEASURE VOLTAGE AT PWR TERMINAL. IF VOLTAGE IS STILL OUT OF

TOLERANCE. REPLACE SIGNAL MODULE.

6




1 I TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES {CONT.} 10. Measure voltage at Proximitor/Accelerometer Interface Module -VT terminal.

SIGNAL INPUT MODULE

VOLTAGE IN

VOLTAGE OU

Or TOLERANCE

CO TO STEP 12

11. Disconnect Proximitor/Accelerometer Interface Module power -VT wire and measure voltage at wire.

PROXIMITOR

TEST AND REPAIR

PROXIMITOR WIRING

VOLTAGE OUT VOLTAGE IN

OF TOLERANCE TOLERANCE I REPLACE

PROXIMITOR

7



1


I 1 1 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDELINES {CONT.}

12. Disconnect wire from Proximitor/Accelerometer Interface Module OUTPUT terminal and measure voltage at terminal.

PROXIMITOR

GAP VOLTAGE

INCORRECT

GAP

VOLTAGE

CORRECT

GO TO NEXT STEP

REFER TO APPLICABLE

TRANSDUCER MANUAL AND CHECK:

o GAP VOLTAGE

o PROXIMITOR

o PROBE

o EXTENSION CABLE

13. Reconnect wire to Proximitor/Accelerometer Interface Module OUTPUT terminal. Disconnect wire at signal module IN terminal and measure voltage at wire.

SIGNAL NPUT MODULE

/TROUBLESHOOT

WIRING BETWEEN

AND REPAIR INCORRECT

PROXIMITOR AND j QOONITOR

CORRECT REPLACE

MONITOR

8






Section 10 Isolation and Restoration Procedures

This Section is not applicable to the System Instrumentation. The Isolation and Restoration procedures for the pumping system are included in other volumes.

The Local Instrumentation Panel can be isolated by the two moulded case circuit breakers in the back of the panel. Each MCCB will isolate an entire rack.







Section 11 List of Sub-Contractors and Proprietary. Equipment

Sub-contract suppliers of proprietary equipment include:

Vibration and Seed Monitoring - Bently Nevada 20 Healey Circuit Huntingwood NSW 2148

RTD Temperature Sensors -

Pump Junction Box -

15140/Inst Man/BRH Issue 1

Ph 02 9672 7447

Temperature Controls Pty Ltd 55 Henry Street Leichhardt NSW 2040

Ph 02 9560 0644

J & P Richardson Industries Pty Ltd Campbell Avenue Walcol QLD 4076

Ph 07 3271 2911

29-Apr-98 Page 11-1






Section 12 Recommended Spares and Special Tools

Some of the equipment used on this project, in particular the Bently Nevada modules, can take up to 6 weeks to obtain. In order to keep the three pumps fully operational with minimal down time, one of each item of equipment that is not available ex stock from suppliers is recommended to be held in stock by the Brisbane City Council.

The following list includes the equipment items that we recommend one spare is held by BCC in order to avoid potential downtime:

1. Bently Nevada 3300/03 System Monitor

2. Bently Nevada 3300/012 Power Supply

3. Gently Nevada 3300 Six Channel Temperature Monitor

4. Bently Nevada 3300/50 Tachometer

5. Bently Nevada 3300/52 Reverse Rotation Monitor

6. Bently Nevada 330525 Velometer XA Piezo - Velocity Sensor

7. Bently Nevada 3300 - 8mm Proximity Transducer

8. Temperature Controls RTD Assembly to Dwg No 3015




12. Capacitive Proximity Probe - Schmersal IFC 15-30-10yTPD

All of the above items can be purchased through:

15140/last Man/BR1i Issue 1

Weir Engineering Pty Ltd 15 Gindurra Road Somersby NSW 2250

Ph 02 4349 2999

29-Apr-98 Page 12-1






Section 13 List of Engineering Drawings

13.1 Process Drawings

Drawing No Description

WD4357 4 Process & Instrumentation Diagram

WD4358 3 Instrument Schedule

13.2 Electrical Schematic Drawings

Drawing No Description

WD5071 Rev 2 Pumpwell No 1, Instrument Rack No 1 Layout

WD5072 Rev 2 Pumpwell No 1, Instrument Rack No 2 Layout

WD5073 Rev 3 Pumpwell No 1, Instrument Cubicle Layout

WD5074 Rev 3 Pump Instrumentation, Rack 1 & 2 Power Supply

WD5075 Rev 3 Pump Instrumentation, Pump PP11 Speed Monitoring

WD5076 Rev 3 Pump Instrumentation, Pump PP11 Vibration


WD5078 Rev 3 Pump Instrumentation, Pump PP11 Bearing Temperature









WD5087 Rev 2 Pump Instrumentation, Drawing Legend

WD5291 Rev 3 Pump Instrumentation, Pump Terminal Box




A

D

E

1 2 3 4 5 DRG No Al-WD4357

JUNCTION BOX ON MOTOR

MK12

w AIM w

e e

SR11 CABINET NOTE:

THIS DRAWING TO BE READ IN CON*JUNC.TION WITH DRG. No: C.A1- WD435&

Ns.- JUNCTION BOX ON PUMP 1

MOTOR MT11 1

JUNCTION BOX ON MOTOR

r -1 I

I1

1

T

÷ I

4

4i

r

MK12

AZ& w w

WINDING 'A'

AZ&

415. 11217

WINDING '8'

TIN

1068

WINDING 'C'

MOTOR SEAL FAILURE

4E11 11717

r

> 1347 I

> 1347 I

BEARING COOLING WATER

GLAND WATER SUPPLY

JUNCTION BOil ON PUMP

PUMP PP11

An Mr VW

1SR11 CABINET

MOTOR FLOOR

4

PUMP FLOOR

AS BUILT

Date: 29-04-98

LEGEND

SE

VE

TE

ME

CI

MK

RE

SPEED SENSOR

VIBRATION SENSOR

TEMPERATURE SENSOR MIDI MOISTURE SENSOR

CONTRACT INTERFACE

MARSHALLING KIOSK

REVERSE ROTATION ELEMENT

11121I THIS DRAWING SHOWS THE iNSTRUMENTATICN FOR MT 11/PP 11.

FOR OTHER PUMPS REFER TO TAG N1.1.49E.RS LISTED IN TABLE BELOW.

ITEM NO DESCRIPTION PT 11 /PP 11

TAG NO

MT 12/PP 12

TAG NO

MT 13/PP 13

TAG NO

IA MOTOR COLD AIR TEMPERATURE, ...115 TE 103A TE 113A TE 123A

18 MOTOR HOT AIR TEMPERATURE. 1145 TE 1038 TE 11315 TE 123B

2A MOTOR COLD AIR TEMPERATURE. RHS TE 103C TE 113C TE 123C

28 MOTOR HOT AIR TEMPERATURE. RHS TE 1035 TE 1130 TE 1230

3 MOTOR BEARING TEMPERATURE, NOE TE 102 TE 112 TE Ill 4 MOTOR BEARING TEMPERATURE, DE TE 101 TE 111 TE 121

5 MOTOR WINDING - TEMPERATURE TE 104A TE 114A TE 124A

6 MOTOR WINDING TEMPERATURE TE 1048 TE 114B TE 1248

7 MOTOR WINDING TEMPERATURE TE 1054 TE 1154 SE 1254

8 MOTOR WINDING TEMPERATURE TE 1058 TE 1158 TE 1258



11 BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION, NOE VE 1024 VE 1124 VE 1224

12 BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION, DE VE 101A VE 111A' VE 121A

13 MOTOR SHAFT SPEED SE 102 SE 112 SE 122

14A MOTOR MOISTURE DETECTOR ME 107A ME 1174 ME 127A

148 LHS HEAT EXCHANGE MOISTURE DETECTOR ME 1078 ME 1178 ME 1278

14C RHO HEAT EXCHANGE MOISTURE DETECTOR ME 107C ME 117C ME 127C

IS PUMP SHAFT SPEED SE 108 SE 119 SE 128

16 BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION VE 13SA VE 139A VE 143A

17 THURST BEARING TEMPERATURE TE 136A TE 140A TE 144A

113 LOWER BEARING TEMPERATURE TE 1368 TE 1408 TE 1448

19 BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION YE 138A VE 141A VT 145A

20 PUMP CASING VIBRATION VE 137 HE 142 VE 146

21 PUMP SHAFT REVERSE ROTATION RE 140 RE 119 RE 128

CLIENT BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL

SITE EAGLE FARM PUMPING STATION

CONTRACT No:

SERIAL No:

,S20/95/96 '15140-01, 15140 -02, 15140-03

JOB No: 15140

ORIGINAL '

SCALE:- N.T.S. 0

I

,1\ ACN 000 373 339

THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND IS CONDITIONALLY LOANED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEIVING IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE CR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNIFH INFORMATION FROM IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN. IT UPON REQUEST

z

Col

-J

O

a

N

2

S

CU

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED 1. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. 2. OVERALL DIMENSIONS MAY BE SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES Or" CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS.

bRN. RD DATE, 11,10,96 CHK. JG DATE, 11.10.96 APP. NAW DATE. 23.3.97 ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

1

TITLE. PROCESS & INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM FOR MT 11/PP 11 EAGLE FARM

UNIT SRA 900/1000 DRG No. C.A1-WD4 357 STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

2 4 5

A



DRG No. C . A I -WD4358

5

NOTE:- THIS DRAWING TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH DRG. No. C.A1-W04357.

DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE 1

PROJECTION

ITEM INSTRUMENT REFERENCE No. MEASUREMENT

LOCATION N0017 pp WIT

INSTRUMENT DETAILS NORMAL LEVEL

ALARM LEVEL

TRIP LEVEL

MAIN SUPPLIER LOCAL

INDICATION REMOTE

INDICATION OPERATING VOLTAGE

REMARKS

MTII/RPii YT;2/PP12 mT13/PP13 TITLE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER MOM_ RANGE OUTPUT

IA TE I03A TE 113A TE 123A MOTOR COLD AIR TEMPERATURE LHS RID MOTOR I MINED PRODUCTS(USA) 511016P0(MINCO) CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES PLATINUM,

3 WIRE SIMPLEX 100 OHMS Al O'C 1E1 TE 1038 TE 1138 TE 1238 MOTOR HOT AIR TEMPERATURE LHS RTO MOTOR I MINCO PRODUCTS(USA) 511016P0(MINCO) CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

2A II )03C TE 113C TE 123E MOTOR COLD AIR TEMPERATURE RHS RTC MOTOR I MINED PROCUCTS(USA) 511016PD(MINCO) CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

28 TE '030 I TE 1130 TE 1230 MOTOR 40IT AIR TEMPERATURE RHS RIO MOTOR I MINCO PRODUCTS(USA) S11016P0(MINCO) CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

3 TE :22 7E 112 YE 22 MOTOR 5E14i:NG -EIPERATURE,NOE Aro MOTOR I TEMPERATURE CONTROLS TCW 3018 0-150T 70'C 80'C 90'C TEMPERATURE CONTROLS NO YES

E 101 TE Ill TE 121 MOTOR 3EA;:NO TEmPERATURE,OE RTD MOTOR I TEMPERATURE CONTROLS TCW 3015 - 0-150*C 70'C 80*C 90'C TEMPERATURE CONTROLS NO YES

5 TE 104A TE 1144 TE 124A ACTOR wiNOING 'EMPERATURE RTO MOTOR I MINCO PRODUCTS(USA) 511016P0(MINCO) 130'C 140*C CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

6 TE 1048 TE 1148 YE 1248 MOTOR WINDING "EMPERATURE RTO MOTOR I MINCO PROCUCTS(USA) 511016PD(MINCO) 130'C 140'C CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

7 TE 1105A TE 1I5A TE 125A MOTOR WINO:NG TEMPERATURE RID MOTOR I MINED PROCUCTS(USA) 511016PD(MINCO) 130'C 140T CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

8 TE 1058 TE 1158 TE 1058 MOTOR WINGING TEMPERATURE RID MOTOR I MINCO PROOUCTS(USA) 511016P0(MINCOI 130'C 140'C CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

9 TE I06A TE II6A TE I26A MOTOR WINGING TEMPERATURE RTO MOTOR I MINCO PRODUCTS(USA) S11016PO(MINCO) 130*C 140T CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

10 TE 1068 TE 1168 TE 1268 MOTOR WINCING TEMPERATURE RID MOTOR I MINED PRODUCTS(USA) 511016PD(MINCO) 130*C 140'C CROMPTON GREAVES NO YES

11 VE 102A VE 112A VE 122A BEARING HOUSING V:BRATION,NDE VELOMETER MOTOR I BENTLY NEVADA 330525 0 20mm/s rms 4.5mm/s rms 8mm/s rms lImm/s rms BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

12 YE 101A VE 111A VE 121A BEARING HOUSING VIBRATICN.CE VELOMETER MOTOR I BENTLY NEVADA 330525 0-20mm/s rms 4.5mm/s rms 8mm /s rms 1Imm/s rms BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

13 SE 102 SE 112 SE 122 MOTOR SHAFT. SPEED SPEED TRANSDUCER MOTOR I 8ENTLY NEVADA 330106-05-30-10-02-00 0-99999 rpm BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

ME 107A 117A ME I27A MOISTURE DETECTOR MOISTURE DETECTOR MOTOR I SCHMERSAL,GERMANY IFC 15-300-01 YLG NHP ELECTRICAL NO YES 14A

L148 - ME I078

AC

14E II76 ME 1278

MOTOR

RHS HEAT EXCHANGER MOIST. DET. MOISTURE DETECTOR MOTOR I SCHMERSALGERMANY IFC 15-300-01 YLG NHP ELECTRICAL NO YES

14C ME 107C ME 117C ME 127C RHS HEAT EXCHANGER MOIST. DEL MOISTURE DETECTOR MOTOR I SCHUERSAL.GERMANY IFC 15-300-01 YLG NHP ELECTRICAL NO YES

15 SE 108 SE 119 SE 128 PUMP SHAFT SPEED SPEED TRANSDUCER PUMP SHAFT I 8ENTLY NEVADA 330106-05-30-10-02-00 0-99999 rpm 8ENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

16 VE I35A vE I39A VE 143A BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION VELOMETER THRUST BEARING I BENTLY NEVADA 330525 0-20mm/s rms 7mm/s rms 11mm /s rms 18mm/s rms BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

17 TE I36A TE 140A TE 144A THRUST BEARING TEMPERATURE RID THRUST BEARING I TEMPERATURE CONTROLS TCW 3017 0-150"C 70T 90*C 100'C TEMPERATURE CONTROLS NO YES PLATINUM.3 WIRE 100 OHMS AT O'C

18 TE 1368 TE 1408 TE 1448 LOWER BEARING TEMPERATURE RTD LOWER BEARING I TEMPERATURE CONTROLS TCW 3016 0-150"C 70*C 80T 90'C TEMPERATURE CONTROLS NO YES

19 YE I32A VE 14IA YE 145A BEARING HOUSING VIBRATION VELOMETER LOWER BEARING I BENTLY NEVADA 330525 0-20mm/s rms 7mm/s rms Ilmm/s rms I8mm/s rms BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

20 VE 137 VE 142 VE 146 PUMP CASING VIBRATION VELOACTER PUMP CASING 1 BENTLY NEVADA 330525* 0 20mm/s rms 7mm/s ras Ilmm/s rms 18mm/s rms BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

21 RE 140 RE 119 RE 128 PUMP SHAFT REVERSEIROTATION PROXIMITY TRANSDUCER PUMP SHAFT I BENTLY NEVADA 330103-00-05-10-02-00 BENTLY NEVADA NO YES 24V DC

AS BUILT Date:27-04-98

W® F ACN 000 373 339

THIS DRAWING IS CIANDD BY

WEIR ENGINEERING PTY. LTD. AND

IS CONDITIONALL( LOANED TO THE

RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEIVING IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE

OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART

NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM IT TO ANY OTHERS NOR TO MAKE ANY USE OF IT THAT

IS NOT TFE SUBJECT cr WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENGINEERING PTY. LTD. AND TO RETURN IT UPON REQUEST.

I

CLIENT BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL

SITE EAGLE FARM PUMPING STATION

CONTRACT No. 520/95/96

SERIAL No. 15140-01,15140.02.15140-03

JOB No. 15140

ORIGINAL 0

SCALE:- I I M I

4.01 arD

CC

0. CCI 01

f CC CC

kin

CC

2C

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY

UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

I. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES.

2. OVERALL DIMENSIONS MAY BE

SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS

DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES

ON CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS.

DAN. Z.P DATE. 02-05-97 TITLE

INSTRUMENT SCHEDULE BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL

PUMPWELL No.I,EAGLE FARM PUMP STATION

CHK J.G DATE. 05-05-97

APP. B. FOXhEE DATE. 20-05-98

CROSS REFERENCE

UNIT SRA 900/1000 .

DRG NO. C A I -WD4358 5 STATE LATEST ISSUE NO.WHEN OUOTING DRG.

5

PART NAME :-WO-DRAWINGS/W04358-3.PRT



A

8

3 DRG No A3-WD5075

MOTOR

PROXIMITY SENSOR

SE 102

VT

PROXIMITOR

ST 102 COM

PUMP

PROXIMITY SENSOR

RE 108

o

OUT

151

152

PUMP JN BOX FORWARD RPM - - - - 4-20 mA SIGNAL

ALARM SETPIONT 1

RELAY CONTACTS

La

111

IO

8

111

151

152

153

1025T

COM-8

1025T-Al

COM-11

PWR PWR

COM COM

IN I Ni

REC REC

COM COM

102ST-A2

NC

ARM

NO

NC

0- ARM

NO

NC

ARM

NO

NC

ARM

NO

TACHOMETER

RACK 1, SLOT 3

4

DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

5

THIRD ANGLE

PROJECTION

ALARM SETPOINT 2

RELAY CONTACTS

PUMP

PROXIMITY SENSOR

SE 108

VT

PROXIMITOR

0 COM ST 108

OUT

1S4

155

1S6

PUMP JN BOX REVERSE RPM - - ---I 4-20 mA SIGNAL

REVERSE ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

113

E1

18

1S4

155

156

1085T

PWR PWR

COM C 0 M

IN

1E1

COM-19

108RT-Al

CO M- 22

REC

COM

108RT-A2

NC

ARM

NO

IN

157

158

1S9

EE

1

REC 08RT

COM COM-27

NC

ARM

NO

NC NC

s- ARM ARM - NO NO

1085T-Al

COM-30

108ST-A2

REVERSE ROTATION MONITOR

RACK 1, SLOT 4

157

158

EE

EE

EE

EE

159 U

FORWARD RPM

4-20 mA SIGNAL

FORWARD ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

VT

PROXIMITOR

COM 0 RT 108

OUT

PUMP JN BOX

L - - - - _J

SCALE:

ORIGINAL NTS

0

ACN 000 373 339

THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND IS CONDMONALLY LOANED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECENING IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN

WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT. OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN IT UPON RECUEST

9

I ve

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED

1. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. 2. OVERALL DIMENSIONS MAY BE

SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES ON

CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS.

DRN. R I-1 DATE. 24/6/97 CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 APP. J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PUMP PP11 SPEED MONITORING

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD507S STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 3 4 5



1 2 1 3 4 5

A

C

DRG No A3-WD5074 .

DO NOT SCALE IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

__

B

C

-

D

_

E

PROJECTION NDDRAWING

240V POWER

SUPPLY

,

CB2-10A

Ll

NO

OK ARM

RELAY

NC

LINE 1

LINE 2

GND

COM-3

RACK 1

wi INST PWR1 1 ALARM

L

N1

N

- El

1-* -

POWER SUPPLY MODULE

RACK 1, SLOT 1/2 E

CB3-10A

L2

NO

OK ARM

RELAY

NC

LINE 1

LINE 2

GNU

W1 INST PWR2 2 RACK 2

ALARM

N2 *--I

E2

POWER SUPPLY MODULE

RACK 2, SLOT 1/2

SCALE:

ORIGINAL N T S IIILI

THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND 5 CONDITIONALLY LOANED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEIVING fT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY fT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

War ANY USE OF IT THAT 5 NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 fr UPON REQUEST

"c

41

0 iii

z

ZZSZ 7.:-. ,..

I

7.--. ..

5' V

i

..; -

' g

;7::

-

DRN. R H DATE. 24/6/97 TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INSTRUMENTATION RACK 1 & 2 POWER SUPPLY

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED CHK. B H DATE 25/6/97

APP. J 0 DATE. 1. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. 2. OVERALL DIMENSIONS MM' BE

SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES ON CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS. ,

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

. - .., .1 , DRG No. A3-WD5074 STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING ORG

1 2 3 4 I 5



1 I 2 - 3 4 5

A

__

B

_

C

.---,

D

E

DRG No A3-WD5073 DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

PROJECTION low

0 1 ll

0 ITEM No DESCRIPTION

PLAN VIEW

-

1 - CABLE DUCTING-40mmx50mm .

O 2 1 PANEL LABEL

3 2 INSTRUMENATION RACK

c) LLn n

CLEAR PERSPEX

VIEWING PANEL

700

4 330 4mm DIN RAIL TERMINALS

5 4 4mm DIN RAIL TERMINALS 0

0

b 1 REAR ENCLOSURE 800Wx1000Hx300D 7 1 FRONT ENCLOSURE 800Wx1000Hx300D 1- 8 1 INSTRUMENT EARTH LINK - INSULATED 9 1 CABLE GLAND PLATE

10 2 240V, 10A CIRCUIT BREAKER

) B I

o

FRONT DOOR 0 800

1-1 "1 0 320 320 h

0 0

PT4

E E /LINK N /LINK INST EARTH

FRONT VIEW (door removed)

o

I

I

I

Cl O I I

4

CI) C) cp ---

.

C

__,

D

-

0= o_

0 z o_ x 0_

- r, 0= a. o z

o_ r = o_

-

- fn CI o_

o z n_

= o_

- 0 r-- (-4

Ln

RACK 1

0 I

c7:. r-- c--.1

RACK 2

0 fl

f 400

u U 720

- _.- - -._...-_-

-1 GEAR TRAY LAYOUT -- TYPICAL SECTION

ORIGINAL

1., I i I I SCALE: NTS ° THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR

11413PMOZYANIANISED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM

W©ri[r ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG

ACN 000 373 339 ,F.;rYug, zguTEOSTRETURN

H O

6 4 z ,,,0

s.^ -......

':-

Es

g

Z 1

rd

Z a ,.,

6

. W*

gi ,. ,S

= 2



SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES ON CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS.


PUMPWELL No 1. INSTRUMENT CUBICLE LAYOUT

E

CHK B H DATE. 25/6/97 ,

APP. .1 0 DAME

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5073 '4 4 g

- ,.., ,., - .,

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2 3 4 I 5



1 2 ---- 3 1 4 1

5

A

B

____

c

-`

0

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE 111

8

_

c

0

E

PUMP NUMBER

PROJECTION w1

i -

I

PP12 INSTRUMANTATION PUMP NUMBER PP13 INSTRUMANTATION

I I

POWER SYSTEM DUAL SIX CHANNEL SPARE DUAL REVERSE DUAL DUAL DUAL SIX CHANNEL SPARE SUPPLY MONITOR VELOMETER TEMPERATURE MONITOR SLOT TACHOMETER ROTATION VELOMETER VELOMETER VELOMETER TEMPERATURE MONITOR SLOT

e

e

e

0 0 0

o

e e e 50

e e e e l

r sc. C\I

I

...

: CD CV

o o 0 o o o

o o o o o o

.1-

o

-

0

0

17

00

0

0 0

n

0 0

'

0

0

0

0 0

o

0

1-1

0

o

0

17

0

0

0

E

0.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Fl

0

0

0

ri

0

0

ri 0 0 0

e e e e e e e e e e SLOT 1 SLOT 2 SLOT 3 SLOT 4 SLOT 5 SLOT 6 SLOT 7 SLOT 8 SLOT 9 SLOT 10 SLOT 11 SLOT 12 SLOT 13 SLOT 14

RACK No 2

700

775

ORIG 1 I I , I [ SCALINAE:

L

NTS ° THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR

CONDITIONALLY 131)AN"ED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG ET HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO vizsg_ntincrizot FROM

Wear ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRETTEN

5 AI

o

i 3 w

a ,-.4 .

1

't .., - g m

;

,S . THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED


SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES ON

DRN. R H OATE. 24/6/97 TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMPWELL 1 INSTRUMENT - RACK No 2 LAYOUT

CHK. B H DATE. 2 5/6/9 7

APP. J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5072 AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 if UPON REQUEST 1 ' CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS.

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 3 4 5 -



1 I. 2 -

4 I 5.

-

B

....._._

c

D

E

ORG No A3-WD5071 DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE al

A

B

c

D

PROJECTION ir

PUMP NUMBER PP11 INSTRUMANTATION PUMP NUMBER PP12 INSTRUMANTATION

POWER SYSTEM DUAL REVERSE DUAL DUAL DUAL SIX CHANNEL SPARE DUAL REVERSE DUAL DUAL

SUPPLY MONITOR TACHOMETER ROTATION VELOMETER VELOMETER VELOMETER TEMPERATURE MONITOR SLOT TACHOMETER ROTATION VELOMETER VELOMETER

e

e

e 0 0 0 0

e e e e e e e e e e

M 0 CN.J

50

0 CD CN

0 0

0

0 0 0 . 0 0

. 0

0 0 . . 0 0

0 0

0

0 0

0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0 0

0

E.

0

0

0 Fl 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

E

0

0. 0

0

0

Fl

0 0

1-1

E

0

e

0

0

Fl

0 F 0

0

0

0

0

E

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0 e e e e e e e e e e e

SLOT 1 SLOT 2 SLOT 3 SLOT If SLOT 5 SLOT 6 SLOT 7 SLOT 8 SLOT 9 SLOT 10 SLOT 11 SLOT 12 SLOT 13 SLOT 14 .

RACK No 1

700 .... .

775

ORIGINAL

SCALE: NTS I I

THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND IS CONDMONALLY LOANED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN

WHOLE OR PART NOR TO . FURNISH INFORMATION FROM

IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

til if ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN WO AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 R upoN REQUEST

-

41

L7 th-

e; z z o .

.. .. e.

g .., 2 23 g

. - g . e. W

Z ^' .

i *





PUMPWELL 1 INSTRUMENT RACK No 1 LAYOUT

CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 APP. .1 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5071 s' d 2 ' .- "I r,

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING ORG

1 2 3 I 4 5



I 2 I

3 - 4 1

5

A

-

B

_

_._

C

D

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

B

--

C

1)

E

PROJECTION Ihir

PUMP JN BOX PUMP JN BOX DRIVE END _ . VELOMETER F WHITE 13

° I 3V10 3V10 (H A (H B

A A

B -

B

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC

ARM ARM

1--- - - - -1 3V13 3V13 P 17 WHITE

'4

NON DRIVE END

I VELOMETER VE 121A/VT 121A

BLACK 14

I n 56

3V14

M I I

18

n 1 VE 122A/VT 122A I

11

3V11 3V11 3V14 BLACK

kr]

C Fib ER N 19

U 15

3V12 3V15

I I

I GREEN 16

IM

I

III 122AVT

M

I

0 I 20 GREEN

2_ _____I

D.E. BEARING VIBRATION

I I I

121AVT 59

L 2 4-20 mA SIGNAL

D.E. VIBRATION ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

N.D.E. VIBRATION ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

COM-60 COM-68 ER N.D.E. BEARING VIBRATION

[E 4-20 mA SIGNAL

CE D.E. SHUTDOWN ALARM

i1 RELAY CONTACTS

N.D.E. SHUTDOWN ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

M

- 121AVT-A

131

121AVT-T

COM -71

NO NO

NC NC 122AVT-T

IX COM-63'

122AVT-A ARM ARM - NO NO EE

PUMP MOTOR BEARING MONITOR

RACK 2, SLOT 11

ORIGINAL SCALE:

A N T S a tItI 1

THIS MG IS OWNED BY WEIR

ZINDPTIZ LMYAND ISED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG rr HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO IFTUIZISH INFOFD4A0TRIOPT10 FROME

WAP ANY USE OF rT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG

ACN 000 373 339 Tr A) 1,11LTEOsTRETURN

5 Jel

g

Z 4

6 w

T;

"

f.5

a.

Zr, t " § S g 0

g

t .-, -

I

ill ,S "

:





PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PUMP PP13 VIBRATION

CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 P. J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5085 NI 2

_ .., ... . STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 3 4 5 -



1 2 I_ 3

I 4 I 5

A

B

_

_

C

-

D

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

.

3

C

-

D

E

PROJECTION 0 Ca

PUMP JN BOX PUMP JN BOX

UPPER BEARING - - --1 VELOMETER P WHITE 1 I

3V1 3V1

CH A CH B

A A

B B

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC

,

3V4 3W.

- - - -1 5 WHITE

LOWER BEARING I VELOMETER VE 143A/VT 143A

I

N I I

BLACK I

VE 145A/VT 145A BLACK 3V2 3V2 3V5 3V5 1 1r C ffl 0

1 1

3V6

ei 7

..

I

3V3 E GREEN 4

ti/

I 1

143AVT

II 145AVT

3 I

ei 8 GREEN

PUMP CASING

VELOMETER

L__ _ UPPER

UPPER

ALARM

LOWER

ALARM

PUMP IN - F WHITE

N ___I

BEARING

4-20

BEARING

RELAY

BEARING

RELAY

BOX

ill '2 1 ___ 1 g LOWER BEARING VIBRATION VIBRATION

mA SIGNAL

VIBRATION

CONTACTS

VIBRATION

CONTACTS

COM-35 COM 43 Q 4 20 mA SIGNAL g

-, 143AVT -A

143AVT-T -g BEARING UPPER VIBRATION COM-46 g SUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS ARM ARM

NO NO

NC NC

ARM ARM

ff3

COM-38

145AVT-T LOWER BEARING VIBRATION SUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS

PUMP CASING VIBRATION SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS

-- tE A 145AVI-

NO NO ffi

PUMP BEARING VIBRATION MONITOR

RACK 2, SLOT 9

- 7 9 I 3V7 3V7

CH A CH B

A A VE 146/VT 146 f 11 I BLACK

1

10 I n

3V8 8 B

3V8

I 11

I I I I U 3V9

I GREEN

@

12 I

'III L _ 0 146VT

REC PUMP CASING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL

m 51 COM-

REC

COM ® COM

146VT-T

COM-53 NC NC 43

COM-55 PUMP CASING VIBRATION 1 146VT-A ALARM RELAY CONTACTS

ARM ARM M er NO NO

NC NC

ARM ARM

NO NO

PUMP CASING VIBRATION MONITOR

RACK 2, SLOT 10

ORIGINAL 0

SCALE: NTS 1 I I THIS CRC IS OWNED BY WEIR

ALL LON MD% L'yAND ISED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEIVING CT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FrrUftns,,11izsoR),i4tTRIO1 FROM

We01 [r ANY

LZ413T ITOF7vil IS NOT AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG

ACN 000 373 339 rug LTD AND JTEOSTRETURN

5 AI

52 vi 4

5 4,

;1"

:.,. '' w g

17;

i Q c 0

S 5-;

kd 7' -I THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY

UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED



ORM R H DATE. 24/6/97 TITLE BCC EAGLE FARM


CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 APP. J 0 DATE

RI I

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

ORG No. A3-WDS084 4 - . p.., . STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2 3 4 5 ....



1 I 2

, 3 I_ 4

I 5

A

B

- .-

C

-

D

-

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

B

_

C

-

D

E

PROJECTION 11. ____ ___.

MOTOR

VT

PROXIMITOR

° COM ST 122

OUT

- 351 351 PWR PWR

COM COM

IN ' IN

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC 122S7 -A3

PROXIMITY SENSOR

SE 122 I

352 352

1

I

I

353

1:1

PROXIMITY

PUMP

SENSOR

RE 128

353

I FORWARD RPM

4-20 mA SIGNAL

ALARM SETPIONT 1

RELAY CONTACTS

122ST PUMP JN BOX L_ - - - -) U

COM-8 8

12251-A1 El

COM-11 011

12

COM-14 14

12257 -A2 El

ARM ARM

I NO NO

NC NC

ARM ARM

NO NO

ALARM SETPOINT 2

RELAY CONTACTS

12257 -A4 13

TACHOMETER

RACK 2, SLOT 7

- -1 I _ I

,i, 354

I i

I

1 354 357 357 l. 1 VT

PROXIMITOR

VT

PROXIMITOR

El

355

PWR PWR -

358

EE CC

I 3S5

3S8 COM 0 ST 128

16

356 E

COM COM

359

T 1 1

COM 0 RT 128

OUT I

PUMP

PROXIMITY SENSOR

SE 128

356 U 359

U OUT --- IN IN

REC REC 128RT

23---

PUMP JN BOX I REVERSE RPM 18 12857

FE I PUMP JN BOX I--- - - - - ---1 4-20 mA SIGNAL

REVERSE ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

i

19 COM-19

COM COM COM-27

FORWARD RPM

4-20 SIGNAL 1- - - - - -1 128RT-A1 m NC NC

12851-Al

gE mA

EC

1E FORWARD ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

COM-22 COM-30 !II

128RT-A2

ARM ARM

NO NO

12857 -A2 Eli NC NC - ARM ARM

NO NO

EC


RACK 2, SLOT 8

0 SCALEORIGINAL : N T S I I , I 1 THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR

gO14 cfriZ LTD AND

An D IS ED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO IFTu.R43/ISH INFORIZIO.4:)FROME

W©ftri ANY USE OF Fr THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG rPTTY LTD AND

REQUEST RETURN

5 4 g 0 ir

z 8

g ,..

SI2

g

g a

g

,.7' ... 121

R . g p

R'

{

;

..q._

;. ,... THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY






CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 APP. J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5083 .,

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2 3 - 4 5



- 1 I I

3 4 1 5

A

-

B

G

D

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

-

B

c

--

D

--

E:

PROJECTION lir

'

MOTOR DE BEARING TEMPERATURE

4-20 mA SIGNAL

MOTOR NDE TEMPERATURE

4-20 mA SIGNAL

PUMP UPPER BEARING TEMPERATURE

4-20 mA SIGNAL .

PUMP LOWER BEARING TEMPERATURE

4-20 mA SIGNAL

PUMP JN BOX MOTOR DE BEARING

.

1117E

CH

OUT NC 1

ARM

ffi COM -73 COM-

m COM-84 HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE

ALARM RELAY CONTACTS

HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE



SUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS



PUMP JN BOX PUMP UPPER BEARING

112TE M

COM .--

NO OUT z

2 c6.,/

COM j- NC

OUT 3

aARM

NO COM

OUT

COM 4 NC

ARM

OUT r'' NO

COM ' < NC

OUT 6

'ARM COM NO

CO TA-1 g

COM -75 ER

140ATE FE

TA-2 81

T7 -1

I1 COM-77 - TT-2

82

cE

91

CB

14OBTE E ag

COM-79

PUMP BEARING TEMPERATURE MONITOR

RACK 2, SLOT 4

RTD -TE 111 - -

2T1

- 25

26 kTI

27 0 28

0 29 0

271 211 CHANNEL 218 I-- ------ - -2-18

---- 218 RTD -TE 140A

® n 272

LE

272 272 2T9 219 34 1

0 279 ill

U 273

02

213 213 2710 2710 I 35

2110 U 0

MOTOR NDE BEARING SCREEN

CE

2T4 214 CE

al

2711 EE

I

I

-03:1 I

36 SCREEN I PUMP LOWER BEARING

RTD-TE 112

214 2111

0 37

2111

RTD-TE 140B

0 n 275 30

275 275 2T12 2T12

0 38

2712

n 0 0 0

276 31

89

216 216 CE

Eg

2113 2113 Aj 39 2113

SCREEN 32

96 121

40 SCREEN

L ----. L J _ _ _ _I

, _ _ _ _ PUMP BEARING TEMERATURE MONITOR

RACK 2, SLOT 5

SCALE: ORIGINAL

N T S 1 , I , 1 1

THIS ORG IS OWNED BY WEIR

g4DRIONIZANUUED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY TT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH igrittTRIolct FROM

WI [11 T ANY USE OF fT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF RI1TEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 IT UPON REQUEST

g,

g i z e,

'.7. ....

L:-.2- <..

0-

S

... S ,., (23

g m

p

Z., . 7-7-, -

g

;

SI -.. 4...--

tz,

:




ORN. R H DATE. 24/6/97 TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PUMP PP12 BEARING TEMP.

CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 APR J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5082 j a 1 ' - . n

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2 3 5



1 1 2

I 3 4

' 1 5

A

-

8

C

D

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

-

8

C

D

E

PROJECTION Ilir

PUMP JN BOX PUMP JN BOX DRIVE END

VELOMETER

1---

I WHITE 13 -- I. 2V10 2V10 CH A CH B

A A

B B

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC

2V13 2V13

- I 17 WHITE

@

NON DRIVE END

I VELOMETER VE 111A/VT 111A BLACK 14 I 9

WE

2V11 2V11

m n 18 BLACK I

VE 112A/VT 112A II 2V14 2Vit.

C. DrJ

0 15

0 gfi EV

W I r 2V12 2V15

I GREEN 16 I

WE

I

1

112AVT

ER 1

1 20 GREEN I c; L _ -D.E.

1 1 1

11IAVT

@ L___ __ ____ ____ ___J

BEARING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL


RELAY CONTACTS


RELAY CONTACTS

4] COM 60

EE COM-68

N.D.E. BEARING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL

D.E. SHUTDOWN ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS


RELAY CONTACTS

rf

111AVT-A

0:3

111AVT-T .- EC COM -71 e- ARM ARM

NO NO

NC NC

AI

112AVT-T 0-

IN

tE COM-63

El

-- 112AVT-A

ARM ARM

NO. NO [E,'


RACK 2. SLOT 3

' - ,..... .

ORIGINAL

SCALE: I 1 I 1 I I N T S 0 THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR

gONOPIONTLYMUIDUED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECENING

ff=OtJtEEPR NOT

N WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM (T TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

W2[Icr ANY USE OF if THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 m UPON REQUEST

H g

71

O 2 5 L.,

4.?". ....

,.,

!I la

''' t ..

g M

g

a

-

;

-....

: ,.,

_,..-

g


1, DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. 2. OVERALL DIMENSIONS MAY BE


ow R H DATE 24/6/97 TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PUMP PP12 VIBRATION.

GHK. B H DATE 25/6/97 J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5081 /4 - .. ...,

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2

I 4



1 I 2

1 4

1 5

A

C


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE il.

A

_

----

C

_

0

_

E

PROJECTION vl

PUMP JN BOX PUMP JN BOX

UPPER BEARING _ _

VELOMETER 1 WHITE 1

2V1 2V1 '

CH A CH B

A A

B B

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC

2V4 2V4 I 5 WHITE I VELOMETER 0 VE 139A/VT 139A

0 RI

2V2 2V5

al n VE 141A/VT 141A BLACK

LC

BLACK 2V2 2V5 - 4 f w III

GREEN

2V3 2V6 0 4

@II

111

141AVT

41

1 GREEN I

.

PUMP CASING

VELOMETER

I__. _ UPPER

UPPER

ALARM

LOWER

ALARM

PUMP JN

P'

VIBRATION

I

M 139AVT

M 1 ° - I

BEARING

4-20 mA SIGNAL

BEARING VIBRATION

RELAY CONTACTS

BEARING VIBRATION

RELAY CONTACTS

BOX

COM-35 COM 43 LOWER BEARING VIBRATION

g 4-20 mA SIGNAL

EE UPPER BEARING VIBRATION

3] SW-DOWN RELAY CONTACTS

LOWER BEARING VIBRATION Mi


., PUMP CASING VIBRATION

SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS

g

139AVT-A 02

139AVT -T 1

COM-46 - ARM ARM

NO NO

NC NC 141AVT-T

COM-38 El --

141AVT-A ARM ARM

NO NO lib

PUMP BEARING MONITOR

RACK 1, SLOT 13

r- - -1 I WHITE 9 I 2V7 2V7

A ' CH B

VE 142/VT 142 f n e BLACK 10

n Lt

2V8

A U

2V8 CC co 11 B B

I

U 2V9

Ig 1

I GREEN 12 I

III I _ _ _ __I L e

142VT PUMP CASING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL

PUMP CASING VIBRATION


So

COM-51 ® REC REC

COM COM

142VT-T

COM-53 NC. NC

ARM COM-55

IN A 142VT-

ARM 011

al NO NO

NC NC

ARM ARM

NO NO


RACK 1, SLOT 14 ORIGINAL 0

SCALE: N T S 1 , 1 I

THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR

gUlglyAND LOANED To THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO iFTURrr(lirvizgrorRiorr40FROME

W121Er ANY USE OF FT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG

ACN 000 373 339 IPTTYug MID TO

g

: 0 ii 5 LJ

.7.

z::

N

2

2, 8

'A

il

i g 0

g

t ..i

g ;

Iji






..;

I


ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-W05080 ~I

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING MG 1 2 3 4 5. -



1 2 3 4 I 5

-

B

D

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

PROJECTION lir

A

B

C

-

D

E

- - - ---1 I Iii MOTOR

VT

PROXIMITOR

0 COM ST 112

OUT

el 251 2S1

PWR PWR

COM COM

IN IN

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC 1125T-A3

PROXIMITY SENSOR

SE 112

252

El

252

I

5

.253

. . - P

PUMP

R O X I M I T Y SENSOR

RE 119

U 253

-

FORWARD RPM

-20 mA SIGNAL

SETPIONT 1

CONTACTS

6

112ST PUMP JN BOX

1--- - - - - --1 4

ALARM

RELAY

El COM-8

1125T-A1 LI

COM-11

12

C

0M-14 14 ill

1125T-A2

ARM ARM

NO NO

NC NC

-- ARM ARM

NO NO

ALARM SETPOINT 2

RELAY CONTACTS

1125T-A4 ID 10

TACHOMETER

RACK 1, SLOT 11

I I

I

I

254

1 1-, --I - - - - VT

254 15 PWR '

2S7 257 ,I, VT

PROXIMITOR PROXIMITOR

PWR

258

E ' I

I

255 255 258 COM ° ST 119

m COM COM .

2S9

EE - COM RT 119 0

OUT PUMP

PROXIMITY SENSOR L

,

2S6 256 17

259 I

OUT IN IN

REC 119RT

EE ,- SE 119

PUMP REVERSE RPM 11:1 1195T.

26

EL

EL

29

I PUMP JN I JN BOX

1.- - - - - -1 4-2 0 mA SIGNAL

REVERSE ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

19 COM -19

REC

COM COM-27

FORWARD RPM BOX

4-20 mA SIGNAL 1---- - - - - --1

FORWARD ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS

119RT-A1 E1

COM

NC 1195T-A1

COM-22 NC

ARM COM-30 a

119RT-A2 Ell

ARM

NO NO

NC

-4

1195T-A2 NC - ARM ARM

NO NO

-4


RACK 1, SLOT 12

ORIGINL I , I , 1 SCALE:

A NTS °

THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR ENG FTf LTD AND IS cONDMONALLY LOANED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY. RECEIVING

IITEPHItLAJGCZEIODR NCCOITPPTT IN

WHOLE OR PART NOR TO

FURNISH INFORMATION FROM IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

W@Iffl ANY USE OF TT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF VIRDTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 ff UPON RECUEST

's

4

o

8

r- co ,. 42 ;:.- "

2 1 I

e- o, -... 1173

-;i7 "

g

P

r=f -

;

-... 7:.- THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY






CHK. B H DATE 25/6/97 APP. J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

uNn-

DRG No. A3-WD5079 - . .1 .. STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 3 4 .5



1 2 1

- 5

A

-

B

-

C

-

D

E

DRG Na A3-WD5078 . DO NOT SCALE

- DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

--

B

--

c

_-

,

D.

_

E

PROJECTION vir

MOTOR DE BEARING TEMPERATURE ffl MITE

CH

OUT NC 1

ARM COM-84 COM-73 4-20 mA SIGNAL n

gn 102TE MOTOR NDE TEMPERATURE

COM

NO OUT x

= 2 COM n NC

<ARM

OUT 3 NO

COM

OUT

COM 4 NC

ARM.

OUT c" NO 5

COM cc < NC. _1

OUT <ARM

6 COM NO

TA-1 CB HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE

eE ALARM RELAY CONTACTS

TA-2

4-20 mA SIGNAL


4-20 mA SIGNAL


4-20 mA SIGNAL

LL

75 COM- p§

136ATE m

HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE 81


HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE EE

SUTDOWN RELAY

TT-1 COM-77 -

TT-2

Ep

136BTE 0.

CONTACTS

'

ffl COM-79 HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE

E SUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS -


RACK 1, SLOT 8

PUMP JN BOX ,

MOTOR DE BEARING PUMP JN BOX PUMP UPPER BEARING

RTD-TE 101

- 171 . 25 171 111 - CHANNEL 118

- - - - 118 T 33

118

RTD-TE 136A 0 *

112 26

LE

112 112

i a 119 119

n 34 179

n 0 0 0

113 27

CD

173 173

II IMO 1710

0 35

1110 C4

MOTOR NDE BEARING

F2

SCREEN 28

87

H 174 114

93

1711 1111

0 36

SCREEN

U 0 PUMP LOWER BEARING

RTD-TE 102 0

114 29

0 37 1111

RTD-TE 136B

C

115 30 ITS ITS

CE

1112 1112

0 38

0 39

1112

n ®

el.

176 116

ER

1113 1113 1113 C

SCREEN

0 32

il I

I I I

96 0 40

SCREEN I r

I

I

L _J

I

I I L i _ _ _ _

PUMP BEARING TEMERATURE MONITOR

RACK 1, SLOT 9 N 0 ORIGI

:AL NTS 1 . 1 I I SCAL THIS DRG IS OWNED BY WEIR

Nor% °Dv' IS TO THE

RECIPIENT WHO NOT IT HAS AGREED NOT TO

. REPRODUCE ,OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH IrollSii Tr zorrio FROM

WSOIT ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG

ACN 000 373 339 rug ituTEOsTRETURN

w 'A

2 tri

4;

3 w

t-e, , 7i

g

g

%;

..;

.., 13

1

m

p

El . .:i -

;

J39 , ,S ,

.



. SUBJECT TO SMALL VARIATIONS DUE TO CUMULATIVE TOLERANCES ON CAST AND MACHINED COMPONENTS.

DRN. R H DATE. 24/6/97 ,

Trn-E. BCC EAGLE FARM


CHK B H DATE 25/6/97 APP. J 0 DATE.

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5078 gl la

.- . , ...

STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 3 4 5 -



4 1 5

A

-

- -

C

DRG N. A3-WD5077 DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE ig

A

B

-

C

D

E

PROJECTION VI I IP

PUMP JN BOX PUMP JN BOX DRIVE END r - -' VELOMETER

-1 WHITE 13 I

1V10 1V10

CH A CH B

A A

8 B

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC

ARM

r NON DRIVE END 1V13 1V13 17 WHITE -1 VELOMETER

. ra VE 101A/VT 101A f fl 1

I

2)-----n 1L

gg

1V11

it----421 BLACK

VE 102A/VT 102A CC

BLACK 1V11 1V14 1V14 _,18

3:1

U ' Z 1 gi a IN. 19

El I GREEN

15 1

U 1V12

* 1V15 0 16

E ,

-El

II

I 20 GREEN

-

.

L EI 1 i 1 1

101AVT

EL - -D.E. BEARING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL


RELAY CONTACTS


RELAY CONTACTS

102AVT BEARING VIBRATION 59

COM-60 Ell

COM-68 N.D.E.

4-20 mA SIGNAL

D.E. SHUTDOWN ALARM

RELAY CONTACTS


RELAY CONTACTS

EE

101AVT-A 131

[ID

101AVT-T PI

COM-71 HI - ARM

NO NO

NC NC

ARM ARM

10 2AVT-T OD

ff COM-63 --*

10 2AVT-A NO ' NO EE


RACK 1, SLOT 7

ORIGIN AL N T S ° I , I SCALE. I

THIS ORG IS OWNED BY WEIR Eva, LlOyAND ZED THE

RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEIVING

rfriEPICIDUCCREEEODR rOTP;(3rr IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM ri TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

WM[r 1r VIBJEICFT ITCIFTZ117BANOT AGREBAENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN


id

- o x

g

t" .?..

a

P

*"

; s -


1. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. 2, OVERALL DIMENSIONS MAY BE


ORN. R H DATE. 24/6/97 TIME' BCC EAGLE FARM


CHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97 APP. J 0 DATE

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WD5077 . g

- « n ..

STATE LATEST ISSUE No WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2

I 3 4 5



1

4 I 5

A

B

-

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE

A

--

B

C

-

_

E

PROJECTION l' PUMP JN BOX

PUMP JN BOX UPPER BEARING

VELOMETER WHITE 1 ivi ivi CH A

A

CH B

A

B B

REC REC

COM COM

NC NC

iv4 1V4 _ ..

LOWER BEARING WHITE I VELOMETER VE 135A/VT 135A f n E n 1:11

1V2

al

1V5 1V5 1 I

@

6 BLACK VE 138A/VT 138A

CC BLACK 1V2

III U 1

GREEN

3

ffi 1V3 1 t 1V6 1 1

12) I

I

I 7

° 8 GREEN

0 4 I

1.1

I

i 1

138AVT

'

E '1)

.

--_

PUMP CASING

VELOMETER

L _ UPPER

UPPER

ALARM

LOWER

ALARM

PUMP JN - I- WHITE

E 1

__I I I 1

135AVT

I L -E1

IT= LOWER BEARING VIBRATION

BEARING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL

BEARING VIBRATION

RELAY CONTACTS

BEARING VIBRATION

RELAY CONTACTS

BOX

T. COM-35 COM 43 31 4-20 mA SIGNAL

UPPER BEARING VIBRATION

SUTOOWN RELAY CONTACTS

LOWER BEARING VIBRATION

SUTOOWN RELAY CONTACTS

PUMP CASING VIBRATION

SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS

M

135AVT-A il3

135AVT-T M

COM-46 -gA --- ARM ARM

NO NO

NC NC

ARM

138AVT-T

COM-38 EU

A 138AVT- -- ARM

NO NO iyj

PUMP BEARING MONITOR

RACK 1; SLOT 5

---i 9 I 1V7 1V7

fsi

CH A CH B

A A VE 137/VT 137 BLACK 10

n 1V8

B 1V8 II k2 LE

3:

B

I

11

fg} 1V9

I I GREEN 12 I

I L_ ksr4

_1 -PUMP 137VT

So REC CASING VIBRATION

4-20 mA SIGNAL

PUMP CASING VIBRATION ALARM RELAY CONTACTS

Si COM -51

REC

COM COM

NC NC 137VT-T

COM-53 ARM

M COM-55 N

137VT- A ARM 4,

NO

.2 , og NO

NC NC

ARM ARM

NO NO


RACK 1, SLOT 6 ORIGINAL

SCALE: NTS 1 1 , 1 THIS DRG IS O`NNED BY WEIR

FOIJ DPM110ZYMIANISED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO SY RECEIVING IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

WO fil TI ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT a WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG

339 PTY LTD AND TO RETURN ACN 000 373 3.3v IT UPON REQUEST

g 4

ul

z

Z"

.., I" 4...

§ s

't -,, -

W

R :^.

.




DRN. R H DATE 24/6/97 TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INTRUMENTATION PUMP PP11 VIBRATION


ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

ORG No. A3-WD5076 STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG 1 2 3 4 5



1 I 2 I

3 4 I

5

A

B

_

C

E


DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE 40

A

B

C

D

E

PROJECTION le' ITEM No DESCRIPTION

1 2 CABLE DUCTING-40mmx5Omm 400

2 50 TERMINALS - TELEMECHANIQUE WK 4/U 3 3 PROXIMITOR LABELS

0 4 PROXIMITOR TRANSDUCERS

0

PROXIMITOR

CI

c:) c) -.1-

S 1 DIN RAIL

ri

1111rANNA

6 1 STAINLESS STEEL ENCLOSURE

0

0 P RSOEXNI TRO R SM 01

Notes

0 0

SENSOR Q.)

o o

1. CABLE ENTRY FROM BOTTOM OF PANEL

TO PROVIDE EASIER ACCESS

2. AN ADDITIONAL 10 TERMINALS PER

JUNCTION BOX ARE REQUIRED TO. PROVIDE 20°/0

SPARE CAPACITY

0

0 PROXIMITOR

SENSOR 0 0

FRONT VIEW WITH COVER REMOVED

o

SCALE:

ORIGINAL NTS I I ,


gm Pr Po' LTD

y AND

ID TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR TO

IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

W2IIP ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN

ACN 000 373 339 FT UPON REQUEST

W

g 4

2 6 z 2 u ta

;_- z . i 3 cs E

:- "..

g

21

,S CM

t.,.

2 *


1. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES. 2. OVERALL DIMENSIONS MAY 8E


DEM R H DATE. 24/6/97 TITLE. BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PUMP TERMINAL BOX


ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. A3-WDS291 1 4 - ." ' STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 I 3 4 5



A

-

8

_

-......-__

C

D

E

1 I

2 - I 3 I 4 5

__

8

C

I)

E:

--

DRG No A3-WD5087

PUMP JUNCTION BOX TERMINAL

FIELD RTD TERMINAL

LOCAL PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PANEL TERMINAL

ONE TERMINAL STRIP PER PUMP

PUMP 1 = PT1

PUMP 2 = PT2

PUMP 3 = PT3

LOCAL PUMP INSTRUMENTATION PANEL TERMINAL

COMMON EQUIPMENT - PT4

EQUIPMENT TERMINAL

TERMINAL FUSE

NEUTRAL/ EARTH LINK

LINK

INSTRUMENTATION EARTH BAR - INSULATED

FROM EARTH

-

-0.X--

-0///

-c---F--

-03'

-0-1T-F--

-Vc"--

-CfC1---

- CONTROL RELAY

CIRCUIT BREAKER

NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT

NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT

NORMALLY OPEN PUSH BUTTON

NORMALLY CLOSED PUSH BUTTON

CONTACTOR

, ISOLATOR - LOAD BREAK

I

DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE "

ca-

ei-

0--

PROJECTION WV

PANEL WIRING COLOUR CODE

415V AC and CT WIRING - RED/WHITE/BLUE

240V AC - RED/BLACK

24V DC - PURPLE

BUILDING MONITORING - PURPLE

OTHER CONTROL WIRING - GREY/BLACK

--0--

-I Q I-

-a:20--

I IP-

SCALE

ORIGINAL

: N T S 1

0

, I , 1 1

.

N#1/2 [11 tr ACN 000 373 339


gOIDPM73 LTDYAND ISED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG fT HAS AGREED NOT TO

FZPORLESIC7ICIEPOAIR2TCri TrO IN rFrUtlISH INFORMATION NR.10 FROM

ANY USE OF IT THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRMEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN R UPON REQUEST

5 41

Mil 4

6 w

Q :.-_-; n

1

rt -

g

p, 5

,S m

*

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY ' UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED



DRN. R H DATE. 24/6/97 TIME' BCC EAGLE FARM

PUMP INSTRUMENTATION DRAWING LEGEND

cHK. B H DATE. 25/6/97

APP. J 0 DATE

ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNfT

' DRG No. A3-WDS087 N 1 ta

.- n n STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG J

1 2 3 4 5



1 4 5

A

DRG No A3-WD5086 . DO NOT SCALE

DRAWING

IF IN DOUBT

ASK

THIRD ANGLE 401

C

E

PROJECTION fir

.

MOTOR DE BEARING TEMPERATURE

4-20 mA SIGNAL

MOTOR NDE TEMPERATURE

4-20 mA SIGNAL


4-20 mA SIGNAL


4-20 mA SIGNAL

_ PUMP iN BOX MOTOR DE BEARING

RTD-TE 121 _

-3 II 371

121TE CH

OUT NC

'

WI COM-73 COM-84

CP HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE

80 ALARM RELAY CONTACTS

HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE 81


HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE CE


HIGH BEARING TEMPERATURE. CE

SUTDOWN RELAY CONTACTS.

PUMP JN BOX PUMP UPPER BEARING - - - -

ig

122TE

ARM COM ,--

NO OUT

COM 2 cZ' NC <

OUT ARM

NO COM

OUT

COM 4 NC

ARM

OUT ''' NO

COM 5

ce

-J NC

OUT <ARM

COM 6

NO

TA -1

- TA-2

W. COM-75 a

144ATE TT-1 m

COM-77 - T7-2

in

14487E 1I

COM -79 COM- El


RACK 2, SLOT 12

3T1 CHANNEL 3T8 378

I--

I 33 3T8 RTD-TE 144A

n I

0 312 26

n ER

372 312

a in 319 379

I 0

34 379

n 0

373 27

CE

373 313

EE

3710 3710 I I

0 35 3110

U- MOTOR NOE BEARING I

SCREEN

CI

28 I

3T4

CE EX

3711 3711

0 36

SCREEN PUMP LOWER BEARING RTD-TE 122

, 3T4

f3

29 0 30

374

0 37

3T11 RTD-TE 144B : n

315

88

315 375

EE

3712 3T12

0 38

3712

n

376 31

89

376 376

ilii

3713 3713

0, 39 3713

SCREEN 32

VI 02 E 40

SCREEN 0 73

L _ _ _ . L _ _ _ _ i PUMP BEARING TEMERATURE MONITOR

RACK 2, SLOT 13

ORIGINAL NTS

0 SCALE: I I 1 I


FOIOPMTY0 MYANIANSED TO THE RECIPIENT WHO BY RECEMNG IT HAS AGREED NOT TO REPRODUCE OR COPY IT IN WHOLE OR PART NOR TO FURNISH INFORMATION FROM IT TO OTHERS NOR TO MAKE

Wf@k ANY USE OF R THAT IS NOT THE SUBJECT OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT BY WEIR ENG PTY LTD AND TO RETURN


<

0 n-

8

ZZSZ ..

1PR

S

s

.;; , THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY UNLESS OTHRWISE STATED






ORIGINAL DRAWINGS

UNIT

DRG No. - A3-W05086 STATE LATEST ISSUE No. WHEN QUOTING DRG

1 2 3 I 4 5






Section 14 Training

Please consult Weir Engineering for Operator and Staff training on 02 4349 2999.







Section 15 List of Contract Variations and Plant Modifications

The following plant modifications were made:

1. Accelerometers replaced with Velometers to measure machine vibration.

2. Original pump junction boxes were increased in size to provide better maintenance access.







Section 16 Commissioning and Test Reports





Documents

Bunya Street Eagle Farm SPS SP010 Pump Instrumentation